Issue 
A&A
Volume 641, September 2020
Planck 2018 results



Article Number  A5  
Number of page(s)  92  
Section  Cosmology (including clusters of galaxies)  
DOI  https://doi.org/10.1051/00046361/201936386  
Published online  11 September 2020 
Planck 2018 results
V. CMB power spectra and likelihoods
^{1}
AIM, CEA, CNRS, Université ParisSaclay, Université ParisDiderot, Sorbonne Paris Cité, 91191 GifsurYvette, France
^{2}
APC, AstroParticule et Cosmologie, Université Paris Diderot, CNRS/IN2P3, CEA/lrfu, Observatoire de Paris, Sorbonne Paris Cité, 10 rue Alice Domon et Léonie Duquet, 75205 Paris Cedex 13, France
^{3}
African Institute for Mathematical Sciences, 68 Melrose Road, Muizenberg, Cape Town, South Africa
^{4}
Aix Marseille Univ, CNRS, CNES, LAM, Marseille, France
^{5}
Astrophysics Group, Cavendish Laboratory, University of Cambridge, J J Thomson Avenue, Cambridge CB3 0HE, UK
^{6}
Astrophysics & Cosmology Research Unit, School of Mathematics, Statistics & Computer Science, University of KwaZuluNatal, Westville Campus, Private Bag X54001, 4000 Durban, South Africa
^{7}
CITA, University of Toronto, 60 St. George St., Toronto, ON M5S 3H8, Canada
^{8}
CNRS, IRAP, 9 Av. Colonel Roche, BP 44346, 31028 Toulouse Cedex 4, France
^{9}
Cahill Center for Astronomy and Astrophysics, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, CA 91125, USA
^{10}
California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, CA, USA
^{11}
Centre for Theoretical Cosmology, DAMTP, University of Cambridge, Wilberforce Road, Cambridge CB3 0WA, UK
^{12}
Computational Cosmology Center, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, USA
^{13}
DTU Space, National Space Institute, Technical University of Denmark, Elektrovej 327, 2800 Kgs. Lyngby, Denmark
^{14}
Département de Physique Théorique, Université de Genève, 24 quai E. Ansermet, 1211 Genève 4, Switzerland
^{15}
Département de Physique, École normale supérieure, PSL Research University, CNRS, 24 rue Lhomond, 75005 Paris, France
^{16}
Departamento de Astrofísica, Universidad de La Laguna (ULL), 38206 La Laguna, Tenerife, Spain
^{17}
Departamento de Física, Universidad de Oviedo, C/ Federico García Lorca, 18, Oviedo, Spain
^{18}
Department of Astrophysics/IMAPP, Radboud University, PO Box 9010, 6500 GL Nijmegen, The Netherlands
^{19}
Department of Mathematics, University of Stellenbosch, Stellenbosch 7602, South Africa
^{20}
Department of Physics & Astronomy, University of British Columbia, 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancouver, BC, Canada
^{21}
Department of Physics & Astronomy, University of the Western Cape, Cape Town 7535, South Africa
^{22}
Department of Physics and Astronomy, University College London, London WC1E 6BT, UK
^{23}
Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9QH, UK
^{24}
Department of Physics, Gustaf Hällströmin katu 2a, University of Helsinki, Helsinki, Finland
^{25}
Department of Physics, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ, USA
^{26}
Department of Physics, University of California, One Shields Avenue, Davis, CA, USA
^{27}
Department of Physics, University of California, Santa Barbara, CA, USA
^{28}
Dipartimento di Fisica e Astronomia G. Galilei, Università degli Studi di Padova, Via Marzolo 8, 35131 Padova, Italy
^{29}
Dipartimento di Fisica e Scienze della Terra, Università di Ferrara, Via Saragat 1, 44122 Ferrara, Italy
^{30}
Dipartimento di Fisica, Università La Sapienza, P.le A. Moro 2, Roma, Italy
^{31}
Dipartimento di Fisica, Università degli Studi di Milano, Via Celoria, 16, Milano, Italy
^{32}
Dipartimento di Fisica, Università degli Studi di Trieste, Via A. Valerio 2, Trieste, Italy
^{33}
Dipartimento di Fisica, Università di Roma Tor Vergata, Via della Ricerca Scientifica, 1, Roma, Italy
^{34}
European Space Agency, ESAC, Planck Science Office, Camino bajo del Castillo, s/n, Urbanización Villafranca del Castillo, Villanueva de la Cañada, Madrid, Spain
^{35}
European Space Agency, ESTEC, Keplerlaan 1, 2201 AZ Noordwijk, The Netherlands
^{36}
Gran Sasso Science Institute, INFN, Viale F. Crispi 7, 67100 L’Aquila, Italy
^{37}
HEP Division, Argonne National Laboratory, Lemont, IL 60439, USA
^{38}
Haverford College Astronomy Department, 370 Lancaster Avenue, Haverford, PA, USA
^{39}
Helsinki Institute of Physics, Gustaf Hällströmin katu 2, University of Helsinki, Helsinki, Finland
^{40}
IFPU – Institute for Fundamental Physics of the Universe, Via Beirut 2, 34014 Trieste, Italy
^{41}
INAF – OAS Bologna, Istituto Nazionale di Astrofisica – Osservatorio di Astrofisica e Scienza dello Spazio di Bologna, Area della Ricerca del CNR, Via Gobetti 101, 40129 Bologna, Italy
^{42}
INAF – Osservatorio Astronomico di Padova, Vicolo dell’Osservatorio 5, Padova, Italy
^{43}
INAF – Osservatorio Astronomico di Trieste, Via G. B. Tiepolo 11, Trieste, Italy
^{44}
INAF – Osservatorio Astronomico di Trieste, Via G. B. Tiepolo 11, 34143 Trieste, Italy
^{45}
INAF, Istituto di Radioastronomia, Via Piero Gobetti 101, 40129 Bologna, Italy
^{46}
INAF/IASF Milano, Via E. Bassini 15, Milano, Italy
^{47}
INFN – CNAF, Viale Berti Pichat 6/2, 40127 Bologna, Italy
^{48}
INFN, Sezione di Bologna, Viale Berti Pichat 6/2, 40127 Bologna, Italy
^{49}
INFN, Sezione di Ferrara, Via Saragat 1, 44122 Ferrara, Italy
^{50}
INFN, Sezione di Milano, Via Celoria 16, Milano, Italy
^{51}
INFN, Sezione di Roma 1, Università di Roma Sapienza, Piazzale Aldo Moro 2, 00185 Roma, Italy
^{52}
INFN, Sezione di Roma 2, Università di Roma Tor Vergata, Via della Ricerca Scientifica, 1, Roma, Italy
^{53}
Imperial College London, Astrophysics group, Blackett Laboratory, Prince Consort Road, London SW7 2AZ, UK
^{54}
Institut d’Astrophysique Spatiale, CNRS, Univ. ParisSud, Université ParisSaclay, Bât. 121, 91405 Orsay Cedex, France
^{55}
Institut d’Astrophysique de Paris, CNRS (UMR7095), 98bis boulevard Arago, 75014 Paris, France
^{56}
Institute Lorentz, Leiden University, PO Box 9506, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands
^{57}
Institute of Astronomy, University of Cambridge, Madingley Road, Cambridge CB3 0HA, UK
^{58}
Institute of Theoretical Astrophysics, University of Oslo, Blindern, Oslo, Norway
^{59}
Instituto de Astrofísica de Canarias, C/Vía Láctea s/n, La Laguna, Tenerife, Spain
^{60}
Instituto de Física de Cantabria (CSICUniversidad de Cantabria), Avda. de los Castros s/n, Santander, Spain
^{61}
Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare, Sezione di Padova, Via Marzolo 8, 35131 Padova, Italy
^{62}
Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of Technology, 4800 Oak Grove Drive, Pasadena, CA, USA
^{63}
Jodrell Bank Centre for Astrophysics, Alan Turing Building, School of Physics and Astronomy, The University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PL, UK
^{64}
Kavli Institute for Cosmology Cambridge, Madingley Road, Cambridge CB3 0HA, UK
^{65}
Kavli Institute for the Physics and Mathematics of the Universe (Kavli IPMU, WPI), UTIAS, The University of Tokyo, Chiba 2778583, Japan
^{66}
Laboratoire d’Océanographie Physique et Spatiale (LOPS), Univ. Brest, CNRS, Ifremer, IRD, Brest, France
^{67}
Laboratoire de Physique Subatomique et Cosmologie, Université GrenobleAlpes, CNRS/IN2P3, 53 rue des Martyrs, 38026 Grenoble Cedex, France
^{68}
Laboratoire de Physique Théorique, Université ParisSud 11 & CNRS, Bâtiment 210, 91405 Orsay, France
^{69}
Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, USA
^{70}
Low Temperature Laboratory, Department of Applied Physics, Aalto University, Espoo 00076 Aalto, Finland
^{71}
MaxPlanckInstitut für Astrophysik, KarlSchwarzschildStr. 1, 85741 Garching, Germany
^{72}
Mullard Space Science Laboratory, University College London, Surrey RH5 6NT, UK
^{73}
NAOCUKZN Computational Astrophysics Centre (NUCAC), University of KwaZuluNatal, 4000 Durban, South Africa
^{74}
National Centre for Nuclear Research, ul. L. Pasteura 7, 02093 Warsaw, Poland
^{75}
Purple Mountain Observatory, No. 8 Yuan Hua Road, 210034 Nanjing, PR China
^{76}
SISSA, Astrophysics Sector, Via Bonomea 265, 34136 Trieste, Italy
^{77}
San Diego Supercomputer Center, University of California, San Diego, 9500 Gilman Drive, La Jolla, CA 92093, USA
^{78}
School of Chemistry and Physics, University of KwaZuluNatal, Westville Campus, Private Bag X54001, 4000 Durban, South Africa
^{79}
School of Physical Sciences, National Institute of Science Education and Research, HBNI, Jatni 752050, Odissa, India
^{80}
School of Physics and Astronomy, Cardiff University, Queens Buildings, The Parade, Cardiff CF24 3AA, UK
^{81}
School of Physics and Astronomy, Sun Yatsen University, 2 Daxue Rd, Tangjia, Zhuhai, PR China
^{82}
School of Physics and Astronomy, University of Nottingham, Nottingham NG7 2RD, UK
^{83}
School of Physics, Indian Institute of Science Education and Research Thiruvananthapuram, Maruthamala PO, Vithura, Thiruvananthapuram 695551, Kerala, India
^{84}
School of Physics, The University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia
^{85}
Simon Fraser University, Department of Physics, 8888 University Drive, Burnaby, BC, Canada
^{86}
Sorbonne Université, CNRS, UMR 7095, Institut d’Astrophysique de Paris, 98bis bd Arago, 75014 Paris, France
^{87}
Sorbonne Université, Institut Lagrange de Paris (ILP), 98bis boulevard Arago, 75014 Paris, France
^{88}
Sorbonne Université, Observatoire de Paris, Université PSL, École normale supérieure, CNRS, LERMA, 75005 Paris, France
^{89}
Space Research Institute (IKI), Russian Academy of Sciences, Profsoyuznaya Str, 84/32, Moscow 117997, Russia
^{90}
Space Science Data Center – Agenzia Spaziale Italiana, Via del Politecnico snc, 00133 Roma, Italy
^{91}
Space Sciences Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA
^{92}
The Oskar Klein Centre for Cosmoparticle Physics, Department of Physics, Stockholm University, AlbaNova 106 91, Stockholm, Sweden
^{93}
Université de Toulouse, UPSOMP, IRAP, 31028 Toulouse Cedex 4, France
^{94}
Warsaw University Observatory, Aleje Ujazdowskie 4, 00478 Warszawa, Poland
Received:
25
July
2019
Accepted:
25
May
2020
We describe the legacy Planck cosmic microwave background (CMB) likelihoods derived from the 2018 data release. The overall approach is similar in spirit to the one retained for the 2013 and 2015 data release, with a hybrid method using different approximations at low (ℓ < 30) and high (ℓ ≥ 30) multipoles, implementing several methodological and dataanalysis refinements compared to previous releases. With more realistic simulations, and better correction and modelling of systematic effects, we can now make full use of the CMB polarization observed in the High Frequency Instrument (HFI) channels. The lowmultipole EE crossspectra from the 100 GHz and 143 GHz data give a constraint on the ΛCDM reionization opticaldepth parameter τ to better than 15% (in combination with the TT lowℓ data and the highℓ temperature and polarization data), tightening constraints on all parameters with posterior distributions correlated with τ. We also update the weaker constraint on τ from the joint TEB likelihood using the Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) channels, which was used in 2015 as part of our baseline analysis. At higher multipoles, the CMB temperature spectrum and likelihood are very similar to previous releases. A better model of the temperaturetopolarization leakage and corrections for the effective calibrations of the polarization channels (i.e., the polarization efficiencies) allow us to make full use of polarization spectra, improving the ΛCDM constraints on the parameters θ_{MC}, ω_{c}, ω_{b}, and H_{0} by more than 30%, and n_{s} by more than 20% compared to TTonly constraints. Extensive tests on the robustness of the modelling of the polarization data demonstrate good consistency, with some residual modelling uncertainties. At high multipoles, we are now limited mainly by the accuracy of the polarization efficiency modelling. Using our various tests, simulations, and comparison between different highmultipole likelihood implementations, we estimate the consistency of the results to be better than the 0.5 σ level on the ΛCDM parameters, as well as classical singleparameter extensions for the joint likelihood (to be compared to the 0.3 σ levels we achieved in 2015 for the temperature data alone on ΛCDM only). Minor curiosities already present in the previous releases remain, such as the differences between the bestfit ΛCDM parameters for the ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800 ranges of the power spectrum, or the preference for more smoothing of the powerspectrum peaks than predicted in ΛCDM fits. These are shown to be driven by the temperature power spectrum and are not significantly modified by the inclusion of the polarization data. Overall, the legacy Planck CMB likelihoods provide a robust tool for constraining the cosmological model and represent a reference for future CMB observations.
Key words: cosmic background radiation / cosmology: observations / cosmological parameters / methods: data analysis
© Planck Collaboration 2020
Open Access article, published by EDP Sciences, under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution License (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0), which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.
1. Introduction
This paper presents the Planck^{1} legacy likelihoods for the cosmic microwave background anisotropies (CMB). The data set considered for this legacy likelihood release (also known as the “2018 release” or “PR3”) is derived from fullmission Planck data and consists of Stokes intensity and linear polarization maps in the frequency range 30–353 GHz, complemented by intensity maps at 545 and 857 GHz. For polarization, thanks to significant data processing improvements (Planck Collaboration III 2020), the set employed is wider than what was used in the previous (2015) Planck release and now includes largeangle polarization data from the High Frequency Instrument (HFI) 100 and 143 GHz channels, improving on preliminary results described in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016). Many methodological and analysis improvements have been carried out since the 2015 release that directly impact the Planck CMB likelihoods, resulting in tighter control of the systematic and statistical error budget and more thorough validation of the final products. The use of simulations has grown significantly since 2015, along with the level of realism in the simulated data. At small scales, a better model of the temperaturetopolarization leakage, as well as better determinations of the polarization efficiencies of HFI polarimeters, allow us to use the polarization data in the baseline Planck cosmological results (Planck Collaboration VI 2020). These improvements are extensively discussed in the remainder of this paper.
As in 2015, we adopt a hybrid approach between socalled “lowmultipole” and “highmultipole” (ℓ) regimes, the dividing line still being at ℓ = 30. While in 2015 the lowℓ polarization likelihood was based on Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) 70 GHz lowresolution maps, the baseline lowℓ legacy polarization likelihood is based on Emode (EE) angular crossspectra derived from the HFI 100 and 143 GHz channels. We do nonetheless present here an improved version of the LFI 70 GHz lowℓ polarization likelihood, based on the latest LFI maps discussed in Planck Collaboration II (2020). All of the different likelihood products presented in this paper, including those that are not part of the baseline, are released through the Planck Legacy Archive (PLA^{2}).
In this legacy release, the CMB likelihoods are built from estimates of the angular power spectra derived from intensity and linear polarization maps, with the only exception being the LFI 70 GHz lowℓ polarization likelihood, which is based on maps. Specifically, the lowℓ temperature (TT) likelihood is constructed by approximating the marginal distribution of the temperature angular power spectrum derived from Gibbs samplingbased component separation. The lowℓ polarization (EE) likelihood is built by comparing a crossfrequency power spectrum of two foregroundcorrected maps to a set of simulations. The temperature and polarization highℓ likelihoods (TT, TE, and EE) uses multiple crossfrequency spectra estimates, assuming smooth foreground and nuisance spectra templates and a Gaussian likelihood approximation.
The information content of the CMB sky can be split into temperature, plus two polarization components, the E and B modes. For a fullsky, statistically isotropic, Gaussian distributed CMB intensity and linear polarization pattern, the six CMB angular power spectra (computed between the three signals T, E, and B) contain all information available in the map, and thus represent an effectively lossless compression of the cosmological information. They are uniquely determined by the underlying cosmological model and its parameters. The E and B polarization modes are coordinateindependent quantities (e.g., Kamionkowski et al. 1997; Zaldarriaga & Seljak 1997; Hu & White 1997) with different dependencies on the underlying cosmology. Density perturbations can only source Emode polarization and this is hence correlated with temperature, while Bmode polarization is a signature of tensor modes, i.e., primordial gravitational waves from inflation. In a standard ΛCDM scenario, only four power spectra are expected to be nonzero due to parity conservation: TT, TE, EE, and BB.
Weak gravitational lensing by the inhomogeneous mass distribution along the line of sight between the lastscattering surface and the observer distorts the intensity and polarization CMB field. This effect modifies the angular power spectrum at small scales, but also modifies the field statistics by introducing a nonGaussian component with associated nonzero 4point angular correlation function, or trispectrum. This information can be exploited to derive the power spectrum of the lensing potential and the lensing field map itself. A dedicated lensing likelihood is used in addition to the CMB likelihood to constrain cosmological parameters. The Planck legacy lensing likelihood is described in Planck Collaboration VIII (2020). The amplitude of the effect of lensing on the CMB power spectra can be used as a consistency check. Slightly surprising results of this test (i.e., values of the consistency parameter A_{L} above unity) are thoroughly discussed in the previous Planck release papers and in particular in Planck Collaboration XI (2016), Planck Collaboration XIII (2016), Planck Collaboration Int. LI (2017), and Planck Collaboration VI (2020). This test will also be discussed in the present paper.
While Planck resolution and sensitivity allow for a solid determination of the TT, TE, and EE power spectra, a detection of the CMB BB spectrum is still beyond the reach of the latest data analysis. At large scales, the signal is masked by the different sources of emission from our own Galaxy. We will show that, both in the lowfrequency and in the highfrequency ranges, after a careful removal of the Galactic emission, the Planck BB power spectrum is compatible with zero. At smaller scales, the weak lensing effect described above dominates the signal and the resulting Bmode polarization can only be detected in the Planck maps by crosscorrelating the B maps with a template built from the observed E maps and a tracer of the distribution of lenses (such as the Planck CMB lensing map or the Planck CIB map) as shown in Planck Collaboration XV (2016), Planck Collaboration Int. XLI (2016), and Planck Collaboration VIII (2020). We do not further investigate the B polarization in the present paper.
In a realworld situation, accurate powerspectrum estimation needs to rely on models of instrumental noise and other instrumental systematic effects, as well as of residual contamination from astrophysical foregrounds. Several approximations can be built in order to facilitate this. Socalled “pseudopower spectrum” (also known as pseudoC_{ℓ}) estimators, (e.g., Hivon et al. 2002; Tristram et al. 2005; Chon et al. 2004; Polenta et al. 2005) typically work well in the highℓ regime and are computationally efficient thanks to fast convolution on the sphere (Muciaccia et al. 1997; Górski et al. 2005). In the lowℓ regime, methods that derive powerspectrum estimates from the likelihood function are better suited, such as the quadratic maximum likelihood (QML) approach (e.g., Tegmark & de OliveiraCosta 2001; Efstathiou 2006; Gruppuso et al. 2009). Consistently, the highℓ likelihood methodology presented in this paper is based on pseudoC_{ℓ} estimators, while the baseline lowℓ likelihood relies on QML methods. On the other hand, the LFI 70 GHz lowℓ polarization likelihood, as in the 2015 release, is directly built from lowresolution maps without using power spectra as an intermediate step. The latter likelihood has been significantly improved since the 2015 release, although it is not used in the main parameter analysis due to its lower signaltonoise ratio with respect to the present baseline. Currently, the LFI 70 GHz likelihood is the only lowresolution Planck likelihood to contain information from the temperaturepolarization correlations (i.e., the TE spectrum). Furthermore, being based on CMB maps, rather than angular power spectra, this likelihood can also be employed, pending appropriate modifications in the signal covariance matrix, to test models that do not assume statistical isotropy of the CMB field.
Parts of this paper or earlier stages of the work make use of the CAMB (Lewis et al. 2000) and CLASS (Lesgourgues 2011) Boltzmann codes and the CosmoMC (Lewis & Bridle 2002) and Monte Python (Audren et al. 2013) Markov chain packages. The likelihood code and some of the validation work are built on the library pmclib from the CosmoPMC package (Kilbinger et al. 2011).
Likelihood names. Throughout this paper, we will follow the CMB likelihood naming convention adopted by the other Planck papers, defining the labels:

Planck TT, the likelihood formed using only the temperature data, spanning the multipole range 2 ≤ ℓ ≲ 2500;

lowlTT, the likelihood formed using only the temperature data, spanning the multipole range 2 ≤ ℓ < 30 (included in the Planck TT);

Planck TE and Planck EE, the likelihood formed using exclusively the TE power spectrum from 30 ≤ ℓ ≲ 2000 and the EE power spectrum, respectively;

Planck TT,TE,EE, the combination of Planck TT, Planck TE, and Planck EE, taking into account correlations between the TT, TE, and EE spectra at ℓ > 29;

lowE, the likelihood formed using the EE power spectrum over 2 ≤ ℓ < 30;

lowTEB, the mapbased LFI likelihood, covering the range 2 ≤ ℓ < 30, which is sometimes also referred to as bflike.
Each of these likelihoods use combinations of different approximations, which we describe in the paper. A summary of those approximations is given at the end of the paper (namely in Table 23). Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE, the reference likelihood of this release, is given by the multiplication of

the Commander likelihood in TT for 2 ≤ ℓ < 30, which provides lowlTT and contributes to Planck TT,

the SimAll likelihood in EE for 2 ≤ ℓ < 30, which provides lowE,

the PlikTT,TE,EE likelihood for TT,TE,EE over 30 ≤ ℓ ≲ 2500 in TT and 30 ≤ ℓ ≲ 2000 in TE and EE, which contributes the highℓ part of Planck TT,TE,EE.
Two other alternative highℓ likelihood implementations are presented in the paper, namely the CamSpec and Plik_lite likelihoods. Similarly to the Plik case, we will denote the TT CamSpec likelihood at ℓ ≥ 30 as CamSpecTT, the TE Plik_lite likelihood at ℓ ≥ 30 as Plik_liteTE, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, likelihoods described with the “Planck...” notation will always use the Plik reference implementation.
Citation conventions. In this new likelihood paper, we often refer to the likelihood papers associated with the 2013 Planck release (Planck Collaboration XV 2014, hereafter PPL13) and that associated with the 2015 Planck release (Planck Collaboration XI 2016, hereafter PPL15). We also refer to results from the 2018 release cosmological parameters (Planck Collaboration VI 2020, hereafter PCP18), as well as the cosmological parameters paper associated with the 2015 release (Planck Collaboration XIII 2016, hereafter PCP15). Additionally, whenever discussing the latest version of the Planck maps, we will refer to the two papers describing the processing of the LFI (Planck Collaboration II 2020, hereafter LFI18) and HFI (Planck Collaboration III 2020, hereafter HFI18) data.
The plan of this paper is as follows. In Sect. 2, we present our lowℓ methodology, starting from the temperature likelihood (Sect. 2.1). We then present the HFI lowℓ EE likelihood, which is used in our baseline (Sect. 2.2) and finally the LFI pixelbased polarization likelihood (Sect. 2.3). In Sect. 3, we present our highℓ approach. We first describe the overall methodology, data selection, and modelling of the baseline highℓ likelihood (Sects. 3.1–3.4), before presenting two alternative highℓ implementations (Sect. 3.5). The remainder of this section (Sects. 3.6–3.12) is devoted to the validation of the main highℓ likelihood product, focusing on the issues revealed in the previous release, as well as new tests. The joint baseline likelihood is briefly discussed in Sect. 4, while in Sect. 5 we present our conclusions.
2. Low multipoles
We present in this section the different lowℓ likelihoods. The baseline lowℓ likelihood adopted in the 2018 legacy release of Planck (and thus employed for the main parameter analysis) uses the combination of a Gibbssampling approach in temperature (provided by the Commander code; PPL13; PPL15) and a crossspectrumbased, simulationsupported method, relying on the HFI 100 and 143 GHz channels in polarization. The latter takes into account only the EE and BB spectra, but not currently TE. We also update and release the pixelbased likelihood already presented in PPL15 using the Commander 2018 solution in temperature and the 70 GHz LFI full maps in polarization. While less sensitive, this latter likelihood combination does sample TE and, being pixelbased, can be straightforwardly adapted to handle nonrotationally invariant cosmologies.
The following three subsections describe, respectively, the Commander likelihood, the HFI simulationbased likelihood, and the LFI pixelbased likelihood. For each method, we present a detailed validation based on Monte Carlo simulations.
2.1. TT lowℓ likelihood
The first of these likelihood implementations is based on the Bayesian posterior sampling framework called Commander, which combines astrophysical component separation and likelihood estimation, and employs Gibbs sampling to map out the full joint posterior (Eriksen et al. 2008). This method has been used extensively in previous Planck releases, and we therefore provide only a brief review of the main ideas in the following, and refer interested readers to previous papers for full details (PPL13; PPL15).
The starting point of the Commander framework is an explicit parametric data model of the form
where d_{ν} denotes an observed sky map at frequency ν; the sum runs over a set of distinct astrophysical emission components (CMB, synchrotron, thermal dust emission, etc.), each parametrized by an amplitude vector a_{i} and an effective spectral energy density F_{i} with some set of free parameters θ_{i}. The instrumental noise is given by n_{ν}. The CMB is assumed to be Gaussian distributed with variance given by the power spectrum C_{ℓ} = 〈a_{CMB}^{2}〉, where the CMB amplitude vector is now defined in terms of spherical harmonics.
Given this model, Commander explores the full joint distribution P(a_{i}, θ_{i}, C_{ℓ}d_{ν}) through Gibbs sampling (Eriksen et al. 2008). From this joint distribution, a posterior mean CMB map may be extracted simply by averaging over all individual samples, and this may be used as input in a bruteforce lowℓ likelihood code, as for instance was done for the baseline Planck 2015 likelihood (PPL15) and is still done for the 2018 LFIbased likelihood described in Sect. 2.3 below. The advantage of this approach is that it is algorithmically easy to combine different temperature and polarization estimators. The main disadvantage, however, is that it scales poorly with angular resolution, and is in practice limited to very low multipoles, typically ℓ ≲ 30. The latter problem may be solved through a socalled BlackwellRao estimator (Chu et al. 2005), which approximates the marginal power spectrum distribution P(C_{ℓ}d_{ν}) by the expression
where
is the observed power spectrum of the ith Gibbs CMB sky sample, N is the total number of Gibbs samples, and ℓ_{min} and ℓ_{max} define the multipole range of the likelihood estimator. As N approaches infinity, this expression converges to the exact likelihood; however, the number of samples required for convergence scales exponentially with the multipole range, which makes it expensive for large ℓ_{max}. To break this scaling, the estimator may be approximated by a transformed Gaussian, as described by Rudjord et al. (2009), which leads to linear convergence in ℓ_{max}. As in 2015, we adopt this Gaussianized version of the BlackwellRao estimator for the Planck 2018 likelihood code, with a normalization defined such that , corresponding to a standard χ^{2}like normalization.
Even in its Gaussianized version, this estimator requires high signaltonoise observations to converge quickly and hence it does not easily support polarization analysis with the current Planck data set. We therefore use the cleaned map produced by the Gaussianized BlackwellRao estimator only for the lowℓ TT likelihood analysis for ℓ < 30.
The algorithms used for the lowℓ Commanderbased analyses in the Planck 2018 release are unchanged compared to 2015, and only the data selection and model specification differ. Specifically, while the 2015 analysis included both Planck and external data (WMAP and Haslam 408 MHz; Bennett et al. 2013; Haslam et al. 1982) and a rich astrophysical model (CMB, synchrotron, freefree, spinning and thermal dust, multiline CO line emission, etc.), the corresponding 2018 analysis employs Planck data only, and a greatly simplified foreground model (CMB, a combined lowfrequency powerlaw component, thermal dust, and CO line emission). This choice is driven both by the fact that the 2018 Planck data set is inherently more coarsegrained in terms of map products (there are only fullfrequency maps, no detector set or single bolometer maps; HFI18), and by a desire to make the final delivery products as conservative as possible in terms of data selection, with minimal dependence on external data sets. The cost of this choice is a slightly reduced effective sky fraction compared to 2015 (f_{sky} = 0.86 in 2018 versus 0.94 in 2015; see Sect. 2.1.1), reflecting the fact that our ability to resolve the various foreground components inside the Galactic plane is reduced without external data sets (for freefree and spinning dust emission) or singlebolometer maps (for CO line emission). Further details on the Commander 2018 temperature mask definition can be found in Appendix A.5 of Planck Collaboration IV (2020).
2.1.1. Validation
We performed several tests of the new TT lowℓ Commander solution based on angular power spectrum extraction and parameter estimation. The validation is obtained by comparing the results with the Commander 2015 lowℓ temperature map (PPL15) and with the componentseparated 2018 SMICA map (Planck Collaboration IV 2020) obtained starting from the same inputs as the new Commander solution and downgraded to low resolution. Each of the maps introduced above has been delivered with a corresponding confidence mask. In Fig. 1, we show the 2018 Commander map masked with the 2018 Commander mask. We also show the differences of this map with the one of 2015, and with the SMICA map. The difference maps are masked with the 2018 Commander mask, the most conservative mask among the ones considered in this section.
Fig. 1. Top: Commander 2018 lowℓ temperature map masked with the Commander 2018 mask. Middle and bottom: differences between the Commander 2018 map and the Commander 2015 map (middle) and the SMICAdedicated lowℓ map (bottom). 

Open with DEXTER 
In Fig. 2, we show the TT angular power spectra extracted applying a quadratic maximum likelihood (QML) estimator to the maps described above, using for each its own confidence mask. Since the 2018 Commander solution provides a more conservative mask than the 2015 one, we also show the angular power spectra of the Commander 2015 map and SMICA 2018 with the Commander 2018 mask applied (purple and green points). To avoid confusion we show only the errors associated with the Commander 2018 mask since we are cosmicvariance dominated and all the masks involved are very similar in sky coverage.
Fig. 2. TT angular power spectra (D_{ℓ} ≡ ℓ(ℓ + 1)C_{ℓ}/2π) of the available lowℓ componentseparated maps: Commander 2018 (blue points); Commander 2015 (red points); SMICA 2018 (cyan points); and Commander 2015 and SMICA 2018 masked with the 2018 Commander mask (purple and green points, respectively). 

Open with DEXTER 
We notice good consistency between the angular power spectra, especially with respect to the low quadrupole values and the wellknown dip around ℓ ≈ 22. However, we notice some differences, the most striking one is at ℓ = 5, where Commander 2018 is about 150 μK^{2} higher than for the Commander 2015 map. When masked with the 2018 Commander mask, SMICA also shows an amplitude similar to the Commander 2018 spectrum at ℓ = 5.
In order to assess the statistical significance of the observed differences, we employed Monte Carlo (MC) simulations of 10 000 pure CMB maps, based on the Planck 2015 bestfit model^{3}. We extracted the angular power spectrum from the MC maps using both the 2015 and the 2018 Commander masks, and calculated the dispersion of the angular power spectra differences obtained map by map. In Fig. 3, we show as a grey band the ±3 σ dispersion of the MC angular power spectrum differences. We also show the differences of the angular power spectrum shown in Fig. 2 with respect to the Commander 2015 one.
Fig. 3. Differences normalized to the sampling variance in the angular power spectrum with respect to the Commander 2015 one. The grey band is the ±3 σ dispersion of 10 000 MC angular power spectra differences calculated using either the Commander 2015 mask or the Commander 2018 mask. 

Open with DEXTER 
As expected, the choice between 2015 and 2018 masks has little effect on the Commander 2015 results (all differences are well inside the grey region). On the other hand, the differences with respect to the other two maps are clearly larger. The most anomalous point is ℓ = 5 for Commander and SMICA 2018 maps, which is about 5.2 σ off the MC distribution; all the differences in the other multipoles are within 3 σ. We tried to see if these differences are due to the unmasked regions close to the Galactic plane, but the ℓ = 5 multipole does not change when considering a more aggressive Galactic mask with a sky fraction of 73%. Even when accounting for the lookelsewhere effect the significance is reduced only to 3 σ. The lookelsewhere effect is obtained by counting how many maps of the 10 000 show a shift in at least one multipole in the considered range as large as 5 σ from the distribution of the rest of the MC simulations. We suggest that the reason for this significant shift at ℓ = 5 is due to a combination of the different data and foreground models used, an improved control of systematics, and the use of a more conservative mask in 2018. We note that ℓ = 5 in EE gives an important contribution to the τ measurement in the HFI lowℓ Likelihood. As discussed below (see Sect. 2.2.6 for details), the effect in polarization is completely consistent with our error model, so there is no evidence of contamination from the ℓ = 5 temperature anomaly. This conclusion is supported by the positive outcome of the ℓ = 5 TE nulltests.
As a stability check, in Fig. 4 we compare the angular power spectrum from the lowℓ maps with those of the componentseparated maps generated by the Commander, NILC, SEVEM, and SMICA pipelines for the 2015 release (bottom panel) described in Planck Collaboration IX (2016) and for the current release (top panel) described in Planck Collaboration IV (2020). The latter paper provides a description of the differences between the lowℓ Commander solution and the fullresolution componentseparated Commander map. We show the angular power spectra employing the masks delivered with each cleaned map, extracted using the QML method after having degraded the componentseparated maps to the same low resolution as the lowℓ maps.
Fig. 4. Angular power spectrum of the lowℓ Commander maps compared to those of the other componentseparated maps. Top: comparison performed with the componentseparated maps of the 2018 release. Black points show the power spectrum of the 2018 lowℓ Commander map with the 2018 common mask from component separation. Bottom: comparison performed with the 2015 componentseparated maps. Black points show the power spectrum of the 2015 lowℓ Commander map with the 2015 common mask from component separation. Blue and red points are, respectively, the power spectrum of the lowℓ Commander maps with the 2018 or 2015 native mask. 

Open with DEXTER 
Generally, the C_{ℓ}s of the angular power spectra scatter simply because a different mask is used. This is clear from the lowℓ Commander 2018 power spectrum (black points in the top panel); it is in very good agreement with the componentseparated ones when extracted using the componentseparated mask. If we focus on ℓ = 5, however, the componentseparated maps from both the 2015 and the 2018 release show an amplitude of about 1450 μK^{2}, compatible with the ℓ = 5 amplitude in the Commander 2018 map. None of the maps considered reproduces the amplitude of the lowℓ Commander 2015 map at ℓ = 5.
We can also compare the power spectra shown in Fig. 2 by taking the angular power spectrum differences with respect to Commander 2015 and calculating the average from ℓ = 2 up to a given ℓ_{max}. This should show the average difference in the power of the maps with respect to selected angular scales. In Fig. 5, we show the average of the power spectrum differences (expressed as a percentage) as a function of ℓ_{max} for the lowℓ maps. The dashed lines are the averages when we do not consider ℓ = 5. As clearly shown, the larger ℓ = 5 difference is responsible for an average larger amplitude of about 2% up to ℓ = 15, decreasing to about 1% if we consider the total multipole range up to ℓ = 30. When we do not consider ℓ = 5 all the maps are more compatible. In addition to ℓ = 15, variations in the averaged amplitude are also due to differences in the angular power spectrum around ℓ = 20. The higher power of the 2018 maps will evidently have an impact on some largescale anomalies, e.g., the socalled lack of power (see Planck Collaboration VII 2020, for more detailed analyses dedicated to the search for anomalies in the CMB maps).
Fig. 5. Average of the angular power spectrum differences between ℓ = 2 and ℓ_{max} as a function of ℓ_{max}, expressed as a percentage. The differences are taken with respect to Commander 2015 results with its native mask. The dashed lines omit ℓ = 5. 

Open with DEXTER 
Finally, we would like to understand the impact of the different maps on the parameters most dependent on the largest angular scales, namely A_{s} and τ. We thus added to the maps the 2015 lowℓ likelihood polarization maps used in the LFI pixelbased likelihood and then extracted these parameters using the same pixelbased likelihood algorithm. The posterior distributions are shown in Fig. 6 and the marginalized values are described in Table 1. The results clearly show that in spite of the presence of a significant shift in ℓ = 5, the impact on parameters is negligible.
Fig. 6. Posteriors of the τ (upper panel) and A_{s} (lower panel) parameters obtained from the LFI pixelbased likelihood using the same 2015 polarized maps and considering different lowℓ temperature maps. 

Open with DEXTER 
Marginalized A_{s} and τ parameters extracted using the LFI 2015 pixelbased likelihood considering different lowℓ temperature maps.
2.2. HFIbased lowℓ likelihood
The lowmultipole HFI polarization likelihood for the 2018 release is an extension of the SimBaL and SimLow algorithms for EE presented in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016). It is based on the (crossquasi) QML (Tegmark 1996; Bond et al. 1998; Efstathiou 2004, 2006) spectrum of the 100 and 143 GHz maps cleaned using a templatefitting procedure from polarized synchrotron and polarized dust contaminations. The likelihood algorithm does not rely on an analytical shape approximation, but instead it uses the 300 endtoend FFP10 simulations (see Sect. 3.12) in order to empirically build the probability distribution of the EE and BB power spectra, ignoring the offdiagonal correlations. We do not build a likelihood for TE, given the poor probabilities to exceed (PTEs) in the null tests of the TE spectrum obtained from the Commander temperature solution and HFI polarization maps and the difficulties of describing accurately the correlation with EE and TT spectra.
The LFI and HFI FFP10 simulations, used in this section, are built using two different procedures. For LFI, realistic signalplusnoise timelines are produced, decalibrated using the measured gains, recalibrated with the algorithms used for data, and projected into maps. For HFI, realistic timelines are produced containing signal, all the reproducible systematics, and noise; these are then projected into maps using the official HFI mapmaking code, SRoll. The complete simulation pipeline is described in detail in LFI18 and HFI18, and we also give a more complete description of the HFI FFP10 in Sect. 3.12. In this section, noisecovariance matrices are used for the pixel weight in the foreground cleaning and in the crossQML estimation. For LFI we used the Planck legacy products (see LFI18).
For HFI, since the mapmaking procedure does not provide any analytical approximation to the noise covariance, we used FFP8 products (Planck Collaboration XII 2016; Keskitalo et al. 2010) which capture only the Gaussian noise, not describing the variance associated with systematics.
In the following sections, we describe the foregroundcleaning procedure, the power spectrum estimation, the likelihood approximation, and the consistency tests.
2.2.1. Polarization lowresolution maps and cleaning procedure
The lowℓ polarization likelihood uses the lowest frequencies of the HFI instrument, that is, (typically the fullmission solutions of) the 100 and 143 GHz channels. We limit the lowℓ polarization analysis to ℓ < ℓ_{max} = 30, adopting a HEALPix (Górski et al. 2005) pixelization corresponding to N_{side} = 16. As in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016) we degrade the fullresolution maps in harmonic space using a cosine window function (Benabed et al. 2009):
Here the suppression of the highresolution signal limits possible aliasing.
In order to remove the foreground contamination we perform a template fitting on the Q and U maps using the 30 GHz fullchannel map as a tracer of polarized synchrotron and the 353 Hz polarizationsensitive bolometer (hereafter PSB) only map as a tracer of polarized thermal dust. The two templates are smoothed and downgraded with the same procedure as described above. Defining m ≡ [Q,U] for each channel the foregroundcleaned polarization maps are
where α and β are the amplitudes of dust and synchrotron templates, respectively. The two amplitudes are estimated by minimizing the χ^{2} constructed from the following covariance matrices, associated with each channel:
Here S represents the signal covariance, assuming a theoretical C_{ℓ} from the Planck TT,TE,EE+SIMlow best fit of Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016) and N represents the [Q, U] part of the noisecovariance matrices. At 30 GHz we use the 2018 release covariance matrix (see LFI18). At 100, 143, and 353 GHz we use FFP8 covariance matrices (Planck Collaboration XII 2016). The FFP8 matrices, which are computed from an analytical model (Keskitalo et al. 2010), capture only the Gaussian noise part of the uncertainty in the HFI channels and do not account for any systematic effects.
The mask applied in the cleaning process retains a fraction f_{sky} = 0.70 of the entire sky and is obtained by thresholding the polarization intensity at 353 GHz, smoothed with a Gaussian beam with fullwidthhalfmaximum of 5°. With the same procedure we produce other masks, used for power spectra estimation, with decreasing sky fraction, down to f_{sky} = 0.30. Those masks are shown in the upper panels of Fig. 7.
Fig. 7. Different masks used for the lowℓ HFI likelihood. Top panels: Commander temperature confidence mask, and polarization masks obtained thresholding the 5°smoothed 353 GHz polarization intensity map. Middle panels: masks produced with the alternative algorithm described in Sect. 2.2.5. Bottom panels: masks used for the LFI × HFI likelihood estimation (Sect. 2.2.5). 

Open with DEXTER 
In the foregroundcleaning procedure presented in this section we fit both synchrotron and dust at 100 GHz, but only dust at 143 GHz, mainly to avoid autocorrelation between possible residual systematics present in the 30 GHz data (see Appendix A of LFI18). Nevertheless, we verified that the inclusion of the synchrotron cleaning at 143 GHz also has negligible impact on the recovered power spectra (see Sect. 2.2.5 for details).
The same downgrading and cleaning procedure is performed on 300 CMB + foregrounds + noise + systematics endtoend FFP10 simulations for 100, 143, and 353 GHz, together with 300 CMB + foregrounds + noise FFP10 simulations for 30 GHz. The CMB sky used in all the FFP10 simulations is always the same CMB realization, called the “Fiducial CMB” (see LFI18 and HFI18 for details). After the cleaning procedure the Fiducial CMB is subtracted from the 300 cleaned simulations, leaving only noise + systematics + foreground residual maps. By always using the same CMB realization in cleaning simulations we implicitly neglect the accidental correlations between the CMB and the other components. In order to quantify the impact of this assumption we perform the same cleaning procedure substituting the Fiducial CMB map with a Monte Carlo suite of CMB realizations. By analysing the empirical distribution of the scalings we find consistent peak values and only a 1% larger width, verifying that this assumption has a negligible impact on our results.
Due to the nonperfect match between the foreground model used in FFP10 and the data, the scalings measured on simulations are not fully compatible with the values measured on data. We have verified that switching between the two delivered foreground models (Planck Collaboration 2018) has only a marginal impact on our final results. This mismatch represents a limitation of our approach that is not correctable with the current version of data and simulations.
In Table 2, we report the amplitudes of the templates measured on the data. The uncertainties shown are computed in the χ^{2} minimization and in square parentheses we show the dispersion of the scalings of the 300 simulations. The MCbased errors are slightly larger than the ones obtained from the χ^{2}, as one might expect given that the FFP8 covariance matrices used in the χ^{2} computation do not contain any variance from systematics.
Template scalings measured on data.
Following PPL15, the noisecovariance matrices for the cleaned data sets defined in Eq. (5) are taken to be
where α, β, σ_{α}, and σ_{β} are the mean values and 1 σ (in square parenthesis) errors shown in Table 2.
2.2.2. Power spectra
In order to estimate the crossspectra between maps we use a quasiQML estimator as in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016). We used the foregroundcleaned 100 and 143 GHz polarization maps derived with the procedure described in the previous section. As a temperature map we used the Commander solution smoothed with a Gaussian window function of 440′, degraded to N_{side} = 16 and with a regularization white noise with 2 μK rms per pixel added to the map, assuming no componentseparation residuals. The signalcovariance matrix of the QML estimator is computed assuming the Planck TT,TE,EE+SIMlow best fit of Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016). Unless stated otherwise, the mask used for polarization is the 50% mask shown in Fig. 7, and for temperature we use the Commander mask (based on the χ^{2} of the multicomponent fit), shown in the top left panel of Fig. 7.
For computing the QML spectra, we used FFP8 noisecovariance matrices as described in Eq. (7). This is clearly suboptimal, since the FFP8 matrices ignore relevant systematic effects; however, this will affect only the variance of the estimator, without biasing the power spectrum estimates (Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI 2016).
In Fig. 8, we show crossspectra between 100 and 143 GHz. The TE spectrum shown is the average of TE and ET spectra. The green points represent the data, while the blue bars are the averages and 1 σ dispersions of the 300 FFP10cleaned simulations combined with 300 CMB signal simulations^{4}. The distribution of simulations encompasses all data points well; however, the scatter of the data is actually smaller than that suggested by simulations. This is probably caused by the large variance of the analoguetodigital convertor nonlinearities (ADCNL) fed into the simulations, due to an overestimation of the ADCNL effect at 100 and 143 GHz (see Sect. 5.13 of HFI18 for more details, in particular the second panel of Fig. 49 there comparing data with simulations). The autocorrelated noise appearing in the crossspectrum, proportional to β_{100} × β_{143} × N_{353}, is completely negligible compared to the noise of 100 and 143 GHz.
Fig. 8. QML power spectra for 100 × 143. The green points represent data, while the blue bars show the averages and 1 σ dispersions of 300 FFP10 signal + noise simulations. 

Open with DEXTER 
In Table 3, assuming the empirical distribution of the FFP10 simulations, we report, ℓbyℓ, the percentage of simulations that have an absolute value of the difference between 𝒟_{ℓ} and the mean of the distribution larger than that of the data (i.e., the PTE). Despite the presence of some outliers (such as ℓ = 19 in TE), the overall agreement between data and simulations is excellent. In Table 4, we report the cumulative PTEs for ℓ_{max} = 10 and ℓ_{max} = 29 for the crossspectra between 100 and 143 GHz.
Percentage of simulations that have absolute difference between 𝒟_{ℓ} and the mean of the empirical distribution larger than the data.
PTEs for the crossspectra between the 100 GHz and 143 GHz fullmission maps.
We perform similar analyses for the following data cuts: halfmissions (HM); detectorsets (DS); and oddeven rings (OE). We independently clean HM, DS, and OE maps using 30 GHz and 353 GHz PSBonly fullmission maps and we compute all the possible crossspectra. We use the notation “HM1” to refer to the first half of the halfmission data, etc.
In Table 5, we report the PTEs for ℓ_{max} = 10 and ℓ_{max} = 29 for all the crossspectra computed from the different data cuts. No major discrepancy is found in these tests except for a 2 σ inconsistency for the two crossspectra involving 143 HM1, for ℓ < 10; however, this is not seen in the full integrated channel. Finally we analysed the null maps using HM, DS, and OE, making difference maps within frequencies and then crossing them, e.g., (100 HM1 − 100 HM2)×(143 HM1 − 143 HM2). We compute the power spectra assuming zero signal power and we compare the data points with the probability distribution of simulated noise and systematics. In Table 6, we report PTEs for those null tests. The nulls of the EE and BB spectra are in good agreement with the probability distribution of the 300 simulations, with only the EE from the HM marginally problematic, exceeding 2 σ. On the other hand we fail the TE null test for ℓ < 30, which is a possible indication of residual systematics or foregrounds in polarization correlated with residual foregrounds in temperature. The latter are not included by our simulation pipeline, as we assume perfect component separation in Commander for HM and OE; for DS in temperature we use 100 and 143 GHz maps. As conservative choice, in order to avoid any impact on our cosmological analysis, we thus implement a likelihood based on only the EE and BB spectra.
PTEs for all the 100 GHz and 143 GHz crossspectra computed between splits for ℓ_{max} = 10 and (shown in parentheses) for ℓ_{max} = 29.
PTEs for halfmission (HM), detectorset (DS), and oddeven (OE) null tests. The spectra are obtained by crossing the difference maps.
Since we use a QML estimator we anticipate that the correlation between C_{ℓ} for different ℓ is small. We use the Monte Carlo of signal + noise + systematics described above to verify that this is the case; Fig. 9 shows the EEBB covariance matrix for ℓ ≤ 10 estimated analysing the 300 simulations.
Fig. 9. Empirical correlation matrix (as percentages) for EE and BB power spectra estimated from 300 signal + noise + systematics simulations. 

Open with DEXTER 
Figure 10 shows the difference between the power spectra, Δ𝒟_{ℓ}, for the first five multipoles of different analysed data splits compared with the histograms of FFP10 simulations. The empirical distributions encompass the data quite well for almost all the cases shown. Some outliers are present at the 2 σ level, in particular for the HMs. Moreover for DSs and HMs the distributions are often not centred on Δ𝒟_{ℓ} = 0 and are skewed in some cases. This behaviour is related to large signals distorted by the secondorder ADCNL effect, not corrected by the gain variation in the mapmaking, which only corrects for the firstorder approximation (see Sect. 5.13 of HFI18 for more details). The odd and even maps share the same scanning strategy, unlike the halfmission maps and use the same detectors, unlike the detectorset splits. Thus they show similar residual systematics, associated with the secondorder ADCNL effect and consequently provide a more consistent null test.
Fig. 10. Difference, Δ𝒟_{ℓ}, between spectra for different data splits (vertical line), compared with the distribution of the difference in FFP10 simulations (histograms). 

Open with DEXTER 
2.2.3. Likelihood function
Two of the primary uses for the lowℓ polarization likelihood are the investigations of τ and of r using EE and BB spectra. As in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016) we implement a simulationbased likelihood applied to the QML estimation of 100 × 143.
The likelihood ℒ(CC^{data}) of a given model power spectrum vector C, given the observed one C^{data}, is given by the conditional probability of observing the data realization of the model C, P(C^{data}C). We will approximate the likelihood by counting the occurrences of our data being suitably close to a simulation produced in a Monte Carlo on a grid of models.
To illustrate the methodology, consider estimating the variance σ^{2} of an underlying Gaussian process that produces a vector X of n independent samples (this will be analogous to the measurement of a single crosspower spectrum multipole from the spherical harmonic transforms of two different maps of the sky). Those samples are measured by two noisy, potentially biased, and weaklycorrelated instruments A and B that can, however, be reasonably well simulated. The empirical covariance between the two measurements, provides an estimate of σ^{2}, only biased by the noise crosscovariance between the two instruments. Given only weak correlations between the instruments this bias should be small, certainly much smaller than that for either of the individual variances.
One may now build a simulationbased likelihood estimation for our model parameter σ^{2}. Assuming that one can generate realizations of the noise vectors N_{A} and N_{B}, the entire measurement process is fully simulatable. Given some prior on the model, one can jointly sample and σ^{2} and thus build an interpolation of the joint distribution. Setting the first variable of the interpolation to the measured and dividing through by the model prior, one thus obtains an approximation to the likelihood . The use of only the crossspectrum is hoped to increase the robustness of this likelihood to inaccuracies in the noise modelling.
The problem of estimating the polarization likelihood is extremely similar; however, instead of a single variance, both theory and data become multidimensional. We assume that, at the level of precision of our approximation, we can ignore correlations between all power spectrum elements and simplify the problem to the determination of n_{ℓmax} individual power spectrum mode likelihoods:
for EE and BB independently.
The simulation procedure, however, is slightly more complicated. Even though we made the assumption that our approximated likelihood can be separated multipole by multipole, the correlations induced by the mask and the complex structure of the noise, while being in large part accounted for by the QML estimator, still prevent us from performing simulations on one multipole at a time. We must simulate full maps of the observed CMB on which to measure the QML power spectrum. Sampling the theory C_{ℓ} for each mode over a large region of the parameter space would be very inefficient, since one would typically spend too much effort exploring low probability regions. We thus only explore the region of the power spectrum around the theory C_{ℓ} of interest and produce our MCs using the ΛCDM power spectrum from uniformly sampled cosmological parameters with uniform distributions having
and all the other cosmological parameters set to their Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016) bestfit values. The cosmological model distribution of Eq. (9) translates into an exploration of the EE and BB spectra in the range of
Paralleling our methodological illustration, for each of the theory C_{ℓ}, we generate CMB maps to which we add noise realizations for the 100 GHz and 143 GHz channels, allowing us to form simulated QML crossspectra estimates.
Generation of the noise simulations is expensive. In principle they necessitate the running of the full FFP10 pipeline on each CMB map, since the noise (including its mean) can be dependent on the sky signal (which, on the scales we are interested in, consists of CMB, dipole, and Galactic emission, with the latter two being dominant). Instead of rerunning this pipeline for each of our CMB realization, we reuse the 300 FFP10 samples, ignoring the dependence of the properties of the noise on the CMB emission. To do so, we remove the foreground and CMB from those realizations by first regressing a Galactic template from each FFP10 realization using the procedure described Sect. 2.2.1 and then subtracting the known CMB input map. With this procedure, we obtain 300 FFP10 “pure” noise and systematics realizations that we reuse thorough the Monte Carlos. Those realizations contain realistic residuals of foreground cleaning and they are obtained not exploring the full CMBgalaxy chance correlations. Nevertheless, we have already shown in Sect. 2.2.1 that, in the template fitting procedure, those variance terms are negligible with respect to the noisegalaxy chance correlations.
Finally, each sample of the MC is built using the following procedure. For each of the 1000 theory C_{ℓ} realizations (random parameter realizations from the distribution given in Eq. (9)), we generate 300 Gaussian CMB maps that we pair with the 300 FFP10 “pure” noise realizations before estimating the simulated QML crossspectra. Even though we are reusing the noise realizations, for a given theory C_{ℓ} sample there will not be any correlation due to this limitation. This procedure provides us with 300 000 samples of the joint distribution for each multipole.
The next step of the procedure is to interpolate the joint distribution independently for each multipole. Furthermore, since we are only interested in the likelihood of a model given our specific data realization, we can avoid interpolating over the whole MC sample. In fact, we will reduce the 2D interpolation to two 1D interpolations around with the following scheme. First, for each of sample i of the 1000 realizations, we determine a loworder polynomial 1D interpolation of the log of the histogram of the over the 300 noise simulations,
Using this approximation we can now evaluate , the probability of our data (i.e., the QML crossspectrum estimated on the Planck data) for each of our theory simulations. The 1000 pairs of may be viewed as a tabulated version of the log of the joint probability log , up to a prior term that, if carried, would be cancelled in forming the likelihood. This we now interpolate on C_{ℓ} with a loworder polynomial for each multipole, . Finally, the sum of the g_{ℓ} over ℓ gives us our approximate loglikelihood, up to a constant.
In summary, the likelihood approximation production can be written as the following recipe:

we clean 100 GHz and 143 GHz as described in the previous sections and we compute the QML crossspectrum between them, C^{data};

we clean onebyone with the same procedure the corresponding FFP10 simulations and then remove the fiducial CMB to produce 300 “pure” noise FFP10 realizations;

we generate 1000 cosmological parameter sets θ^{i}, under the distribution given by Eq. (9) and compute the corresponding ;

we generate 300 pairs of maps for each theory realization i by combining the ith simulated sky signal with the 300 FFP10 noise realizations at 100 GHz and 143 GHz, and compute the QML crossspectrum for each of them, ;

for each theory realization i and for each ℓ, we produce , a loworder polynomial interpolation of the log of the power spectrum histogram;

for each ℓ, we use the 1000 pairs, , computed by evaluating for , to produce a loworder polynomial interpolation to estimate (up to a constant) the log of the joint probability distribution, ;

we identify our approximation of log as an approximation of log (up to a constant), and use Eq. (8) to produce our approximate likelihood,
This likelihood approximation forms the basis of what is provided in the HFI lowℓ component of the Planck 2018 likelihood release, with a tabulated version of the g_{ℓ} functions stored in the likelihood files.
In order to validate that we can go from a uniform distribution on cosmological parameters θ^{i} to a C_{ℓ}based likelihood, we built a similar interpolation scheme for the likelihood ℒ(C^{data}τ). It was found that the constraint on τ obtained with this new likelihood perfectly overlapped the constraint obtained using our C_{ℓ}based likelihood. The corresponding test was also successfully passed for the r parameter using the BB likelihood.
The low number of simulations, namely 300, can lead to inaccuracies and biases whenever the signal is small compared to the noise and systematic effects (especially for the τbased scheme mentioned above). This may occur when low values of τ are explored. Section 2.2.4 describes a specific test of this effect and shows that, at the level of our validation, the C_{ℓ}based method provides an unbiased likelihood even for very low τ values.
As was done in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016), we combine the lowℓ polarization likelihood with the lowℓ temperature likelihood based on Commander and we estimate the cosmological parameters making use of the cosmomc package (Lewis & Bridle 2002). We sample ln(10^{10}A_{s}), and τ with the TT and EE likelihoods and ln(10^{10}A_{s}), τ and r with the TT, EE, and BB likelihoods.
We fix all parameters that are not sampled to following values: {Ω_{b}h^{2} = 0.0221, Ω_{c}h^{2} = 0.12, θ_{*} = 1.0411, n_{s} = 0.96}^{5}. From the lowℓonly analysis we find τ = 0.0506 ± 0.0086, consistent with previous Planck largescale analysis. For the tensortoscalar ratio r we find a 95% upper limit of 0.41, more than a factor of 2 better than the previous Planck bound from large scales (PPL15). When the highℓ temperature likelihood is also considered, the constraint on τ is slightly dragged towards higher values by the higher A_{s} preferred by the smaller scales, and we obtain τ = 0.0522 ± 0.0080. Constraints on the cosmological parameters from the lowℓ only likelihoods are shown in Table 7.
Constraints on ln(10^{10}A_{s}), τ, and r from the TT+EE likelihood (central column) and TT+EE+BB likelihood (right column).
The results on τ shown in Table 7 differ by about half a σ from the results presented in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016). This is mainly driven by three factors. First of all in the 2018 release the last 1000 anomalous rings have been removed from the HFI data (see HFI18, for more details). Secondly the 30 GHz map used in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016) was affected by a largescale calibration leakage substantially improved in the 2018 release (see Appendix A of LFI18, for more details). Thirdly, the variance of the FFP10 simulations is larger than the variance of the simulations used in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016), which pushes τ towards lower values. We attempt to quantify this last point by building a likelihood again from the 2018 data, but in conjunction with the 283 simulations used in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016), rather than with the FFP10 ones. With such a likelihood we measure τ = 0.053 ± 0.008, which is closer to the result published in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016).
2.2.4. Monte Carlo validation
In order to demonstrate that the lowℓ polarization likelihood provides an unbiased estimate of τ, we generate an MC data set of 300 CMB signal maps and combine them with the 300 FFP10 simulations. We then apply the likelihood construction procedure described above and proceed to estimate the τ parameter for each map of the MC set. From these results we compute the mean and dispersion of the bestfit values. We perform this test with two different input τ values, namely 0.05 and 0.06.
For the first case (i.e., τ = 0.05) we find , while in the latter case (i.e., τ = 0.06) we find . In both cases the likelihood method is able to recover the input value to within 0.1 σ of the single realization and hence has provided an essentially unbiased estimate for τ.
We also test stability with respect to the simulation database used in point 5 of the list shown in Sect. 2.2.3. We split the sets of 300 signal and noise simulations into two halves, and build two independent likelihoods from each of them. When independently estimating τ with each of them, we find that the posteriors closely overlap (see Fig. 11).
Fig. 11. Whisker plot, showing comparison of the bestfit values, together with the 68% (red) and 95% (yellow) confidence levels for τ, obtained using either the complete set of 300 FFP10 simulations or the first half or the second half of them. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from the default analysis, i.e., using 300 simulations. 

Open with DEXTER 
2.2.5. Consistency analysis
Multiple tests have been carried out to validate the lowℓ polarization likelihood. In the following paragraphs we present some of those tests, focussing in particular on the estimation of the optical depth to reionization τ.
2.2.5.1. Dependence on masks.
As a first consistency test, we estimate τ on all of the various masks shown in the first part of Fig. 7. We retain the cleaning procedure performed on the 70% sky fraction mask and we apply the likelihood procedure described in Sect. 2.2.3 for the different masks.
Figure 12 shows the τ values obtained with f_{sky} ranging from 30% to 70%. In addition to the good visual consistency, we go on to estimate τ, with all masks, on the validation MC simulations using a fiducial τ = 0.05, as used in Sect. 2.2.4. We compare the differences between τ values obtained using different masks with corresponding histograms of differences for the 300 simulations. Results of this test are presented in Fig. 13, showing that the discrepancy we see between different masks is indeed compatible with the empirical distribution of signal, noise, and systematics.
Fig. 12. Values of τ measured on data using different sky masks. The red points show the median values of the τ distributions measured on the masks shown in Fig. 7. The blue point represents the value of τ obtained using the 50% alternative mask shown in the middle part of Fig. 7. Intense and fainter bars show 68% and 95% confidence levels, respectively. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from the default analysis, i.e., the 50% mask. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 13. Shifts in τ values between different masks (red vertical lines) compared with histograms of the same quantities measured in simulations. 

Open with DEXTER 
This test also shows that foreground cleaning is not a limiting factor for the lowℓ polarization likelihood; even when highly contaminated regions are included (e.g., with the 70% mask), the estimated values of τ are consistent (within scatter) with the values obtained using cleaner regions of the sky. The probability distribution of the residuals is well characterized by applying the same analysis to the FFP10 simulations. For the main likelihood analysis and for the delivered products we adopt an intermediate sky fraction, using the 50% mask.
In order to further asses the stability of our results with respect to the choice of mask we consider the effect of employing an alternative algorithm for mask production. In this scheme we smooth the polarized intensity of the 353 GHz channel with a beam of FWHM = 10°, instead of the 5° used for the masks shown in the top part of Fig. 7. Then we perform the same smoothing on the 30 GHz polarization map, scaling it down to 100 GHz. Finally we threshold on the sum of the two polarization maps, obtaining masks with a different shape and with much smoother edges relative to the standard ones; see the middle part of Fig. 7. We continue to perform the foreground cleaning on the 100 and 143 GHz maps with the 70% mask as in the procedure described above. Then we compute spectra and and the likelihood on the alternative 50% mask. In Fig. 12, the blue point shows the τ value obtained with this alternative mask; this constraint is very consistent with those obtained using the standard series of masks.
Stability under the removal of a single multipole. As was done in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016), we have tested the stability of the likelihood with respect to the removal of one EE multipole at a time. Figure 14 shows the values of τ obtained following this procedure. The posteriors are rather stable, except for a Δτ ≈ 0.01 shift when ℓ = 5 is removed. In order to characterize the significance of this feature we compare the width of the empirical distribution for τ obtained analysing 300 simulations using all the multipoles between ℓ = 2 and ℓ = 29, to the width obtained with ℓ = 5 removed. In the first case the width is σ_{τ}(all ℓ) = 0.0082, in the latter σ_{τ}(no ℓ = 5) = 0.010. Subtracting in quadrature the former error from the latter gives us a measure on the expected parameter shifts between the two analyses (see Gratton & Challinor 2019) of σ_{τ}(ℓ = 5) = 0.0057. The observed shift in τ of approximately 0.009 is thus consistent with shifts expected from the simulations.
Fig. 14. Values of τ obtained when removing one multipole at a time. We show bestfit values (red points), together with 68% (red lines) and 95% (yellow lines) confidence levels. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from the full analysis. 

Open with DEXTER 
Stability for different data cuts. Continuing the discussion started in Sect. 2.2.2, we compute τ constraints from the EE spectra for all of the data splits analysed (i.e., DSs, HMs, and OE). Following the same procedure as for the mask consistency test, we verify that the different τ values we obtain on different data splits are consistent with the statistics of the FFP10 simulations. We clean all the single data splits independently using 30 GHz and 353 GHz, following the procedure described in Sect. 2.2.1. Then we estimate τ from all the data splits using the 50% mask to compute the crossQML spectra. Figure 15 shows the differences in τ found between data splits, as calculated with the data, compared to histograms of the corresponding quantities computed on simulations. For all the data cuts analysed the τ values obtained are consistent with the distribution of the FFP10 noise and systematics simulations.
Fig. 15. Shifts in τ values between different data splits (red vertical lines) compared with histograms of the corresponding differences measured on simulations. 

Open with DEXTER 
2.2.5.2. Synchrotrontracer stability.
In the power spectra and likelihood analysis we adopt the 30 GHz LFI channel as our polarized synchrotron tracer. Furthermore we remove synchrotron only from the 100 GHz channel, ignoring its contribution at 143 GHz.
We can test the validity of these two assumptions. First we process with the usual smoothing procedure the map and covariance of the WMAP K band data. We substitute WMAP K band for Planck 30 GHz in the cleaning of the 100 GHz map, finding for synchrotron a scaling of α = 0.0119 ± 0.0006. We then calculate power spectra, construct a likelihood, and compute τ for 100 × 143. Secondly we clean both 100 and 143 GHz with 30 GHz, finding for synchrotron a scaling of α = 0.0073 ± 0.0011 for the 143 GHz map. Again we then calculate power spectra, construct a likelihood, and compute τ for 100 × 143. The results of these tests are shown in Fig. 16; the posterior on τ is not substantially affected by these variations in the handling of synchrotron contamination.
Fig. 16. Posteriors on τ obtained from crossspectra between the 100 and 143 GHz channels; only the polarized synchrotrontracer handling is changed among the three cases. From top to bottom we use: 30 GHz to clean 100 GHz only; 30 GHz to clean both 100 and 143 GHz; and WMAP K band to clean 100 GHz only. Intense and fainter bars show 68% and 95% confidence levels, respectively. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from the default analysis. 

Open with DEXTER 
2.2.5.3. LFIHFI crossspectra.
We may perform a similar analysis to that done for the HFI channels, but instead using the 70 GHz LFI full channel for one of the maps. We filter and degrade the 70 GHz bandpassmismatchcorrected map with the procedure described above. We also apply the same smoothing to the gain template described in LFI18, which is meant to correct for dipole and foreground leakage to polarization from calibration mismatch.
The foregroundcleaning procedure is performed using the same foreground tracers as used for the HFI channels, adopting the 70 GHz R2.2x mask (see Table 8 for more details), which retains about 67% of the sky. In the cleaning procedure, along with the foreground templates, we also fit the gain template (see Sect. 2.3 and Eq. (14) of this paper, and Sect. 3.3 of LFI18). The amplitudes found for the templates are: α = 0.0580 ± 0.0044 for synchrotron; β = 0.00923 ± 0.00036 for the dust; and γ = 0.960 ± 0.083 for the gain template. These are consistent with the values shown in Fig. 22.
Masks used for polarization analysis at 70 GHz.
The procedure followed for τ estimation is the same as that described in Sect. 2.2.3 above. For the 70 GHz channel, we use the LFI FFP10 simulations, containing noise and systematic effects related to calibration, namely temperaturetopolarization leakage of dipole and intensity foregrounds due to calibration mismatch (see Appendix B of LFI18, for details). As we do for data, we fit a template of gainrelated systematics also for the simulations. We build a leakage template from simulations using the following procedure: we first remove, from each of the 300 simulations, the fiducial FFP10 CMB map, the input foreground map, and the noise realization, obtaining a realization of dipole and foreground leakage; then we average all of the 300 simulations.
In the likelihood construction we use the 47% of the sky that is in common between the 50% mask used for the 100 × 143 crossspectrum analysis and the 70 GHz R1.4 mask (which retains 58% of the sky).
In Fig. 17, we show EE crossspectra between 70, 100, and 143 GHz channels and the autospectrum of the 70 GHz channel. The errors shown are computed through MC simulations for the crossspectra and from the Fisher matrix for the autospectrum. We estimate τ from the crossspectra of 70 GHz with both 100 GHz and 143 GHz, showing the results in Fig. 18.
Fig. 17. EE crossspectra for 100 × 143, 70 × 100, and 70 × 143, together with the EE 70 GHz autospectrum. The error bars are based on MC simulations for the crossspectra and on the Fisher matrix for the autospectrum. The sky fractions are 50% for 100 × 143, 47% for 70 × 100 and 70 × 143, and 62% for 70 GHz. The black line shows a theoretical power spectrum with τ = 0.05. 

Open with DEXTER 
PlanckWMAP crossspectra. We also process with the same smoothing and cleaning procedures the Ka, Q, and V bands of WMAP (Bennett et al. 2013), using the K band and 353 GHz channels as tracers of polarized synchrotron and dust, respectively. In the cleaning we use the WMAP processing masks (Page et al. 2007) retaining 93% of the sky for the Ka and Q bands and 96% for V. As covariance matrices we adopt the official WMAP covariance matrices and smooth them in harmonic space with the cosine window function given in Eq. (4). After the cleaning we inversenoise weight the three WMAP bands into a single map. Using the same procedure as described in Sect. 2.2.3 we estimate τ from each of the crossspectra between WMAP and the Planck 70, 100, and 143 GHz channels. In order to produce WMAP noise simulations we generate, for each band, 300 Gaussian realizations from the covariance matrices. As is done for the Planck channels, we process all of the simulations through the same cleaning pipeline, combining the resulting maps in the same manner as done for the data.
For powerspectrum estimation and for the likelihood, for the crossspectrum between 70 GHz and WMAP we use the intersection between the WMAP P06 and the LFI R1.4 masks, retaining 57% of the sky. For the crossspectra of 100 GHz and 143 GHz with WMAP we use the intersection between the P06 and the HFI 50% masks, retaining 48% of the sky.
In Fig. 19, we show the EE crossspectra between Planck channels and WMAP, with errors computed through MC simulations. The posteriors from all the crossspectra considered between HFI, LFI, and WMAP channels are plotted in Fig. 18.
Fig. 18. Whisker plot showing bestfit values and 68% and 95% confidence levels for τ when combining various Planck and WMAP channels. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from 100 × 143. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 19. EE crossspectra for WMAP × 70, WMAP × 100, and WMAP × 143. The error bars shown are based on MC simulations. The sky fractions used are 57% for WMAP × 70 and 48% for both WMAP × 100 and WMAP × 143. For reference we also plot the 100 × 143 crossspectrum. The black line shows a theoretical power spectrum for a model with τ = 0.05. 

Open with DEXTER 
As was done for the datasplit and mask tests, we perform analogous combined MC validation for all the crossspectra analyses considered involving the Planck 70, 100, and 143 GHz channels and the WMAP coadded maps. The results of this validation are presented in Fig. 20. The scatter observed for the data is highly compatible with the empirical distribution of the simulations.
Fig. 20. Shifts in τ values obtained from different crossspectra (red vertical lines), compared with histograms of the corresponding quantities measured on simulations. 

Open with DEXTER 
2.2.6. Final considerations on the lowℓ HFI likelihood
In this section, we have presented the lowℓ likelihood analysis based on HFI data. In contrast to what is done in the LFI analysis, we have opted for a simulationbased likelihood, avoiding analytical approaches, in order to overcome the difficulty of:

determining analytically the probability distribution of the residual systematics;

debiasing maps from noise and residual systematics;

building reliable noiseplussystematiceffect covariance matrices.
In addition we have chosen an estimator based on the crossspectrum between the 100 and 143 GHz maps, as opposed to any autospectrum, in order both to be less vulnerable to inaccurate noisebias determination and to avoid the autocorrelation of systematics within a frequency channel. We have successfully demonstrated that this method provides an unbiased estimate of cosmological parameters and we have verified the stability of our results with respect to mask, data splits, and channel selection. Nevertheless, this analysis comes with caveats that we emphasize below in detail.

The accuracy of the likelihood approximation relies on the capability of the simulations to reproduce the residual systematics present in the data. The simulation pipeline is described and validated extensively in HFI18. The analyses performed on data splits and null maps, shown in the present paper, confirm those results.

The simulations overestimate the ADCNL effect at 100 and 143 GHz (see Sect. 5.13 of HFI18, in particular Figs. 48 and 49 and the relevant discussion in the text). This causes a slight overestimation of the variance in the 100 × 143 spectrum.

As explained in detail in HFI18, the gainvariation fit introduced in the 2018 mapmaking procedure corrects for the firstorder approximation of the ADCNL systematic effect. However, large signals, such as dipoles and foreground emission close to the Galactic plane, are distorted by the secondorder ADCNL effect, leaving a signature at very low multipoles in polarization, which is not corrected by the 2018 PlanckHFI analysis, for more details about this effect see Sect. 3.2 of Delouis et al. (2019) and Figs. 4 and 5 of Pagano et al. (2020).

As a consequence of the preceding point, our constraining power on τ comes almost entirely from ℓ = 4 and ℓ = 5. The variance of residual systematics at ℓ = 2 and ℓ = 3 is large enough to weaken the constraint on τ coming the very largest scales.

The substantial impact of ℓ = 5 on the τ estimation, already observed by Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016), is perfectly compatible with a statistical fluke, as described by FFP10 simulations. Furthermore we could not find any direct link between this effect and the shift at the same multipole in the temperature power spectrum, since it is mostly related to sky regions masked in the polarization analysis. The TE null tests for ℓ = 5 support this interpretation.

In the likelihood approximation we sample the theoretical C_{ℓ} space, extracting cosmological models assuming ΛCDM+r cosmology. This does not represent a limitation for more complicated models, as long as they do not depart too dramatically from ΛCDM.
In addition to these issues, we also discard the TE spectrum in the lowℓ likelihood analysis. The main reason for this choice is linked to the restricted number of simulations and their limitations. As we discussed in Sect. 2.2.2 and show in Table 6, the ℓ > 10 modes of the TE spectra fail our null test and we believe that a plausible reason for this is the lack of fidelity of our simulation suite, which assumes perfect dust cleaning in temperature, while some residual can still be present in the data. Furthermore, the limited number of simulations makes it difficult to correctly explore the correlations between TT and TE, as well as EE and TE. Building an uncorrelated likelihood, as we did for EE, would certainly result in an overestimated and possibly biased constraint. While it is possible to overcome this issue with an analytic (or semianalytic) approach (such as described in e.g., Gratton 2017), it has been decided not to pursue such possibilities, given the nulltest failure of the TE spectrum. With this limitation in mind, it is still worth noting that restricting the spectrum to ℓ_{max} = 10, and measuring τ only from TE gives a value 0.051 ± 0.015. From simulations, we can evaluate that the contribution of the 10 < ℓ < 30 TE modes gives only a 7% improvement in the τ constraint. It is thus likely that, even employing a much larger number of simulations and improving the foreground model, one could only slightly increase Planck’s constraining power on τ by using the lowℓ TE spectra in addition to the EE spectrum, compared to using the latter alone.
As extensively discussed in HFI18, the determination of polarization efficiency remains one of the main limitations of the Planck HFI 2018 products. Nevertheless, regarding the lowℓ polarization likelihood, we have verified that possible residual systematic effects, related to the accuracy of the polarization efficiency determination, have a negligible impact on our τ determination^{6}.
2.3. LFIbased lowℓ likelihood
The LFI lowℓ polarization likelihood follows the methodology of the 2015 release (PPL15), with several improvements discussed below. We employ a pixelbased approach to compute the likelihood ℒ(C_{ℓ}), defined by the conditional probability 𝒫(mC_{ℓ}):
Here, m is a foregroundmitigated temperature and linear polarization map array of total length N pixels, whose signalplusnoise covariance matrix is M. For the temperature map we employ the Commander solution described in the previous section. As in the 2015 Planck release, linear polarization CMB maps are estimated from the LFI 70 GHz channel, using the 353 and 30 GHz channels as tracers to minimize the polarized dust and synchrotron emission, respectively. The main improvements with respect to the 2015 analysis, mostly due to revisiting the calibration (LFI18), are:

the inclusion in the data set of Surveys 2 and 4, which were left out in the 2015 analysis because of nulltest issues that are now under control (see LFI18);

the use of a cosine window function to better suppress highresolution noise;

a larger sky fraction used in the baseline likelihood;

an improved comparison with WMAP Ka, Q, and V data.
We also improved the analysis of consistency with respect to the 2015 release, and applied new consistency tests. As in the 2015 Planck release, we do not include 44 GHz as a cosmological channel, since preliminary analysis showed poor componentseparation χ^{2} values even for relatively small sky fractions.
2.3.1. LFI masks
We now describe the procedure we follow to build masks of the polarized Galactic diffuse emission for the 70 GHzbased lowℓ likelihood. Both synchrotron and dust emission need to be considered. Following the scheme employed in the 2015 release, we use the (bandpass corrected) 30 GHz and the 353 GHz maps as tracers of the synchrotron and dust emission, respectively. We smooth both maps to 1° angular resolution, working at N_{side} = 1024 (the 353 GHz data are downsampled from the native N_{side} = 2048 resolution). The synchrotron contribution at 70 GHz is estimated by extrapolating in frequency the 30 GHz map, assuming a powerlaw energy distribution with a fixed spectral index α = − 3.0 (Planck Collaboration Int. XXII 2015). For the 353 GHz map, we instead assume that the dust emits like a modified blackbody with β = 1.59 and a temperature T_{d} = 19.6 K (Planck Collaboration Int. XXII 2015). We build the polarization amplitude maps, , separately for dust and synchrotron and generate one mask for each signal. In particular, these masks are obtained by masking out on the extrapolated maps all the pixels where . The value 0.73 μK comes from the square root of the sum of the variance in Q and U for the CMB (generated from the bestfit ΛCDM model) computed over the whole sky. On the other hand, R represents a parameter that we change to consider different thresholds, and thus to build our set of masks (which are labelled as “RX.Y,” where “X.Y” is the value of R). While this procedure is in principle susceptible to some bias because of the CMB polarization emission in the maps, we find in practice that this contribution impacts the mask selection in a negligible manner. The dust and synchrotron masks are then combined and the resulting mask is smoothed with a Gaussian window of FWHM = 10°. In the resulting mask, all pixels with values lower than 0.5 are set to 0, while those with values greater than 0.5 are set to 1. The masks obtained for each value of the threshold are finally downsampled to a resolution of N_{side} = 16, appropriate for the lowℓ studies. In Fig. 21, we show a subset of the masks that we consider; for the R1.8 and R2.2 masks we also consider an “extended” version, labelled “x,” made by the union of the northern portion of the R1.4 mask and the southern part of the corresponding R mask. These “extended” versions remove a few extra pixels close to the North Galactic Spur. The sky fraction retained by each mask is reported in Table 8.
Fig. 21. For illustration purposes, polarization masks R0.6, R0.8, R1.0, R1.2, R1.8x, and R2.2x; see text for the definition of the R parameter. 

Open with DEXTER 
2.3.2. Data set at 70 GHz
As mentioned above, we use for temperature the Commander map at a resolution of N_{side} = 16. This map is smoothed with a 440′ Gaussian beam. In order to numerically regularize the inversion of the corresponding covariance matrix, we add to this map a white noise realization with σ_{N} = 2 μK in each pixel^{7}. When building the pixelbased likelihood, the regularization noise is consistently accounted for in the temperature part of the noisecovariance matrix.
As in the 2015 analysis, the lowℓ pixelbased likelihood in polarization is built using data from the 70 GHz LFI channel. For the current release, Surveys 2 and 4 that were removed in 2015 can now be included, as suggested by nulltest analysis (see LFI18, for details). Thus for this legacy release, we use data from all of the eight surveys carried out by Planck LFI.
Linear polarization maps have been downsampled from their native resolution to N_{side} = 16, applying cosine window smoothing (see Eq. (4)). To clean the 70 GHz Q and U maps we follow a templatefitting procedure, analogous to the one employed in 2015. The cleaned map m ≡ [Q,U] is derived as
where m_{70}, m_{30}, and m_{353} are bandpasscorrected versions of the 70, 30, and 353 GHz maps. This last equation and the following ones are consistent with Eqs. (5) and (6) of Sect. 2.2; however, we repeat them here for convenience. The 353 GHz map employs only PSB data (HFI18). In Eq. (14), α and β are the scaling coefficients for synchrotron and dust emission, respectively, and m_{gain} is a gain template with its own scaling coefficient γ that accounts for the residual systematic leakage occurring during the timeline calibration process (while LFI calibration is photometric, any biases in the process would generate mismatches in the polarization maps; see LFI18 for more details). This last template can be either subtracted with fiducial value (i.e., γ = 1) or its amplitude can be fitted by letting the coefficients α, β, and γ vary jointly. In either case, the fitted coefficients in Eq. (14) are estimated by minimizing the figure of merit
where
Here is the fiducial model given in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016)^{8}, while N_{70}, N_{30}, and N_{353} are the pure polarization parts of the 70, 30 and 353 GHz noisecovariance matrices^{9}. The N_{70} matrix has been rescaled to match the noise level estimated from the halfring halfdifference (HRHD) map at 70 GHz. In more detail, we have verified that both the 70 GHz HRHD map and its timelinetomap simulated counterpart show statistically significant excess noise with respect to that predicted by the noisecovariance matrix, obtained as a byproduct of the mapmaking process (Keskitalo et al. 2010). By decomposing the matrix into spherical harmonics, we find that this bias is not constant, but increases at low multipoles. Thus an overall multiplicative factor is not appropriate to address this issue. In order to reduce the discrepancy between the noise level described by the original N_{70} with respect to what is observed in the data, we apply to its eigenvectors a harmonic filter
where the parameters F_{0}, c, and κ are determined by maximizing the fullsky loglikelihood of the filtered noise matrix with respect to the HRHD map. The values found in the minimization and used in the filter are F_{0} = 0.992, c = 0.040, and k = −0.966. This correction also improves in a consistent way the fullsky loglikelihood of the FFP10 simulations HRHD. The origin of this mismatch is not understood.
For the 353 GHz data we use a downsampled version of the highresolution mapmaking covariance matrix, which only provides IQU correlations within a pixel, while pixelpixel correlations are assumed to be zero. All noisecovariance matrices and the signal matrix have been smoothed with the same cosine window apodization applied to the Q and U maps. To ensure that the smoothed covariance matrix is numerically well conditioned, we add to the map m_{70} a regularization whitenoise realization with 20 nK standard deviation^{10}, which is also accounted for in the covariance matrix.
The final polarization noisecovariance matrix used in the pixelbased likelihood and associated to the foregroundcleaned map in Eq. (14) is given by
where and are the uncertainties associated with the foreground scalingcoefficients we estimate. When fitting for the gain template, the effective noisecovariance matrix should properly include a contribution from the uncertainty on the scaling factor γ, as is done for the foreground scalingcoefficients. Since for the final results we fix γ = 1, we do not include such a term in Eq. (18).
In Fig. 22, we show α, β, and γ estimated on the different masks described in the previous subsection. For each mask, we also report the χ^{2} excess of the fit, defined as , N_{dof} being the number of active pixels in the Q and U masks. We consider only masks for which Δχ^{2} < 3. We find good consistency among the coefficients estimated on different sky fractions and therefore choose as the processing mask the one retaining the largest sky fraction, that is, mask R2.2x, with f_{sky} = 66.6%.
Fig. 22. Scaling coefficients for synchrotron (α), dust (β), and the amplitude of the gain template (γ) estimated on several masks. Dotted lines mark the values of the coefficients for mask R2.2x, which are the ones we use to build the cleaned data set for the pixelbased likelihood. Bottom panel: χ^{2} excess of the fit, defined as . 

Open with DEXTER 
For the pixelbased likelihood baseline, we build the 70 GHz cleaned maps of Eq. (14) with the coefficients α = 0.058 ± 0.004, β = 0.0092 ± 0.0004, and γ = 1, estimated on mask R2.2x. These maps are shown in Fig. 23. We have verified that if we keep the amplitude of the gain template fixed at γ = 1, the foreground coefficients we estimate are indistinguishable in practice from the case where we let γ vary. We have also verified that this choice has negligible impact on the parameter τ. If we compare these estimates to the foreground coefficients of the 2015 analysis, we find that, thanks to the larger sky fraction retained by the processing mask (66.6% compared to 43% in 2015), the uncertainties have been almost halved. The scaling coefficients for the synchrotron emission are compatible between the two analyses at the level of 0.6 σ, where σ refers to the largest of the two uncertainties. The foreground coefficient for dust, on the other hand, has shifted higher by about 2 σ with respect to 2015. This shift is likely due to the improved quality of the Planck 2018 353 GHz map compared with the 2015 release (see Figs. 11 and 14 of HFI18).
Fig. 23. Foregroundcleaned 70 GHz maps of the Stokes parameters Q (top) and U (bottom) on 62.4% of the sky (mask R1.8x). In order to highlight the largest angular scales relevant for the lowℓ likelihood, these maps have been smoothed with a Gaussian filter of FWHM = 10°. As a reference, for τ ≈ 0.06 the expected range for the signal is ±0.4 μK. 

Open with DEXTER 
2.3.3. Power spectra
We use the quadratic maximumlikelihood (QML) code Bolpol (Gruppuso et al. 2009, 2012) to estimate the polarized angular power spectra of the data set used in the lowℓ pixelbased likelihood. Specifically, we use the Commander map in temperature and the 70 GHz cleaned Q and U maps given in Eq. (14) and shown in Fig. 23. For the covariance matrix, we use the noisecovariance matrix of Eq. (18) for the polarization part, while for temperature we assume only a 4 μK^{2} diagonal regularization noise. Consistently, a white noise realization of the corresponding variance has been added to the Commander map.
Figure 24 shows the spectra estimated employing the Commander mask in temperature. For polarization, we use the mask employed for cosmological analysis, R1.8x (f_{sky} = 62.4%). The choice of this last mask as the reference for polarization will be explained in Sect. 2.3.5. Error bars on the individual entries of the power spectrum have been derived from the Fisher information matrix of the QML estimator.
Fig. 24. Polarization power spectra of the cleaned LFI 70 GHz maps, estimated on the Commander mask in temperature and the cosmological analysis mask R1.8x (f_{sky} = 62.4%) in polarization. Blue dashed lines represent the model with τ = 0.05. 

Open with DEXTER 
In order to test the consistency of the estimated power spectra C_{ℓ} with the model introduced in the previous section, we compute the harmonic :
where , and the average is taken over 1000 signal and noise simulations. Signal simulations are drawn from the model, while noise simulations are generated using the noisecovariance matrix given in Eq. (18). We also use the simulations to sample the empirical distribution for , considering ℓ_{max} = 6, 12, and 30, for each of the six CMB polarization spectra (TT, TE, TB, etc.). We report in Table 9 the empirical probability of observing a value of greater than that for the data (i.e., the probability to exceed or PTE). This test supports the hypothesis that the observed spectra are consistent with the bestfit model from Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016), that is, ln(10^{10}A_{s}) = 3.0343 and τ = 0.05, and the propagated instrumental uncertainties. We note that for spectra involving B modes, the fiducial model is null, making this, in fact, a null test, probing instrumental characteristics and data processing independently of any cosmological assumption.
Empirical probability of observing a value of greater than that calculated from the data.
2.3.4. Cosmological parameters
We combine the Commander solution in temperature with the 70 GHz data set (with foreground mitigated as discussed in Sect. 2.3.2 above) to estimate cosmological parameters via the pixelbased likelihood approach of Eq. (13). As done for Table 7, we fix all parameters except ln(10^{10}A_{s}), τ, and r to the following fiducial values: {Ω_{b}h^{2} = 0.0221, Ω_{c}h^{2} = 0.12, θ_{*} = 1.0411, n_{s} = 0.96}. We also assume the inflationary consistency relation for n_{t} (Planck Collaboration X 2020).
We first investigate the dependence of the parameter τ, the optical depth to reionization, on the amount of sky left unmasked. To this end, we only fit for τ and A_{s} on a grid of models, while keeping r = 0. Figure 25 shows the estimated values of τ, and the associated 68% confidence limit (hereafter “CL”) uncertainties, for the ten masks of Table 8.
Fig. 25. Optical depth to reionization, τ, and 68% CL uncertainties estimated with the LFI polarization pixelbased likelihood on several masks, with sky fractions ranging from about 20% to 70%. 

Open with DEXTER 
As will be explained in the following section, we choose mask R1.8x as the baseline for the polarization analysis. The corresponding constraint on the reionization optical depth (shown in Table 10) is τ = 0.063 ± 0.020, to be compared to the value obtained in the 2015 analysis, which was τ = 0.067 ± 0.023. The values of τ are compatible at the level of 0.2 σ, where σ refers to the uncertainty on the parameter derived in the 2015 analysis. The uncertainty itself has decreased with respect to 2015, mainly for the following reasons: the larger sky fraction used in the analysis (62.4% for the cosmology mask compared to 46%^{11}); the inclusion of the full set of data collected by the LFI, including Surveys 2 and 4, which were not considered in the 2015 analysis; and, finally, the decision to use a cosineapodized pixel window in place of the square window used in 2015. If, however, we compare the uncertainty on τ from the 2018 data to what we see in the simulations, we find that the expected error should be lower, at 0.014. This is a nearly 3 σ outlier, as discussed in more detail in Sect. 2.3.5 below. On the other hand, the expected error for ln(10^{10}A_{s}) is in line with expectations from the simulations.
Constraints on ln(10^{10}A_{s}), τ, and r from the lowℓ LFI likelihood.
For all the estimates discussed above, we have assumed the tensortoscalar ratio r = 0. If instead we also fit for r, we obtain a 95% CL upper limit of r_{0.002} ≤ 1.7 (or, equivalently, r_{0.05} ≤ 1.2, where the subscript gives the k scale in units of Mpc^{−1}). This value is slightly weaker than the corresponding Planck 2015 constraint. The reason is likely linked to the Bmode excess visible in Fig. 24, which drives the posterior on r towards higher values, without however producing any significant detection. In any case, when using the LFI lowℓ likelihood in conjunction with the highℓ results, the corresponding constraint on r is not impacted, since it is dominated by the statistically more powerful temperature constraint.
2.3.5. Validation
We now describe the Monte Carlo validation of the LFI 70 GHz lowℓ polarization likelihood. This validation is based on realistic simulations to test the entire pipeline, including both the likelihood templatefitting procedure to model and remove dust and synchrotron contamination in 70 GHz Q and U maps, and the pixelbased Gaussian likelihood. We build a set of 1000 simulations combining CMB, foregrounds, and noise at 30, 70 and 353 GHz. To be consistent with the data, all the simulated maps and the noisecovariance matrices are smoothed using a Gaussian beam of 440′ in temperature and a cosine window in polarization. For temperature, we assume perfect foreground cleaning, and, therefore, we use pure CMB maps to which we add regularization white noise with 2 μK standard deviation. The CMB realizations are generated from the fiducial model of Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016), where we set ln(10^{10}A_{s}) = 3.0343 and τ = 0.05. In polarization, foregrounds are taken from the Full Focal Plane 10 (FFP10) suite of simulations, whereas the noise simulations have been randomly generated from the noisecovariance matrices for each of the different frequency channels. Analogously to what is done to the data, we add regularization noise with standard deviation σ_{N} = 20 nK also to the simulated maps and associated noisecovariance matrices at 70 GHz. We estimate parameters using the Commander mask for temperature (f_{sky} = 86%), and for polarization the ten masks given in Table 8, with f_{sky} ranging from 21% to 67%. However, in order to replicate what is done to the data, we perform the foreground cleaning of each simulation on mask R2.2x, as described in Sect. 2.3.2.
When estimating the cosmological parameters of the simulations, we only focus on ln(10^{10}A_{s}) and τ, keeping the other cosmological parameters fixed to their fiducial values. We verify that the mean values of ln(10^{10}A_{s}) and τ measured from the 1000 simulations properly recover the input values for all the masks considered in this analysis. In particular, for the mask that we select as the baseline for cosmological studies, R1.8x, we find a bias from the input, expressed in units of the standard deviation of the mean, at the level of 0.56 for τ and 0.30 for ln(10^{10}A_{s}).
The main motivation behind the validation test, however, is to assess how likely are the variations we see in the τ values measured on the data for different masks (see Fig. 25). For each simulation and each mask given in Sect. 2.3.1 we estimate the cosmological parameters, ln(10^{10}A_{s}) and τ. We then compute the variation of parameter estimates between all 45 pairs of different masks, across the 1000 simulations described above. We thus effectively build empirical distributions of the parameter variations between masks, properly taking into account the correlations between parameters from different masks, which in several cases exhibit large overlaps. When comparing the Δτ and Δln(10^{10}A_{s}) measured on the data to the empirical distributions, we find that the observed variations in the data are compatible with expectations from simulations.
Based on the distribution of the shifts from simulations, we provide in Table 11, for each pair of masks, the PTE for the absolute value of the shifts in τ and ln(10^{10}A_{s}) observed in the data. Since we find low probabilities for mask differences involving mask R2.2x, we choose to conservatively use R1.8x as the baseline for cosmological results. However, we also find low probabilities for some mask differences at intermediate sky fractions (e.g., R1.0 − R1.1, and R1.0 − R1.2), and we need to assess the actual global significance of these outliers in order to establish the overall consistency of the data. We focus on τ, because ln(10^{10}A_{s}) behaves similarly, given that the two parameters are highly correlated. For each simulated sky, we search for the most discrepant shift across all the available mask differences, and we express it in units of the standard deviation estimated from simulations, max(Δτ/σ). We then compare the parameter shift of the data for the maximally discrepant mask difference against the distribution of the maximally discrepant shifts from simulations, and we compute the associated PTE, as shown in Fig. 26. We conclude that the data are actually consistent across a broad range of sky fractions.
Fig. 26. Histogram of the the most discrepant shift for Δτ measured on 1000 simulations compared with the data (vertical line), as explained in Sect. 2.3.5. 

Open with DEXTER 
Consistency of the parameters τ and ln(10^{10}A_{s}) estimated on different masks.
If we now focus on the R1.8x mask that we choose as the baseline for cosmological results and we look at the distribution of the uncertainties on the parameters from the 1000 simulations, we find an average uncertainty of 0.014 ± 0.002 on τ and of 0.0522 ± 0.0016 on ln(10^{10}A_{s}). The quoted error on these uncertainties is computed from the dispersion in the outcomes of the simulations. In the case of τ the expected uncertainty from simulations is significantly smaller than the one derived from the data, which is 0.020 at 1 σ. In fact, only 0.9% of the simulations exhibit an error on τ larger than the data, so our results are a nearly 3 σ outlier. These results, while not statistically significant, may well hint at the possibility that the final covariance matrix in Eq. (18) is not capturing the full error budget in the data. On the other hand, the uncertainty derived for ln(10^{10}A_{s}) is well within 2 σ of the expected value.
2.3.6. Comparison with WMAP
We now turn to a comparison of the results we obtain from LFI with those obtained from the WMAP9 data set (Bennett et al. 2013) when it is processed in a similar way to the LFI data. In polarization, the two data sets have been foregroundcleaned separately, while for temperature we keep the Planck Commander solution for both. For LFI, we follow the procedure described in Sect. 2.3.2, relying on mask R2.2x. For WMAP, instead, we follow a procedure similar to the above, but we use the K band map as a synchrotron tracer, while keeping the 353 GHz map for dust. The Ka, Q, and V channel maps have first been smoothed with the same cosine window used for LFI, then foregroundcleaned individually on the WMAP analysis mask P06. The estimated foreground coefficients and associated χ^{2} values are given in Table 12. We then combine the different channels into a single noiseweighted average map. Noise levels used in the weighting are based on measurements taken outside of the analysis mask. The result is the foregroundcleaned WMAP map used for the analyses below.
Scaling coefficients for synchrotron (α) and dust (β) obtained for the WMAP data set described in the text, using WMAP K band and Planck 353 GHz maps as templates.
To ease the comparison of the CMB polarization signal measured by the two experiments, we also consider a noiseweighted combination of the LFI and WMAP foregroundcleaned maps (WMAP + LFI), together with their halfdifference (WMAP − LFI). Both have been conservatively obtained employing a mask given by the union of the mask R2.2x with the WMAP P06 analysis mask. The QML power spectra of these maps are shown in Fig. 27.
Fig. 27. Angular power spectra, computed using the QML approach, of the noiseweighted sum of the WMAP and LFI data sets (see text for details), compared to spectra from their halfdifference. The model predictions shown with the dashed lines are the same as shown in Fig. 24, with τ = 0.05. 

Open with DEXTER 
In order to assess the consistency of the polarization signal measured by LFI and WMAP in TE and EE over the multipole range of the reionization bump, we evaluate the harmonic for , , and the two spectra jointly , including data up to ℓ_{max} = 12. We first compare for the noiseweighted sum (WMAP + LFI) to an empirical distribution sampled from 1000 Monte Carlo simulations containing only noise and residual foregrounds. We find that none of the simulations has a value higher than the data in TE, and an empirical PTE of 2.1% in EE. As a second test, we compare the same data to an empirical distribution, again sampled from 1000 Monte Carlo simulations, which this time, in addition to noise and residual foregrounds, also contains a CMB signal realization, generated assuming the cosmological model given in the previous section (again with τ = 0.05). In this case, we find empirical PTEs of 17.0%, 22.1%, and 33.5% for , , and , respectively. If we repeat the test for the halfdifference data set (WMAP − LFI) and compare the of the data to a set of 1000 Monte Carlo simulations of noise and residual foregrounds, we find empirical PTEs of 67.7%, 59.5%, and 73.1%. These results strongly support the hypothesis that the spectra for the weighted combination WMAP + LFI does contain a significant cosmological signal, while the halfdifference WMAP − LFI is compatible with noise and residual foregrounds. Furthermore, the BB spectrum is consistent with the nullhypothesis for both the noiseweighted sum (PTE = 13.2%) and halfdifference (PTE = 59.6%).
We further extend this comparison to the estimates of τ. In Fig. 28, we show the posteriors for LFI, WMAP, and the halfdifference of LFI and WMAP.
Fig. 28. Posterior distributions for τ estimated from: the LFI baseline likelihood (τ = 0.063 ± 0.020); the WMAP data set smoothed with a cosine window, cleaned as given in Table 12, and masked with the analysis mask P06 (τ = 0.062 ± 0.012); and the difference between these two data sets, WMAP − LFI, to which we apply a mask given by the intersection of the R1.8x and P06 masks (τ ≤ 0.033 at 95% CL). 

Open with DEXTER 
The constraints from LFI (with mean value τ = 0.063 ± 0.020) and our reanalysis of WMAP data using the Planck 353 GHz map as a dust template (τ = 0.062 ± 0.012) are in very good agreement. Despite the reintroduction of Surveys 2 and 4, LFI 70 GHz data alone are still a factor of approximately 1.7 less sensitive than the combination of WMAP’s Ka, Q, and V bands. This result can only in part be explained by the larger sky fraction employed in the WMAP data sets. As remarked above (see last paragraph of Sect. 2.3.5), the error on τ for the LFI data set is about 40% larger than that expected from simulations (assuming its final noisecovariance matrix). Cleaning the WMAP maps of polarized dust contamination using the 353 GHz, rather than the WMAP dust template assumed in Page et al. (2007), lowers τ by roughly 2 σ, confirming the results already derived in PPL15, where the Planck 2015 products were used. A new analysis based on the crossspectrum between Planck 70 GHz and WMAP is presented in the previous section (Sect. 2.2.5, in the paragraph headed “PlanckWMAP crossspectra”), giving consistent results on τ.
Finally, the good consistency between the two data sets is also confirmed by the estimate of τ for WMAP − LFI. This has been obtained in the part of the sky shared by the LFI R1.8x and WMAP P06 masks, and it provides a value of τ that is consistent with the null hypothesis, giving an upper limit of τ ≤ 0.033 (95% CL).
3. High multipoles
The 2018 highℓ likelihood approach is very similar to the one used for the 2015 release (PPL15): from multipoles of ℓ = 30 and higher, we use a Gaussian likelihood approximation, based on pseudoC_{ℓ}s calculated from a selection of data from the PlanckHFI channels. It is still based exclusively on the temperature and Emode polarization data.
Several important improvements have been implemented over the 2015 release. A new beamleakage correction (described in Sect. 3.3.5), a better Galactic contamination correction (Sect. 3.3.2), the use of the reprocessed HFI data described in HFI18, and a better estimation of the polarization efficiencies (Sect. 3.3.4), allow us to validate the use of the polarized part of the data (specifically TE and EE spectra) for cosmological applications. The knowledge of the effective polarization efficiencies of the HFI channels is the largest source of uncertainty for the Planck 2018 legacy release, and we will investigate how it affects our determination of the cosmological model in Sect. 3.7.
The following sections will quickly remind the reader of the methodology adopted (Sect. 3.1), describe and validate our data cut choices (Sect. 3.2), and highlight the differences with the 2015 data. The foreground model, similar to the 2015 one, is explained in Sect. 3.3.1, while the improved Galactic model is described in its own section, Sect. 3.3.2. The instrument model is described in Sects. 3.3.4 and 3.3.5 will be devoted to the improvements in the beamleakage model, using the results from Hivon et al. (2017). A summary of the methodology and a description of the reference Plik likelihood is given in Sect. 3.4.
As for the 2013 and 2015 releases, we have investigated different implementations of the likelihood, allowing us to explore alternative modelling choices. In 2018, the Plik likelihood that was the baseline for the 2015 results remains the reference implementation. The CamSpec likelihood allows us to test different choices and crossvalidate the reference results, while the Plik_lite likelihood is a foreground and nuisance marginalized version of the Plik likelihood. Both the Plik and CamSpec likelihoods have improved and evolved since 2015 and while they are, to a large extent, very similar, they differ in a few important points. In the following description, while we will mainly focus on the Plik description, we will note whenever the CamSpec likelihood differs in implementation or in modelling choices. As we did in Sect. 3.4 for Plik, we will recap the description of the CamSpec likelihood in Sect. 3.5, and also describe the changes implemented since 2015 in the Plik_lite likelihood.
Validation of the highℓ likelihood, including tests on endtoend simulations, is described in Sect. 3.6 and following sections. The consistency between the data and our model is discussed in Sect. 3.6, which investigates the goodnessoffit determinations, interfrequency agreement, crossspectra residuals, temperature and polarization conditional predictions, and consistency of cosmological parameters from TT, TE, and EE. In Sect. 3.7, we look at the impact of polarizationefficiency corrections, and in Sect. 3.8 we discuss priors. Different data cuts are investigated in Sect. 3.9, including interfrequency agreement and comparisons of parameters derived from ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800. This continues investigations that were described in a paper focused specifically on parameter shifts in the 2015 data release, Planck Collaboration Int. LI (2017). We also here revisit the curious situation with the A_{L} consistency parameter in Sect. 3.10. The effects of aberration are discussed in Sect. 3.11 and we finish this extensive section with a description of the simulations used in Sect. 3.12.
3.1. Methodology
We retain the general approach of the 2013 and 2015 analyses PPL13; PPL15. The 2018 highℓ likelihood approximation is based on the three cleanest PlanckHFI channels, namely the 100 GHz, 143 GHz, and 217 GHz ones. These channels represent the best optimization between resolution, sensitivity, and low foreground contamination. In the ideal case (a full sky free of foregrounds, with isotropic noise) and ignoring secondary effects (such as lensing; Planck Collaboration VIII 2020), the CMB temperature anisotropies and polarization distribution being Gaussian, all of the cosmological information is extractable from the auto and crossspectra. In this case, the statistical properties of these spectra are well known, with each multipole following an independent Wishart distribution. However, the diffuse Galactic foreground contamination, along with that from point sources, requires certain areas of the sky to be ignored in the analysis. This masking couples the power spectrum multipoles and moves their distribution away from the analytic form. Along with the anisotropic behaviour of the noise, this forces one to adopt an approximate likelihood. As discussed in PPL13, PPL15, and following studies performed in Hamimeche & Lewis (2008) and Elsner & Wandelt (2012), at high enough multipoles a correlated Gaussian distribution provides a sufficient approximation:
where is the data vector, C(θ) is the prediction for the model with parameter values θ, and Σ is the covariance matrix (computed for a fiducial cosmology). The Gaussian shape, suggested by the central limit theorem, performs reasonably well, even for 30 ≤ ℓ < 100, where the symmetry of the adopted distribution shape causes a small level of bias^{12}, as discussed in PPL15.
To take account of the differing components of foreground emission and residual systematics (including temperaturetopolarization leakage) at different frequencies, the data vector (and corresponding data model) consists of all relevant crossfrequency spectra (as opposed to a reduced number of coadded ones). This also allows us to assess the interfrequency coherence of our data set directly at the likelihood level.
The covariance matrix Σ encodes the expected correlations between the various spectra, as computed from different pairs of maps, coming from the properties of the CMB, instrument noise, and attempts at capturing the effects of the different nonidealities listed above. For small excursions around the cosmological model that the strong constraining power of the Planck data set permits, the theoretical correlation between the TT, TE, and EE spectra can be computed using a fiducial model (containing the CMB and the different frequencydependent foregrounds and systematic biases; Hamimeche & Lewis 2008). Corrections to account for masks and anisotropic noise are described in great detail in PPL15. In particular, largescale masks (mainly covering the Galactic emission) will be treated following the MASTER approach (Hivon et al. 2002), while we correct the covariance matrix to account for the effect of pointsource masks using a Monte Carlobased estimation (PPL15). The effect of anisotropy in the noise, induced by the pointing strategy, is treated by a heuristic approximation described in PPL13 and extended to polarization in PPL15. Following the tests performed on realistic simulations in PPL15, we will ignore the effects of the anisotropy of the Galactic contamination, owing to its low level in our masked maps, and treat all of our foreground sources as Gaussian. We also ignore (at the level of the covariance) the extra correlations between temperature and polarization induced by the beam leakage (to be described in Sect. 3.3.5).
3.2. Data
We now discuss the content of the data vector part of Eq. (20). In particular, we describe in detail the data cuts that were implemented to avoid either noise biases and correlated residuals (Sect. 3.2.1) or strong foreground contamination (Sect. 3.2.2). While beams are corrected for in the data vector (Sect. 3.2.3), calibration residuals and beaminduced leakage will be taken into account in the model vector as described later in Sect. 3.3.
3.2.1. Cut selection
We estimate the spectra of the CMB at different frequencies using crossspectra formed with pairs of different maps. We discuss later in this section why we will eventually use the “halfmission” crossspectra as we already did in PPL15. To the extent that the maps in a pair are uncorrelated, crossspectra are not biased by any noise contribution. Thus we use such crossspectra in the likelihood, and do not include any autospectra formed from a single map. The noise power spectrum must still be modelled, however, because of its contribution to the scatter of the crossspectra in the covariance. Nevertheless, the requirement on the fidelity of this model is lower that what would be needed to debias the autospectra directly (PPL13). We describe the noise model in Sect. 3.3.3.
We based the results of the two previous releases on sets of maps made with two differing data cuts. In 2013, we measured the crossspectra between different bolometers and “detsets” (i.e., “detector sets,” which are two independent assemblies of polarized detectors) and combined them to estimate unbiased auto and crossfrequencychannel power spectra. However, we showed in 2015 (PPL15) that the data processing had left correlated terms between the bolometer and detset maps, which translated into (a low level of) bias. While this bias could be mitigated to some extent using an empirical, datainspired, correction, we based the 2015 likelihood on a different data cut. Taking advantage of the redundant sky coverage accessible in 2015, we used the socalled “halfmission” (HM) maps. These are fullsky maps constructed from data from all detectors at a given frequency collected during either the first (HM1) or second (HM2) half of the full mission. While this cut discards more information than the previous one (producing fewer maps and so having a smaller ratio of crossspectra to autospectra), it was shown to be immune to the crossdetector noise correlation at the level of sensitivity of our tests.
We coadd the TE and ET spectra into a single “TE” spectrum for each frequency pair, taking into account the different levels of noise in the different frequencies and halfmission maps (i.e., using the individual TE and ET covariance matrices, ignoring their ℓ correlations, following Eq. (19) of PPL15). In the range of multipoles that we will eventually use, the weighting of the TE and ET spectra deviates from 0.5 by at most 20%. Beam and leakage corrections are computed for those coadded TE spectra using the same weighting. Polarization efficiency corrections will accordingly be made at the level of coadded spectra, and we discuss in Sect. 3.3.4 the maximum amplitude of the residual polarization efficiency correction error due to the coaddition. Coadding the ET and TE spectra allows for a reduction of the size of the covariance matrix, which, for an unbinned TE + ET case will be around 8 GB for the full TTTEEE likelihood. The TE and ET spectra have large correlations; contrary to the TT case, the foreground contamination is smaller and of less help in regularizing the matrix. We discuss in Sect. 3.6.1 how we already see hints of limitations in our statistical model in the coadded TE case. This fact might argue for combining all the different TE crossfrequency spectra into a single spectrum, as proposed by the alternative CamSpec likelihood. However, this choice prevents us from exploring the foreground and nuisance parameters along with the cosmological model parameters. Keeping the TE crossfrequency spectra separate (but coadding the individual ET and TE ones) provides a reasonable compromise.
Other data cuts were also investigated, in particular the socalled “halfring” (HR) data cut. This is similar to the HM one in using data from all detectors at a given frequency, except now using data from either the first half or the second half of each pointing period (or ring). However, HR maps were shown to be correlated at a low level (Planck Collaboration VI 2014; HFI18), as a result of the glitch correction step in the processing pipeline. The HR crossspectra (and specifically the difference between HR maps of each HM) are nevertheless used in estimating the noise level in the HM spectra, as needed to build the covariance matrix for the latter (see Sect. 3.3.3, where we also discuss how the correlations in HR maps are corrected for).
While the HM cut effectively suppresses correlated timedependent systematics (up to a ΔT ≈ 1yr baseline), it does not eliminate scanningdependent systematic effects. The Planck scanning is nearly identical in each half mission, in other words, a majority of the rings that constitute each HM map are identical (pointing wise) in each half mission. For this reason, any signaldependent systematic will be correlated between maps from either half.
To investigate this issue, HFI18 introduced the socalled “oddeven” (OE) cut, where frequency maps are produced using every other pointing period (or ring), that is, restricting to either the odd or the evennumbered rings. This choice renders the odd and even maps uncorrelated, up to time scales of order of the pointing period (approximately 1 h), and partially avoids scanningrelated systematic effects. At high multipoles, however, we find traces of residual correlation between the odd and even maps (see Appendix A.1 and Sect. 3.3.3.) For this reason the 2018 data selection at high multipoles is chosen to be the same as in 2015, based on HM maps.
3.2.2. Masks
We mask the temperature and polarization maps to avoid areas of the sky that are strongly contaminated by noncosmological foregrounds, principally diffuse Galactic emission and, in temperature, pointsource emission. We use the same masks as we did for the 2015 release (PPL15) and here only summarize the content of those masks.
Masks are constructed at each frequency based on the Galactic contamination, pointsource contamination, and instrumental resolution (for the pointsource mask). The Galactic contamination being dominated by the dust emission (see discussion in Sect. 3.3.2), we only aim to mask the main dustcontaminated regions. In temperature, Galactic masks are built by thresholding highfrequency HFI maps. As discussed in the 2015 papers, the dust temperature maps may be taken as a proxy for the polarized emission, so the polarization masks are also built by thresholding the same highfrequency maps. The 100 GHz and 217 GHz detectors are sensitive to carbon monoxide (CO) emission, so we also mask strong COemitting regions at these two frequencies. Pointsource polarization being negligible at the resolution and sensitivity of Planck, we do not include any point source contributions in the polarized masks.
We investigated, at the power spectrum and at the cosmological parameter levels, the effect of masking point sources in polarization as well. We found no impact on TE, which is expected since point sources are masked in temperature. In EE a systematic offset is observed in the 100 × 100 spectrum when comparing the spectra obtained with and without the pointsource mask. The offset is smaller than 3 × 10^{−6} μK^{2} (this is in C_{ℓ} not 𝒟_{ℓ} units), much below the other sources of contamination in the multipole region we eventually use for cosmology. The impact on cosmological parameters is of order 0.1 σ on n_{s} and A_{s} when using the EE spectrum only, and no effect is detected when using the joint likelihood. In this test, contrary to what we eventually do in temperature, we do not attempt to correct the covariance matrix for the effect of the pointsource mask on the polarized maps. We ignore the bias, which is at the limit of the precision of our cosmological parameter estimations.
In order to mitigate correlations between the C_{ℓ} estimators at different multipoles, we apodize the masks. The large scale Galactic masks are apodized with a 471 FWHM (σ = 2°) Gaussian window function, while the pointsource and CO masks have a FWHM = 30′ window applied to them^{13}. As a rule of thumb, the large apodization of the Galactic masks reduces the effective sky fraction by about 10%. Final temperature masks are the product of the apodized Galactic and apodized pointsource (and CO at 100 GHz and 217 GHz) masks, while the polarization ones are simply the apodized Galactic masks. In the following, we refer to the masks by the fraction of sky they retain and by their use. We call “Gxx,” “Txx,” and “Pxx” the apodized Galactic masks, the final temperature masks, and the final polarized masks, respectively, with the suffix indicating the percentage of sky retained.
As in 2015, we use the T66, T57, and T47 masks (based on the G70, G60, and G50 Galactic masks) in temperature and the P70, P50, and P41 masks (corresponding to the G70, G50, and G41 Galactic masks) in polarization, at 100 GHz, 143 GHz, and 217 GHz, respectively. These masks are illustrated in Fig. 29.
Fig. 29. Masks used in the Plik likelihood in temperature (top) and polarization (bottom). Left to right: masks for 100 GHz (T66 top, P70 bottom), 143 GHz (T57 top, P50 bottom), and 217 GHz (T47 top, P41 bottom). Blue correspond to the Galactic (dust) mask, green is CO, and orange is the pointsource and extendedsource mask. 

Open with DEXTER 
The alternative CamSpec likelihood uses a different polarization mask, based on the thresholding of 353 GHz polarization maps. This C50 mask is built as follows. First, 143 GHz Q and U maps are used as proxies of the CMB and are subtracted out of the 353 GHz ones. The resulting maps are smoothed with a Gaussian of FWHM = 10° and then added in quadrature to make a P map. This P map is thresholded, and the result is smoothed with a Gaussian of FWHM = 5°. The thresholding and smoothing is repeated four times, so as to avoid disconnected regions in the mask. The thresholding level was adjusted to retain about 60% of the sky (before smoothing) on the final iteration. A comparison between the C50 and Pxx masks is shown in Fig. 30.
Fig. 30. Blue is the C50 mask, while the outline of the P70, P50, and P41 masks are shown in red, purple, and green, respectively. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.2.3. Beams
Effective beam models are built by fitting spline functions to the planettransit observations (Planck Collaboration VIII 2016). Those models are then convolved with the complex scanning strategy of Planck, and combined according to map and crossspectra weightings to estimate the beam matrices that relate the observed map spectra to the sky spectra , with X, Y, X′,Y′∈{T, E, B} (Hivon et al. 2017, hereafter QPL17):
The equation is only exact for the ensemble average over sky realizations of the observed and sky spectra. Retaining the terminology used in 2013 and 2015, we call the diagonal part of those matrices the “effective beam,” and correct the pseudospectra with this transfer function to form the maskdeconvolved pseudospectra that will constitute the data vector of the likelihood. The nondiagonal terms of the matrix are treated as leakage, and are corrected for in the model vector. This correction and a related subpixel effect are discussed in Sect. 3.3.5. As explained in PPL15 and QPL17, because of the complex scanning strategy, beam matrices and the effective beams depend on the details of the masks. The effective beam for a crossspectrum is a priori different from the geometrical mean of the effective beams for the autospectra of each of the maps entering, and a different beam matrix needs to be computed for each frequency crossspectrum combination.
While for the 2013 release we ignored mask effects in the beams and for the 2015 release we targeted our computation for an average sky fraction, for this release effective beams are calculated for the actual masks used in the likelihood. In the range of scales we retain for cosmology, this affects mainly the 143 × 143 spectrum, with a correction at ℓ = 2000 of amplitude < 0.7% in EE, < 0.5% in TE, and < 0.2% in TT.
3.2.4. Multipole range
We retain the approach followed for the 2015 release and use similar multipole range cuts, discarding scales where either the signaltonoise (S/N) ratio is too low, the Galactic contamination is too high, or where we identify possible systematics. Table 13 summarizes our choices.
Multipole cuts for the temperature and polarization spectra at high ℓ.
It is of interest to note the low value of the maximum multipole cutoff that we use for 100 × 100 TT, namely ℓ = 1197. In 2015, we used this value, which is conservative, given the expected S/N of this spectrum. The rationale for this was to allow for easier comparison with the detsetbased likelihood, which required a correlated noise correction that was difficult to establish at higher multipoles. As discussed in Appendix A.1, there are signs of failure of the oddeven/halfmission null test at similar angular scales, and so we retain the 2015 value.
As in 2013 and 2015, we do not include the 100 × 143 TT and 100 × 217 TT spectra. Their inclusion brings little extra S/N and requires more complexity in the foreground model.
We also do not change the choices made in 2015 for polarization. We cut out all multipoles higher than ℓ = 1000 for crossspectra involving the 100 GHz data given its high noise level, and ignore all multipoles below ℓ = 500 for crossspectra involving the 217 GHz map, owing to difficulties in modelling its dust contamination.
As discussed in Sect. 3.5.1, the CamSpec likelihood uses slightly different multipole cuts, being a bit more conservative in TT at low multipoles for 217 GHz, a bit more aggressive at 100 GHz at high multipoles in temperature and polarization, and a bit more aggressive at 217 GHz at low multipoles in polarization. The impact of the different multipole range in temperature has already been discussed in Planck Collaboration VIII (2016). The change of range in polarization is found to have a very low impact on parameters; differences between the Plik and CamSpec results are dominated by other differences between the likelihoods.
Given the masks, level of foreground contamination, beams, and multipole ranges, it is not obvious which are the dominant frequencies at each multipole bin. Figure 31 presents the effective weights of each crossspectrum, as determined by the likelihood. It can be seen that 143 × 143 has a high contribution, in particular for TE and EE, where it is in both cases the only spectrum retained over the full ℓ range, and thus it has a particular importance for cosmological parameters coming from TE and EE.
Fig. 31. Relative weights of each frequency crossspectrum in the TT (top), TE (middle), and EE (bottom) coadded spectra (see Sect. 3.6 for definitions). Weighting is obtained using the optimal mixing matrix for each spectrum individually. For each multipole ℓ, the elements of the matrix are rescaled so as to sum to unity, ignoring the ℓℓ′ contributions. Each colour corresponds to the weighting of a given crossspectrum. Sharp jumps in the plots are due to the multipole selection. The figure is very similar to the 2015 one, with small differences being the result of refinements in the foreground and systematics models. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.2.5. Binning
We reduce the size of the covariance matrix by binning, using the same scheme as for the 2015 release. The spectra are summed into bins of width Δℓ = 5 for 30 ≤ ℓ ≤ 99, Δℓ = 9 for 100 ≤ ℓ ≤ 1503, Δℓ = 17 for 1504 ≤ ℓ ≤ 2013, and Δℓ = 33 for 2014 ≤ ℓ ≤ 2508, with a weighting of the C_{ℓ} proportional to ℓ(ℓ + 1) over the bin widths, that is,
This binning does not significantly affect the determination of cosmological parameters in ΛCDMtype models (including extensions) that have smooth power spectra (PPL15). Nonbinned versions of the likelihood have also been produced for use in cosmological applications where the power spectra are not so smooth, such as when searching for features in the primordial power spectrum.
3.2.6. 2015–2018 release data differences
The HFI dataprocessing paper (HFI18) describes in detail the changes made to the data processing for 2018. Most of the developments have focused on improving the polarization maps on large angular scales. We summarize here the differences relevant to the highℓ likelihood.
In temperature, the 2015 and 2018 power spectra are remarkably similar, with differences smaller than 0.3%, corresponding to:

(i)
the calibration corrections described in Sect. 5.1 of HFI18; and

(ii)
the beam changes described in detail in Sect. 3.2.3.
In polarization, the main changes are the correction of the analoguetodigital convertor nonlinearity (ADCNL) effects and the bandpassmismatch corrections.
The largest difference between the 2018 and 2015 EE spectra is for the 100 × 100 EE spectrum at large scales, with an amplitude of the order of 3 × 10^{−5} μK^{2} in C_{ℓ} at ℓ = 30 and decreasing sharply down to ℓ = 250. This correction is of order 20% of the dust contribution, which dominates the spectrum at low multipoles in the P70 mask that we use for 100 × 100. At 143 GHz the difference is 3 times smaller, with the opposite sign. In both cases, the change between 2015 and 2018 is found to be dominated by the bandpassleakage correction; 2018 data without the bandpassleakage corrections reproduce, to a large extent, the 2015 spectra at 30 < ℓ < 250. This modification of the behaviour of the multipoles at the low end of our range of interest affects the dust contamination estimations. With the bandpassleakage correction having a different slope to the dust contribution at low multipoles, the determination of the spectral index parameter n_{s} from the EE spectra differs between 2015 and 2018, as will be discussed in Sect. 3.4.
The TE crossspectra changes between 2015 and 2018 do not seem to exhibit any clear trends or sharp features. Below ℓ = 1000, in the signaldominated regime, the difference between the 2015 and 2018 spectra scatters at a level below 1% of the CMB spectrum itself (in bins of Δℓ = 30). This level corresponds to about a quarter of the peak amplitude of the beamleakage correction for the 143 × 143 TE spectrum (one of the main contributors to the coadded CMB spectrum, as can be seen for example in Fig. 31).
Comparisons between the 2015 and 2018 foreground and nuisanceparametercorrected spectra are presented in Figs. 63–65. All figures are produced using the parameter values of the 2018 ΛCDM bestfit model.
Thanks to improvements in the mapmaking algorithm, the effective noise levels in the polarization maps have decreased between 2015 and 2018. The amplitude of this change and its consequences are discussed in the noise estimation section, Sect. 3.3.3.
3.3. Model
We now turn to the model vector description. Sections 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 focus on the astrophysical foregrounds part of the model, while the other sections describe the instrumental model. A comparison of the data and the model is presented in Figs. 32, 34, and 36 (for TT, TE, and EE, respectively), and Figs. 33, 35, and 37 display the residuals after removing the CMB contribution.
Fig. 32. Bestfit (Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing) crossspectra used for the temperature highℓ likelihood. Black circles represent the data, binned at Δℓ = 50, while thin grey points show each multipole to give a sense of the scatter. Blue points and dashed lines correspond to negative values. The thick dark blue lines show the full model at each multipole (sum of all components), and the dark green one is the sum of foreground and nuisance contributions. Grey shaded areas are not used for cosmology. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 33. Bestfit foreground and nuisance models for all of the crossspectra used in the TT highℓ likelihood. The data, with the bestfit theoretical CMB C_{ℓ} spectrum subtracted, are shown in black with a binning of Δℓ = 50. The TT CMB spectra divided by 20 are shown in the top parts of each panel. The bottom parts of each panel show the residual after foreground and nuisance correction. Grey shaded areas indicate regions of multipole space not used for cosmology. Nuisance contributions (i.e., beam leakage and subpixel effects) are always much smaller than astrophysical foregrounds in the ℓ ranges we keep. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 34. Bestfit model crossspectra used for the TE highℓ likelihood. Black circles represent the data, binned at Δℓ = 50, while thin grey points show each multipole, to give a sense of the scatter. Blue points and dashed lines correspond to negative values. The thick dark blue lines show the full model (sum of all components), while the dark green one is the sum of foreground and nuisance signals. Grey shaded area are not used for cosmology. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 35. Bestfit foreground and nuisance models for all of the crossspectra used in the TE highℓ likelihood. The data, with the bestfit theoretical CMB C_{ℓ} spectrum subtracted, are shown in black with a binning of Δℓ = 50. The TE CMB spectra divided by 10 are shown in the top parts of each panel. The bottom parts of each panel show the residual after foreground and nuisance correction. Grey shaded areas indicate regions of multipole space not used for cosmology. Except at 217 × 217, beam leakage largely dominates the dust contributions in the ℓ ranges we keep. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 36. Bestfit model crossspectra used for the EE highℓ likelihood. Black circles represent the data, binned at Δℓ = 50, while pale grey points show each multipole to give a sense of the scatter. Blue points and dashed lines correspond to negative values. The thick dark blue lines show the full model (sum of all components), and the dark green one is the sum of foreground and nuisance parts. Grey shaded areas are not used for cosmology. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 37. Bestfit foreground and nuisance models for all of the crossspectra used in the EE highℓ likelihood. The data, with the bestfit theoretical CMB C_{ℓ} spectrum subtracted, are shown in black with a binning of Δℓ = 50. The EE CMB spectra divided by 10 are shown in the top parts of each panel. The bottom parts of each panel show the residual after foreground and nuisance correction. Grey shaded areas indicate regions of multipole space not used for cosmology. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.3.1. Extragalactic foregrounds
We ignore any extragalactic foreground contamination in the polarization segments of the likelihood (i.e., in the TE and EE spectra). Observations from groundbased CMB experiments have shown that, in the regions surveyed by those experiments, polarized pointsource contamination is smaller than the level of sensitivity of Planck (e.g., Henning et al. 2018). As a further test of this hypothesis, we also tried to add our pointsource mask to the polarized masks and observed negligible shifts in the cosmological parameters recovered from this new EE likelihood. Since the point sources are masked in temperature, masking them in polarization is only relevant for EE (see also Sect. 3.2.2).
For temperature, we employ the same extragalactic foreground model as used in 2015. It includes templates to take into account the contribution of the following components.
Cosmic infrared background (CIB). We use a template power spectrum and emission law based on the oneplustwo halo model described in Planck Collaboration XXX (2014). The template is close to a power law at high multipoles. As for the 2015 release, we assume perfect correlation between the emission at 100, 143, and 217 GHz. The template is rigidly rescaled by a single amplitude corresponding to the CIB contamination in the 217 GHz channel in 𝒟_{ℓ} at ℓ = 3000 (without any colour correction). The amplitude of the observed CIB contribution is highly dependent on the dust model. We discuss in Sect. 3.3.2 how this amplitude has changed between 2015 and 2018 as a result of the modification of the dust model. We also note that the CamSpec likelihood utilizes a slightly different model in which the correlation between frequencies is allowed to vary; this does not lead to significant differences in the recovered cosmological parameters.
Point sources (PS). At the likelihood level, infrared and radio point sources cannot be separated and are accounted for by a single flat power spectrum for each auto and crossfrequency spectrum. The amplitude for each crossspectrum is given in 𝒟_{ℓ} at ℓ = 3000.
Kinetic SZ (kSZ). The kSZ emission is parameterized by a single amplitude in 𝒟_{ℓ} at ℓ = 3000, scaling a fixed template from Trac et al. (2011).
Thermal SZ (tSZ). The tSZ emission is also parameterized by a single amplitude in 𝒟_{ℓ} corresponding to the emission at ℓ = 3000 at 143 GHz (colourcorrected), which scales a fixed template given by the ϵ = 0.5 model from Efstathiou & Migliaccio (2012).
Thermal SZ × CIB correlation. Given the CIB and tSZ levels, the crosscorrelation between the thermal SZ and the CIB, or tSZ × CIB, is parameterized by a single correlation parameter, ξ, which scales a fixed template from Addison et al. (2012).
The Planck temperature S/N at highℓ has not changed significantly between 2015 and 2018, and we continue to recommend the use of a prior^{14} to constrain the SZ amplitudes according to
in good agreement with the estimates of Reichardt et al. (2012). As can be seen in Fig. 32, the kSZ, tSZ, and tSZ×CIB contributions are always small compared to those of the dust, CIB, and point sources. The 100 × 100 and 143 × 143 spectra provide us with most of our constraining power on the tSZ, with the tSZ contribution reaching a similar amplitude to that of the dust or PS between ℓ = 500 and ℓ = 800.
Given the relative amplitude of the different extragalactic components, the largest source of modelling uncertainty is the CIB. We discussed in PPL15 why we replaced the powerlaw model used in PPL13 by the halo model from Planck Collaboration XXX (2014). The agreement of the halo model with a likelihoodbased measurement of the CIB at higher frequency was investigated in Mak et al. (2017). The result of this work was to show that, in the range of scales we are exploring here, the halo template is in reasonable agreement with those improved CIB measurements, and also the amplitude of the CIB is highly correlated between at least the high frequencies. As discussed above, we assume full correlation for the baseline Plik likelihood CIB model. The alternative CamSpec likelihood has investigated the effect of this last assumption, allowing for independent CIB amplitudes for 143 × 143, 143 × 217, and 217 × 217 crossspectra, and found no impact on the cosmological parameters even in extended models (as discussed in Sect. 2.2.2 of PCP18). We present in Appendix A.4 an evaluation of different CIB models in the ΛCDM and ΛCDM+A_{L} cases. As expected, we find no significant change in the cosmological parameters, but correlated changes on the CIB and PS parameters.
We show in Sect. 3.8 that ignoring the SZ prior translates into small shifts in n_{s}. This is not unsurprising, since we showed in Fig. 44 of PPL15 that the kSZ amplitude is mildly correlated with the slope of the primordial scalar fluctuations.
3.3.2. Galactic foregrounds
We model the dust contribution to the power spectra following the 2015 results paper on cosmological parameters (PCP15) as
Here XY = TT, EE, TE, while ν and ν′ take values from 100, 143, and 217 GHz, denoting frequencies of the maps used in the crossspectra of the highℓ likelihood, is the dust template power spectrum normalized to unity at ℓ = 200 in TT and ℓ = 500 in TE and EE, and with corresponding amplitude . While in 2015 we used the same dust template at all frequencies, we now use channelspecific templates, dependent on the frequency and sky fraction for each TT crossspectrum. In particular, different pointsource masks have different effects on the shape of the dust contamination residual and this must be taken into account. In polarization, since we ignore pointsource contributions and do not mask them, we use an identical template at each frequency and we verify that it is a fair approximation to the dust contamination behaviour in TE and EE across frequencies and in our range of Galactic masks. As in 2015, a relation between dust amplitudes at different frequencies using the dust spectral energy distribution as calculated in e.g., Planck Collaboration XI (2020) cannot be easily derived, since different Galactic masks are employed at different frequencies and thus the dust amplitudes also vary simply because of the different parts of the Galaxy being observed.
As for the 2015 release, for the TT and TE likelihoods all Galactic contributions are sampled together with the cosmological parameters, using priors obtained from higher frequency channels. However, in contrast to what was done in 2015, we now fix the amplitude of the dust contribution in EE. We will detail the reasons of this choice later in this section.
In the following, we will describe how we build our template dust power spectrum from highfrequency data and evaluate the amplitude of the dust contamination at each frequency and for each mask. We do not apply colour corrections in any of the results presented below^{15}. Therefore, the dust amplitudes reported are those as measured by the full bandpass of the Planck detectors, contrary to the choice adopted in Planck Collaboration XI (2020), where colour corrections are applied. Note also that we work with maps in thermodynamic units, so we convert the 545 GHz and the 857 GHz maps (which are in units of flux density per unit area) from MJy sr^{−1} to K_{CMB} by dividing the maps by the conversion coefficients U_{c} [MJy sr^{−1}/K_{CMB}] = 58.062295 and U_{c} [MJy sr^{−1}/K_{CMB}] = 2.2703657, respectively. These are slightly updated with respect to the ones provided in Table 3 of Planck Collaboration X (2016).
Galactic TT dust emission.
Let us first describe the situation for TT, and discuss TE and EE afterwards. As in 2015, we calculate dust templates using the 545 GHz maps, where the dust contribution to the power spectrum is large with respect to the CMB power spectrum (and thus also with respect to the related CMB cosmic variance and chance correlation contributions). We crosscheck that we obtain broadly compatible results using the 353 GHz or 857 GHz maps as well. Halfmission crossspectra at 545 GHz are then calculated for each of the mask combinations used in the likelihood, in order to provide us with a good estimate of the largescale behaviour of the dust.
The masks applied to the various maps used in the likelihood differ not only because of the different Galactic sky fractions retained, but more importantly also because of the frequencydependent pointsource masks applied (together with masks for CO and extended sources). These pointsource masks have been produced as described in PCP15, and they remove some of the brightest Galactic areas that lie in regions not covered by our Galactic masks, altering the simple powerlaw modelling advocated in Planck Collaboration XI (2014). This is the reason why a specific dustresidual template must be calculated for each specific combination of masks employed in the crossspectra used in the likelihood.
For each of our masks in intensity, we estimate the shape of the dust template using differences of the 545 GHz HM spectra measured with that mask and with a second one whose covered sky fraction is smaller by 10% or 20%. Assuming that the shape of the dust contamination does not vary substantially between this pair of masks, this procedure allows us to eliminate the contribution of isotropic extragalactic foregrounds such as CIB and point sources. We used a similar procedure in 2015, but instead of estimating specific templates for each frequency mask, as done here, we calculated only one template to be used at all frequencies; we did this using a joint pointsource mask (together with masks for CO and extended sources) and calculating differences of spectra calculated with pairs of Galactic masks with only one set of bracketing sky fraction, retaining 60% and 40% of the sky. Thus, in 2015 we calculated only one template for all frequencies, while for this release we use a specific template for each frequency crossspectrum.
The powerspectrum difference is then fitted with a simple analytic model so as to smooth out noise. As in 2015, we use
with h, k, t, and n being free parameters that will differ for each mask, and ℓ_{p} = 200. The fit is performed for 30 ≤ ℓ ≤ 2000. Figure 38 shows the 2018 templates, and compares them to the 2015 one. The CamSpec likelihood uses a similar procedure, with a slightly different analytic shape, also illustrated in Fig. 38. In this figure, all templates are normalized to have the same amplitude at ℓ = 500. The differences between the Plik and CamSpec templates are small and of the order of 10%, while the difference with the 2015 one is larger, up to 25%. As mentioned above, this is mostly due to the fact that in 2015 we used a fixed set of bracketing masks and the combination of all pointsource masks at all frequencies. As a consequence, the 2015 template featured a more prominent bump at ℓ ≈ 300 with respect to the templates we find here, for all frequencies, except for the template at 217 × 217, and featured a slope at high ℓ with n = −2.63, while here we find n = −2.65, −2.57, and −2.55 for the 100, 143, and 217 GHz masks, respectively. These changes induce a correlated change in the foreground solution, as shown in Fig. 39. The main impact is an increase in the pointsource amplitude and a decrease in the CIB at 217 GHz. However, we verified that the bestfit sum of the foreground contribution at ℓ = 2000 for 143 × 143, 143 × 217 and 217 × 217 changed by less than 𝒟_{ℓ=2000} = 2 μK^{2}, which corresponds to 0.4, 0.6, and 1.1 σ shifts, respectively.
Fig. 38. Dust TT templates. Top panel: the black data points are the 545 GHz, maskdifferenced, halfmission spectra, calculated using the same masks as the ones used for the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, 217 × 217, and 143 × 217 power spectra (from top to bottom, respectively) in the likelihood. The solid lines show the dust templates estimated by fitting the data to the model of Eq. (25). The grey dashed line shows the dust template used in 2015, while the black dotted line shows the templates used in the 2018 CamSpec likelihood, both normalized at ℓ = 500 to the same amplitude as the baseline template. The other (smaller) panels show the ratio between the data and the baseline dust templates (the solid lines of the first panel). Features that are not well modelled by our smooth template are at the level of 15%. We also show that the baseline templates differ from the CamSpec ones at the level of approximately 10%. Finally, the 2015 template (which was the same at all frequencies) differs from the ones used in 2018 by up to 25%, due to a different fit of the bump at ℓ ≈ 300, the highℓ slope remaining essentially the same. This difference is compensated by a change in extragalactic foregrounds such as point sources and the CIB amplitude, as shown in Fig. 39. 

Open with DEXTER 
After calculating the dust templates, we determined an estimate of the amplitude of the dust contamination in each of the frequency maps used for CMB analysis by computing their crossspectra with the 545 GHz HM maps, similarly to what was done in 2015. Estimates are also checked using correlation with the 353 GHz and 857 GHz HM maps. These values are then used to set Gaussian priors on the amplitude of the dust emission, which are then sampled together with cosmological parameters.
The procedure for estimating such dust amplitude priors is the following. We assume that at large scales all our maps m_{ν} have in common only the CMB, CIB, and a variable amount of Galactic dust, so that
where m^{CMB} is the CMB map and a_{ν} is the rescaling factor at frequency ν of the dustplusCIB map m^{dust+CIB} measured at a reference frequency, which in our case is the 545 GHz one (so that a_{545} = 1). Here we assumed that the CIB and dust amplitudes scale in frequency with the same rescaling factor a_{ν}, since the CIB emission law is similar enough to the dust one that differences in emission laws can be ignored. However, since the CIB and dust multipole templates are different (and therefore treated separately in the likelihood), it is necessary to disentangle the level of dust contamination alone from the CIB one. In order to do so, in the following, we will limit our fits to large scales (ℓ < 500), where the CIB contribution is small compared to Galactic dust, and we will subtract at the end the expected CIB residual to estimate the dustonly amplitudes, as we did in 2015. Other extragalactic components at these scales are small and thus ignored.
From Eq. (26), the crossspectrum between frequencies ν_{1} and ν_{2} is
where is the contribution from the chance correlation between the CMB and the dust (which would vanish on average over many sky realizations) and is the dust spectrum at the reference frequency. Eq. (27) implies
To evaluate the dust contribution in the ν × ν power spectrum, , we use the and spectra, after subtracting an estimate of the CMB contribution. This is analogous to the procedure adopted in Planck Collaboration XI (2020), where estimates focused on scales larger than the ones considered here. We use the best fit of the 2015 Planck data release and verify that the dust estimates are robust against small changes in these best fits (e.g., by using the 2018 best fit instead of the 2015 one). This is more important when using the 353 GHz map as a dust tracer, but we only do that as a crosscheck of our 545 GHzbased estimations. Assuming that the chance correlations average out over the multipole range considered, the dust rescaling factor can be measured from Eq. (28) as
where indicates the weighted mean over the multipole range 30 ≤ ℓ ≤ 500 (uncertainties are dominated by the scatter in the 545 × ν crossspectrum). The estimate of the dust contribution at ℓ = 200 is then calculated as , after smoothing the 545 × 545 spectrum around the multipole of interest. This approach has the advantage of estimating the dust amplitude in the spectrum ν × ν without using that spectrum directly, albeit assuming knowledge of the CMB power spectrum.
Table 14 reports the results of the fits at each frequency, for each Galactic mask. The error range quoted corresponds to the uncertainty in the fits. The values reported correspond to the sum of the CIB and the dust contamination at ℓ = 200. The last column of Table 14 gives the estimate of the CIB contamination at the same multipole from the joint cosmology and foreground fit, which is removed to determine the dust prior we use in the likelihood.
DustplusCIB contamination level (in μK^{2}) at each frequency, for different Galactic masks.
We derive our priors on the foreground amplitudes from this table, combining the 545 GHz fit with the estimated residual CIB contamination, to obtain the following values: (8.6 ± 2) μK^{2} for the 100 × 100 spectrum (G70); (10.6 ± 2) μK^{2} for 143 × 143 (G60); and (91.9 ± 20) μK^{2} for 217 × 217 (G50). Finally the 143 × 217 value is obtained by computing the geometrical average between the two autospectra for the larger of the two masks (G60), yielding (23.5 ± 8.5) μK^{2}. These are comparable with the values obtained in 2015 to within 10%. Figure 39 shows the impact of using the new dust templates and the new priors in place of the old ones. We also checked that when leaving the dust amplitudes free to vary without priors, the recovered values are within 0.5 σ of the estimated priors, with no impact on the ΛCDM parameters and only small shifts in the pointsource amplitudes, as shown in Fig. 40. As expected, the posterior distributions of the dust amplitudes are much wider than the priors, since the dustamplitude estimates inferred using the crosscorrelation with the 545 GHz maps are much more precise than what is estimated directly from the CMB frequencies used in the likelihood.
Fig. 39. Onedimensional posterior distributions for cosmological and nuisance parameters using the TT highℓ likelihood with a τprior of 0.055 ± 0.09 (we used the PICO code for this test, Fendt & Wandelt 2006). We show the results using the dust templates and priors from the 2018 release (black solid line), 2018 templates with the 2015 priors (black dashed), and the 2015 dust templates with the 2015 priors (red solid), assuming a ΛCDM model. The dotdashed grey lines show the Gaussian priors applied in 2018, while the dotted grey lines show the ones applied in 2015. We only show the most significantly affected parameters, with n_{s} being the cosmological parameter most altered, at the level of about 0.1 σ. On the other hand, the change in the shape of the template has a large impact on foreground parameters. This is due to the fact that the 2015 templates had a more pronounced bump at ℓ ≈ 300, but similar highℓ slopes and similar amplitude priors at ℓ ≈ 200, which induced a correlated shift in the pointsource and CIB amplitudes at 217 GHz. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 40. Onedimensional posterior distributions for cosmological and nuisance parameters using TT+SimAll. The black line shows the baseline set of results, which adopts priors on the dust amplitudes. The red lines show the case when we leave the amplitudes free to vary; these are in good agreement with the priors set in the baseline, which are indicated with grey dotted lines. As a consequence, leaving the dust amplitudes free to vary without priors has small to negligible impact on other parameters. 

Open with DEXTER 
We further verify these results using a “dustcleaning” procedure (also sometimes referred to as “undusting”), already described in Sect. 3.2 of PCP15 (where the rescaling factor a_{ν} used here is related to the α one used in that paper through a_{ν} = α/(1 + α)). From Eq. (26), a CMB map cleaned of the dust contamination can be obtained as . Therefore, the CMBonly spectrum at ν_{1} × ν_{2} cleaned from the dust contribution can be obtained from
The dust rescaling factor a_{ν} is calculated by minimizing
where the covariance matrix C of the spectrum does not contain the variance related to the dust (plus CIB) contribution (in practice, this covariance matrix is calculated using a fiducial model that does not contain foregrounds).
This procedure is analogous to the previous one, with the difference that it correctly takes the rescaling of the CMBdust chance correlations into account and it does not use a bestfit CMB to subtract for that contribution, but directly uses the ν × ν spectrum.
We find good agreement, as expected, in the rescaling factors found with the two procedures, with estimates agreeing at better than the 10% level at 100 GHz and 2% at 217 GHz.
Lastly, the dust (plus CIB) contribution can be estimated as
Figure 41 shows the power spectrum minus the bestfit CMB contribution, compared to the dustplusCIB contribution at ν × ν, estimated as and , with the rescaling coefficients measured from Eq. (29) and the dust estimate from Eq. (32). Once again, we find good agreement between these different estimates.
Fig. 41. DustplusCIB contamination estimates in temperature. The 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 halfmission crossspectra with the 2018 Planck CMB bestfit subtracted are shown from top to bottom. The green line shows , with the a_{ν} rescaling factor estimated from Eq. (29), the black line shows , while the dotted coloured line shows the dust contribution as estimated from the cleaning procedure in Eq. (32). The grey dotted line shows the TT CMB bestfit. 

Open with DEXTER 
As illustrated by the CamSpec “cleaned” likelihood described in Appendix A of PCP18 and Sect. 3.2 of PCP15, and the mspec likelihood described in Appendix D.1 of PPL15 one could have used the cleaned CMB spectrum directly in the likelihood, avoiding the need to fit for dust amplitudes with priors, as is done in the baseline approach. However, the cleaning procedure removes not only dust, but also extragalactic components, whose residuals are harder to model in a robust fashion. Furthermore, while the cleaning procedure minimizes (by construction) the dust sample variance and the CMBdust chance correlations, it also adds the noise of the 545 GHz maps, correlated across the frequencies used in the likelihood. While we tried this procedure as a crosscheck, we consider the baseline approach to be more robust.
Galactic TE and EE dust emission.
We check that a simple power law with a slope of n = −2.4 is a suitable template for the dust contamination in polarization, similar to what was used in 2015. This was done using the 353 GHz maps, which is Planck’s highest frequency with polarization information. The procedure is similar to the one used for temperature, using the fact that at 353 GHz the dust contribution is large with respect to the CMB one. We calculate halfmission crossspectra at this frequency for the masks used in the likelihood. Unlike for the temperature masks, those for polarization only include the Galactic and missing pixel masks (which do change at each frequency, but which have a small impact on the final results). The dust templates are thus expected to be similar for different masks and frequencies, since they do not contain frequencydependent pointsource masks.
For each of our polarization masks, we estimate the shape of the dust template using the difference of 353 GHz halfmission spectra computed on two masks covering a sky fraction bracketing the target mask, thus getting rid of isotropic components such as the CMB. The bracketing is obtained by varying the size of the Galactic mask by 20% (10% for the G41 mask).
We fit the power spectrum difference as a simple power law, , either fixing the slope to n = −2.4 or letting it vary freely, over the range 30 ≤ ℓ ≤ 1000. We find that for all our masks assuming a slope of n = −2.4 is in reasonably good agreement with the results obtained when the slope is free to vary, with slopes that can change by less than 5% between different masks, confirming the findings of Planck Collaboration XI (2020). This is also shown in Fig. 42 for EE and in Fig. 43 for TE. In detail, we obtain: n = −2.44 ± 0.03, n = −2.35 ± 0.08, and n = −2.31 ± 0.12 for the masks used in TE for 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217; and n = −2.40 ± 0.02, n = −2.37 ± 0.07, and n = −2.37 ± 0.10 for the masks used in EE, with similar results for the crossfrequency spectra. We verified that subtracting the bestfit CMB instead of a power spectrum calculated from a bracketing mask, as done in Planck Collaboration XI (2020), yields similar results with smaller uncertainties.
Fig. 42. Dust EE templates. Upper panel: black data points are the 353 GHz, maskdifferenced, halfmission spectra, calculated using the same masks as the ones used for the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 power spectra (from top to bottom, respectively) in the likelihood. The solid lines show the dust templates estimated fitting the data with a power law. The black dotted line shows templates with fixed slope C_{ℓ} ∝ ℓ^{ − 2.4}, fit to the data. The fits with free slopes are in good agreement with the ones obtained with slope fixed at −2.4. The dust templates used in the likelihood thus assume the same slope of −2.4 at all frequencies. Lower panels: ratio between the data and the dust templates. The templates with fixed slope, whose ratios with the ones with free slopes are shown by the black dotted lines, differ from the ones with free slopes by less than 10%. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 43. Same as for Fig. 42, except now for TE. 

Open with DEXTER 
As far as fitting the dust amplitudes at the frequencies and masks used in the likelihood are concerned, for the TE and EE power spectra we use similar procedures to the ones used in temperature, with the simplification that in polarization there is no CIB contribution or extragalactic component, and now we use 353 GHz instead of the 545 GHz as a dust monitor. In particular, for TE we calculate the dust rescaling factors as in Eq. (29), where we assume that the dust rescaling factors in TT and in EE are the same, , following Sect. 5.3 of Planck Collaboration XI (2020). The fit is performed in the range 30 ≤ ℓ ≤ 300. Contrary to the temperature case, the TE estimates are very noisy, due to the small dust amplitude, which translates into a low S/N even at 353 × 353. We thus set priors with large uncertainties of about 30%. For EE, we find more stable results by fitting a smooth template to the dust component evaluated in Eq. (32). When evaluating dust amplitudes we do take into account the polar efficiency and the correlated noise corrections described in Sects. 3.3.3 and 3.3.4. However, we do not have estimates of the polar efficiency corrections at 353 GHz (at this frequency it was only possible to calculate relative ones between detectors, as discussed in Sect. 3.3.4 of this paper and in Sect. 5.10.3 of HFI18). Since these corrections are expected to be as large as a few percent, they project into additional uncertainties in the dust estimates. Finally, the estimates performed here used the 353 GHz maps produced using both the PSBs and SWBs. We verified that using the 353 GHz maps produced without the PSBs, as suggested in HFI18, changes results by less than 1% in EE and 10% in TE, within estimates of statistical fluctuations.
Table 15 gives the resulting values. Crossfrequency, crossmask estimates are obtained by computing the geometric averages of the autofrequency contaminations for the largest mask of each pair.
TE and EE dust contamination levels, 𝒟_{ℓ} at ℓ = 500 in μK^{2}.
As done for TT, we compare the Galactic dust contribution calculated using a smooth powerlaw template, with amplitudes given in Table 15, to the dust contribution obtained using the cleaning procedure in Eq. (32). This is shown in Fig. 44 for EE and Fig. 45 for TE and shows good agreement. Additionally, we verified in EE that using the dustcleaned spectrum from Eq. (30) directly in the likelihood, instead of including the dust contribution in the model vector with a fixed amplitude (as done in the baseline approach), does not change cosmological parameters.
Fig. 44. Comparison between the dust contribution to the EE power spectra, as estimated from the “dust cleaning” procedure in Eq. (32) (dashed lines), and the smooth powerlaw model used in the likelihood (solid lines). The data points are the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 spectra (from top to bottom) minus the bestfit Planck baseline 2018 results (shown in dotdashed grey). 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 45. Same as Fig. 44, but for the TE power spectra. 

Open with DEXTER 
Figure 44 suggests that in EE the dust contribution estimated with the baseline procedure at 217 × 217 might be underestimated by about 10%. We remind the reader here, however, that we do not use this spectrum at low multipoles, ℓ < 500. Furthermore, we have verified that using a higher dust amplitude at this frequency does not have any impact on cosmological results from EE alone in the ΛCDM case.
Finally, we have investigated the impact of leaving the amplitude of the dust priors free to vary, as opposed to setting the dust amplitudes to the values shown in Table 15. In TE we recover results that are in agreement with the priors, with no impact on cosmology, as shown in Fig. 46. However, in EE the posterior distribution of the dust amplitudes for 100 × 100, 100 × 143, and 143 × 143 are higher than the value of the prior by 1 σ, 2.2 σ, and 0.6 σ, respectively, as shown in Fig. 47. For the spectra involving the 217 GHz map, the dust amplitudes are weakly constrained (due to the use only of multipoles larger than ℓ = 500), so letting them freely vary has no impact on cosmological results. The increase in the dust amplitudes is correlated with an increase of the value of n_{s} of 0.9 σ, of which about half is due to the increase in the 100 × 143 dust amplitude. Such large dust amplitudes, especially the almost 40% increase at 100 × 143, are in slight disagreement with the dust estimates obtained using the 353 GHz maps. While this might be due to a statistical fluctuation, in Sect. 3.9 we also check that eliminating this crossspectrum from the likelihood shifts cosmological results by an amount that is within expectations. Furthermore, assuming that the data set without priors can be considered as a subset of the data set that includes them, we calculated the expected standard deviation (σ_{exp}) of the difference between parameters obtained in the two cases using the formalism described in Gratton & Challinor (2019) and also described further in Sect. 3.9. We find that this shift in n_{s} is only deviant by 1.7 σ_{exp}. We also verified that this cannot be accounted for by synchrotron contamination. This was done using a procedure similar to the one leading to Eq. (29), using as a synchrotron monitor the 30 GHz LFI maps (in place of the 353 GHz HFI maps used for dust) and crosscorrelating them with the 100 GHz maps using the G70 mask (see also Sect. 2.2.1 for a similar procedure at lowℓ). This leads to an estimate of the synchrotron amplitude of less than 5% of that of the dust at ℓ = 80. For the baseline runs we thus decided simply to fix the dust amplitudes to the values in Table 15, retaining the possibility of letting them freely vary for crosschecks.
Fig. 46. Onedimensional posterior distributions of cosmological parameters and dust amplitudes for TE+SimAll. The black line shows the baseline results, which have priors on the dust amplitude, while the red one shows results when letting the dust amplitudes be completely free to vary. The grey dotted line shows the priors we set on the parameters. There is good agreement between the recovered dust amplitudes and the priors. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 47. Posterior distributions in one and two dimensions for the dust amplitudes and n_{s} for EE+SimAll. The grey lines and contours show results when letting the dust amplitudes be completely free to vary, the red line and contours show results when letting only the dust amplitude of the 100 × 143 spectrum be free to vary, while the blue line shows the baseline results, fixing the amplitudes to the values in Table 15. The grey dashed lines show the baseline values of the dust amplitudes. When the dust amplitudes are allowed to be free to vary, the amplitude of the 100 × 143 crossspectrum increases to values that are incompatible with those obtained using the 353 GHz map. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.3.3. Noise model
Noise modelling enters into the likelihood construction pipeline in two places:

(i)
An estimate of statistical properties of the noise is needed to compute the noise contribution to the C_{ℓ}C_{ℓ′} covariance matrix. As in previous Planck likelihood releases, we assume that the noise contributions may be adequately computed from noise angular power spectra and pixelvariance maps.

(ii)
While we use crosscorrelations between data cuts to avoid a direct noise contribution to a power spectrum, there might remain small correlations between the different maps. These would induce “correlated noise residuals” in the crossspectra and need to be checked for.
Noise statistical properties. We follow the method described in PPL15 to build the noise model that will enter into the computation of the covariance. We remind the reader that this model is estimated in two steps. First, for each halfmission map, a rough estimate of the noise power spectrum shape in T, Q, and U is obtained using “halfring difference” (HRD) maps, and fit using a loworder polynomiallike approximation of the form
where (i) stands for 1 or 2, denoting the first or last HM. A set of is needed for each T, Q, and U and each HM map at each frequency channel. Cotemporal halfring maps are known to be correlated to one another by the deglitching and mapmaking steps. Hence HRD spectra underestimate the noise level and need to be corrected for a slowly varying bias that we assume to be identical in each halfmission and which, following PPL15 notation, we will denote :
For each frequency and each T, Q, and U map, for a given halfmission (i), we can estimate an empirical multiplicative bias by computing the ratio between the difference of the HM autospectrum of the halfmission (i) and the crossHM spectrum, and the HRD noise estimate . We show in Fig. 48 that the empirical bias estimate is very close for each half mission, and thus we form our overall empirical estimate by taking the average of the two and assume that the same debiasing can be applied to Eq. (33) for both HMs:
Fig. 48. Correction () for the noise estimates based on HRDs (solid lines) and OEDs (dashed lines), as described in Eqs. (35) and (36). Blue and green lines shows the two contribution to the bias estimates (i.e., for HM1 and HM2), showing that the bias is similar enough in each so that we can use the mean for the correction (orange line). The model fit (red) is obtained by restraining the fit to the nonshaded region (ℓ > 200). As we found in PPL15, HRD noise estimates are found to be biased low (due to correlations between halfring maps, as explained in Planck Collaboration VI 2014). OED noise estimates, on the other hand, are biased high (in particular in polarization). Once the corresponding correction is applied to either case (HRD or OED), the overall noise models are similar. We only present here the 100 GHz channel results where the effect is the most striking. OEDs have very low anticorrelation for TT at 143 GHz and a slight correlation at 217 GHz, while the QQ and UU equivalents are still anticorrelated at all frequencies. 

Open with DEXTER 
A smooth multiplicative bias correction is obtained by fitting a simple powerlaw model to the empirical :
A different set of β_{k} parameters is determined for each frequency and maptype (T, Q, or U) combination, but are common between the two HMs. Examples of the bias model are shown in Fig. 48.
In Sect. 3.2.1, we describe the oddeven data selection. This can also be used for noise estimation by using oddeven difference (OED) maps instead of HRD maps. Unfortunately, OEDs do not solve the correlation issues found in the HRDs. We show in Fig. 48 that the OE maps are found to be slightly anticorrelated, so that, if used in the simplest way, the OED results would overestimate the noise level. Just as in the HRD case, the OED results can be corrected using a corresponding procedure, yielding essentially equivalent noise spectra estimates. We note that the 2018 CamSpec likelihood uses uncorrected OED results for its noise estimate, lowering its χ^{2} values slightly.
The twostep procedure described above uses the HRD (or OED) spectra as an intermediate step, but after debiasing with Eq. (35) the baseline likelihood noise model is entirely based on the difference between the HM maps auto and crossspectra . The intermediate step can be bypassed and the noise model can be reproduced without the help of the HDR spectra. Indeed, combining Eqs. (33), (35), and (36), the final noise approximation for each HM map reads
with the β_{k} parameters common to both HM maps of a given frequency channel, and the ones being different for each one (here the index i is 1 or 2, corresponding to the first or last HM map). The noise approximation of each frequency channel and T, Q, or U HM maps can thus be equivalently obtained by fitting for the and β_{k} parameters jointly on both differences between the HM maps’ spectra and their crossspectrum.
Overall, the noise spectra have a very similar shape to those of 2015 (i.e., slightly nonwhite, as shown in Fig. 24 of PPL15). The levels are similar, with a slight increase of the order of 2%, except at 217 GHz in temperature, which is 4% higher, and 143 GHz in polarization, which is about 12% lower. As discussed in Sect. 3.2 of HFI18, the large difference for the 143 GHz polarization is mainly due to the change in the destriper smoothing scale. The other smaller differences can be traced back principally to the discarding of the last 1000 rings of the mission and to a lesser extent to the change in the numbers of bad pixels that are discarded from the maps (which have increased between 2015 and 2018, after a change in the condition number threshold at the mapmaking stage). Indeed, if we apply the 2018 ringselection and conditionnumber mask to the 2015 data, we recover noise levels similar to those of 2018.
Variations of the pixel noise variance over the sky are handled as in 2015, using a heuristic correction to the analytic whitenoise approximation for the covariance matrix. As described in Appendix C of PPL15, we rescale the expressions that are valid for white anisotropic noise to be correct in the case of nonwhite isotropic noise. We expect that this correction is sufficient in our case where departure from white noise is small and noise anisotropy is highly localized in space. This assumption was checked numerically in 2015 with the help of Monte Carlo simulations.
The 2018 pixel variance maps are very similar to those of 2015, except for the removal of the last 1000 rings, and an increase in the number of bad pixels, as described above. We already discussed the effect of the removed rings, which slightly changes the overall noise level. We checked using simulations that the new masked pixels do not create significant extra variance in the spectra.
Correlated noise residuals. In 2015, we reported important correlated noise residuals between the detset maps, but could not find any significant signature of correlated noise between the halfmission maps. Whilst we could have built a datainspired correction for the detset spectra, which would have improved the agreement between cosmological parameters obtained from detsets and halfmission maps, we decided to use only the latter in 2015 and are doing likewise for the 2018 release.
Correlated noise was identified in 2015 by measuring the crossspectra between different detset HRD maps. The crossspectra between halfmission HRD maps, however, was compatible with zero in the multipole ranges used in our likelihood. We have reproduced those tests for the 2018 halfmission maps, checking that changes in the processing have not introduced any new correlations. As for the 2015 release, we do not find any significant sign of correlated noise for the likelihood’s ℓ range. We also performed similar tests, discussed in detail in Appendix A.1, also using oddeven differences. While we did not find any significant sign of noise correlation between the HM maps, in the likelihood’s ℓ range, we do, however, find signs of noise correlations between the odd and even maps.
All of these tests, being based on datacut differences, cannot detect any residual present in all of our data selections. However, the endtoend simulations (described in more detail in Sect. 3.12) can be used to constrain any residual correlations. We form the means of the HM spectra of the 300 endtoend simulations and compare them to the spectra of the noisefree simulation (which includes foreground and projection effects). In the case of EE, we find excesses of power at large and small scales in (only) the singlefrequency spectra (i.e., for 100 × 100 EE, 143 × 143 EE, and 217 × 217 EE), which exceed the endtoend simulation dispersions (Fig. 49). The fitted empirical correlated noise model that we produce using the endtoend simulations is added to the model vector of the EE likelihood. It can be compared to the contribution of the other nuisance and foreground contributions in Figs. 36 and 37. At large scales, its amplitude is within one order of magnitude of the dust emission. The effect of this correlated noise on the cosmological parameters is discussed in Sect. 3.12 (see in particular Figs. 86 and 87). Switching the correction on and off, we find a shift in ω_{b} of about 0.25 σ for both the simulations and the data. In simulations, we show that, as expected given its shape and amplitude at large scales, the correlated noise is mainly degenerate with the dust contamination. Allowing the amplitudes of the empirical corrections to vary along with the cosmological parameters, we find marginal detections of the templates at 100 GHz and 143 GHz (and no detection at 217 GHz, which, however, is not surprising given that we cut all multipoles for ℓ < 500 at this frequency), showing that the simulations indeed marginally prefer the correction. When doing likewise with the data, the recovered amplitude is only compatible with unity in the case of the 143 GHz data. The correction brings an overall Δχ^{2} = 9 improvement (over 762 degrees of freedom for the binned case), entirely due to its effect on the 100 × 100 and 143 × 143 spectra and dominated by the lowℓ parts of the empirical templates.
Fig. 49. Difference between the mean EE spectra of the 300 endtoend simulations and the noisefree simulation; both share the same input CMB and foreground maps. The difference between the two spectra, shown in blue, is smoothed in Δℓ = 20 flat bins. The blue shaded area gives the variance between the 300 simulations. The green line is the beamleakage correction model shown for scale; it is cancelled in the difference between the mean endtoend simulation and the noisefree spectra. For scale as well, the grey line presents 5% of the input simulation power (e.g., CMB plus foreground from the Planck Sky Model). From top to bottom the panels are the 100 × 100,143 × 143, 100 × 143, and 217 × 217 spectra. Apart from the lowest bin (ℓ = 20, which is not used for the likelihood analysis), the 100 × 143 spectra do not show any significant residual, while all of the others show signs of possible correlated noise. We do not show the other crossspectra that behave similarly. In the autofrequency spectra plot, we show (with a red line) the empirical endtoend EE correlated noise model, produced by fitting smoothing splines to the blue lines, after removing strongly varying trends at low ℓ and high ℓ. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.3.4. Calibration and polarizationefficiency uncertainties
As we did in 2013 and 2015, we perform a minor recalibration of the different crossspectra to account for

(i)
small residual errors after the dipole modulation calibration in temperature,

(ii)
uncertainties in the determination of the effective polarization efficiencies of the acquisition pipeline in polarization.
We observe in HFI18 that while temperature calibration is now extremely accurate, the determination of the polarization efficiencies (PEs) is much more difficult and remains one of the main limitations of the Planck 2018 products. In the following, we will use “calibration” to refer to both the correction to the temperature calibration and to the PE.
Methodology. As in 2015, we do not correct the calibration errors by rescaling the data, but rather apply them to the model vector, multiplying each part (the XY crossspectrum between the ν and ν′ maps, where X and Y stand for either T or P, for temperature or polarization), by a recalibration factor .
In 2015, we used a mapbased calibration model, where the calibration of any crossspectrum is given by the product of the calibration factor for each map. So the calibration matrix is entirely defined by the knowledge of the calibration correction to be applied to the temperature maps and the PE correction required for the polarization ones. The alternative would be a spectrumbased model, where each individual crossspectra can have a specific calibration correction that can differ from the geometrical average of the calibration correction of the autospectra. Defining our calibration parameters at the spectrum level (i.e., the square of the value to be applied on the maps), we call the calibration parameter for temperature at frequency ν and the same thing for polarization. With this notation the calibration matrix is given by
where we further introduced y_{P}, an overall Planck calibration uncertainty factor (defined at the map level), and , a degree of freedom allowing us to explore a global temperaturetopolarization calibration factor (also defined at the map level). The Planck calibration uncertainty has not been changed from 2015 to 2018 and is still taken to be a Gaussian with
This is redundant with the temperature calibration parameters, so we chose
taking the 143 GHz temperature map as the calibration reference. The parameter is used to explore a possible global TtoP calibration, so we set and only allow to vary. This is redundant with the parameters and so will only be used when those are fixed.
In using Eq. (38), we ignore the fact that our effective spectra combine different halfmission crossspectra, equivalent to assuming that different halfmission maps have much better intercalibration within a frequency channel than between frequencies. We have also ignored the variation of the weighting used in the different crossspectra combinations.
The impact of this approximation can be easily estimated using a Taylor expansion. At dominant order, in the case of a TE crossfrequency spectrum, , the residual calibration error induced by the approximation made in Eq. (38), goes as the half difference between the c^{PP} of the two frequencies times the half difference between the TE and ET weights:
We will see in Eq. (45) that the maximum half difference between is below 0.04, . The half difference between the TE and ET weights is at most in the range of multipoles retained for cosmology, translating into a residual error that is always smaller than the halfpercent level.
Temperature intercalibration. We determine the 100 GHz and 217 GHz temperaturecalibration parameters ( and ) by measuring the intercalibration of the 100 × 100 and 217 × 217 crosshalfmission spectra with the 143 × 143 one, minimizing
Since the C_{ℓ} above are being measured on the data, foreground contamination must be accounted for or mitigated. For the 2013 release (PPL13), we did so by computing the spectra only at high Galactic latitude (i.e., small sky fraction), and we further reduced the multipole range to relatively low ℓ to avoid extragalactic contamination. This approach can be improved, as we do in 2018, by using dustcleaned maps (as described in Eq. (32) of Sect. 3.3.2), which reduces the Galactic contamination. Another option is to jointly estimate the foreground contribution and the intercalibration, as is done in the SMICA foregroundcleaning algorithm (Planck Collaboration IV 2020). This was the basis of the intercalibration procedure for the 2015 release. We crosscheck between the calibration estimates obtained using dustcleaned maps and the SMICA approach in different Galactic masks and multipole ranges (30 < ℓ_{min} < 100 and 400 < ℓ_{max} < 600). In all cases, we obtain remarkably stable determinations of the temperature calibration parameters and see excellent compatibility between the two approaches. We therefore use as our calibration correction priors the values
These are a significant improvement over 2015, and in good agreement with the values quoted in HFI18, which were obtained with different multipole ranges and masks. We investigate the effect of leaving the calibration parameters free in Sect. 3.8. Leaving the calibration parameter free is found to have very little effect on the cosmological parameters in the ΛCDM model.
Polarization efficiencies. The determination of PE corrections is more difficult, as emphasized in HFI18. The PEs were measured on the ground (see Table B.1 in Rosset et al. 2010). They were done detector by detector, before the assembly of the focal plane, while the polarization angle measurements were performed on the assembled focal plane. Values of the PE are of the order of 90% (at map level), ranging between 90% and 96% at 100 GHz, 83% and 93% at 143 GHz, and 94% and 95% at 217 GHz. Statistical uncertainties of the ground measurements were found to be approximately 0.3% at 100 GHz and 143 GHz, and 0.2% at 217 GHz. The ground values are incorporated into the data analysis pipeline, specifically in the mapmaking and beamestimation steps. We should thus expect the EE and TE power spectra to be intercalibrated to within a fraction of a percent. Given the size of the errors on the polarized power spectra and the modelling uncertainties for the temperaturetopolarization leakage, it seemed reasonable in 2015 to ignore any residual error in the PEs, and to set all parameters to unity.
As described in Sect. 5.10.3 of HFI18, progress in the data analysis and description of the polarized dust contamination has allowed us to reassess the determination of the PEs of the 353 GHz detectors using observations of highly polarized dust regions. Figure 35 of HFI18 shows that in order to ensure compatibility between the different detectors, their PEs needed to be corrected at the level of a few percent, about five times larger than the estimated uncertainty of the ground measurement, which was deemed acceptable by the HFI instrument team. We note that this only provides the relative PE corrections for each detector within the 353 GHz channel and cannot provide us with the absolute PE determination that we need for cosmology.
Corrections of this magnitude should be measurable at lower frequencies, thanks to the sensitivity of the detectors, provided that the beamleakage corrections are well under control (as will be discussed in the next section). Unlike the 353 GHz channel, for which dust emission has a high S/N, the CMB at 100, 143, and 217 GHz does not have a high enough S/N to allow for a direct estimate of the PE corrections (which would in any case still be limited to relative corrections). Hence we shall rely on a different method and estimate the parameters by trying to improve the agreement between (the EE power spectrum at a frequency ν), and (the theoretical EE power spectrum predicted using the bestfit ΛCDM parameters based on the TT data alone). This will be done by minimizing functions of the form
This scheme will provide better constraints than those that would have been obtained had we followed a TTlike procedure, crosscalibrating directly between different observed power spectra, the noise in EE being much larger than in TT. Furthermore this method will effectively provide the absolute PEs of each frequency channel (i.e., including the temperaturetopolarization calibration ratio), which cannot be obtained by an intercalibration between the different E maps. This procedure makes use of the excellent agreement between temperature and polarization, even before PE correction. A fact that we already demonstrated in 2015. However, this procedure is dependent on the cosmological model, and could have the tendency to push the polarizationbased parameters towards the temperature ones. We note, however, that the agreement between the TT, TE, and EE parameters discussed in Sect. 3.6.5, while good, does not seem to corroborate this concern. If anything this agreement has decreased since 2015, as a result of the PE corrections and leakage corrections that we will discuss in the next section. We also note later in this paragraph that marginalizing over the absolute temperaturetopolarization calibration makes no difference to the cosmological parameters, reducing further the concern of artificially enforcing the temperature and polarization agreement. One might also worry that the apparent extra smoothing of the TT peaks at highℓ could affect the PE estimation (see Sect. 3.10). As we will describe later, we checked that on the relatively low multipole range we retain for the PE correction estimation, using either the TT bestfit ΛCDM model or the ΛCDM+A_{L} model provides similar results. We discuss later in this section how the limitations of our PE estimations could be overcome in the future, if new calibration data become available.
As before, we estimate the PE correction using as input the EE power spectra obtained using multiple combinations of masks, either paralleling those used for the likelihood (with different masks at different frequencies), or using the same C50 or P50 mask at all frequencies. We mitigate the effect of the dust contamination either by first correcting the observed spectra by a powerlaw template, as described in Sect. 3.3.2, or by using dustcleaned E maps, as described in Sect. 3.3.2. In all cases, we discard the low (ℓ < 200) multipoles where the Galactic contamination residuals can affect our PE determinations. Similarly, we discard the high (ℓ > 1000) multipoles, where the S/N is low. We also correct the observed power spectra by subtracting the temperaturetopolarization leakage templates that we describe in Sect. 3.3.5. These are small in EE and have little effect on the PE estimations. Similarly, the autospectracorrelated noise templates discussed in Sect. 3.3.3 are subtracted from the observed spectra. These also have a low impact on the final results, since they mainly affect the low and high multipoles, which are already cut out. Finally, we also explored a case where we modified Eq. (44) to fit more than one frequency at a time and include the crossfrequency spectra. This allowed us to crosscheck our results by estimating the PEs while discarding some or all of the autospectra, verifying the coherence of the calibration model represented by the calibration matrix defined in Eq. (38).
All of these different procedures yield very similar results, which are compatible within uncertainties. We retain the following values for the likelihood:
We see below that we will eventually not let the PE correction vary in the priors, but fix them to their central values. For EE, the CamSpec likelihood follows a similar procedure, comparing the EE power spectra obtained using the C50 mask with a theoretical CMB spectrum computed using the TT bestfit cosmology. Maps are dustcleaned and temperaturetopolarization leakage is corrected at the spectrum level. However, unlike Plik, which enforces through Eq. (38) a mapbased calibration model, allowing a single PE correction per channel, CamSpec uses a spectrumbased one, so that a unique correction is determined for each crosshalfmission spectrum. In other words, CamSpec will allow the correction of the 100 HM1 × 143 HM2 to be different from the 100 HM2 × 143 HM1, as well as being different from the geometrical average of the 100 HM1 × 100 HM2 and the 143 HM1 × 143 HM2 ones. At this stage, it is reassuring to note that the CamSpec PE corrections for EE quoted in the first column of Table 18 are in excellent agreement with those of Eq. (45) above (numbers quoted in the table correspond to ) and that in this case the mapbased and spectrumbased approaches give very similar results.
The SMICA algorithm can also be applied to the E maps. This provides an intercalibration of the different E maps, but not an absolute PE determination. Up to a global rescaling, the SMICA values are in good agreement with the mapbased and spectrumbased calibrations, as reported in Table 9 of HFI18.
In each of these schemes (mapbased, spectrumbased, and SMICA), we note that the 217 GHz calibration at lower (200 < ℓ < 500) and higher (500 < ℓ < 1000) multipoles are in tension, with the higher part of the multipole range pulling to high values (≈1.07). Such a large correction is somewhat surprising, compared to the typical correction measured on the 353 GHz polarized detectors. A possible explanation for this could be a sign of a residual transfer function in the 217 GHz channel. We also note that in the 217 × 217 residual plot shown in the bottom panel of Fig. 65 the multipole region 700 < ℓ < 1000 is systematically low and can explain the preference for higher PE correction. We note, however, that this excursion is not sufficient to degrade the agreement between the data and the model or between the different crossfrequencies, as discussed in Sect. 3.6.3. The other frequencies, however, are much more stable to changes to the multipole range used in the fit. Owing to the low weight of the 217 GHz data in the EE and TE parts of the likelihood (see Fig. 31), cosmological parameters are not significantly affected by shifts of the PE for 217 GHz. For this reason, we decide to fix the polarization calibration parameters to the central values of Eq. (45) and set . As discussed Sect. 3.7, if we were to allow the calibration parameters to vary with priors given by Eq. (45), we would end up with an almost 3 σ pull at 217 GHz, since the likelihood does not use the ℓ < 500 multipoles at this frequency. We also investigated the effect of fixing the PE correction, but marginalizing over the overall temperaturetopolarization calibration. This procedure corresponds to intercalibrating the different PE correction and alleviates the possible dependency on the cosmological model that we highlighted above. In this case, we recover the expected temperaturetopolarization calibration to better than 0.5 σ and see no cosmological parameter modification, in both ΛCDM and ΛCDM+A_{L} cases. The CamSpec likelihood also uses fixed PE corrections during the construction of the coadded EE and TE spectra.
Correcting the PEs with the values given in Eq. (45) affects mainly the EE interfrequency agreement, as can be seen in Fig. 62. The effect on the cosmological parameters is shown in Fig. 53. Quantitatively, the χ^{2} improves by about 50 for EE (over 762 degrees of freedom for the binned case) and remains almost identical for TE.
TEbased polarization efficiency estimation. In the discussion above, we used only the EE spectra to estimate the PE corrections. We can also use the TE spectra, now minimizing the function
where the temperature calibration parameters are fixed to the values given earlier in this section. If the mapbased calibration model is accurate, this provides a nice crosscheck, since the should then be equal to . Results of this test show marginal agreement between the two procedures, with the and values about 1 σ away from the EE results, and a larger disagreement at 143 GHz:
Owing to the relatively low weight of spectra involving 100 GHz and 217 GHz in the polarized part of the likelihood, changing between using the c^{EE} and the c^{TE} values would only have a small impact on the cosmological fits. However, the difference at 143 GHz can translate into a larger effect.
As was the case when using EE to estimate the PE corrections, the results using TE are stable (within error bars) to variations of masks, multipole ranges, and methodology (i.e., either fitting for one calibration at a time or performing a multifrequency fit taking crossspectra into account). The CamSpec calibration procedure, which provides an effective spectrumbased PE correction for each halfmission and frequency pair, finds a similar behaviour, as shown in Table 18, with a similar calibration discrepancy between the 143 × 143 EE and TE spectra. Up to 2% level differences can be observed in the ET and TE autospectra (in particular at 217 GHz), which could be due to noise scatter between HM1 and HM2.
The discrepancy between the 143 × 143 EE and TE apparent PE corrections is also found to be robust under variation of the reference CMB model, for example if instead of using the bestfit ΛCDM cosmology we instead use the bestfit ΛCDM+A_{L} parameters. We note that in the range of multipoles we use for PEcorrection estimation, the impact on the EE and TE spectra of opening the A_{L} parameter is small. The outlier in the 143 GHz spectrum around ℓ = 750 (see Fig. 64) also does not appear to be responsible for the larger discrepancy at 143 GHz, as tested for by restraining the multipole range to ℓ < 700.
We found, following the exact same procedures, that the endtoend simulations (described Sect. 3.12) do not display such a difference in the estimated corrections of the PEs. Rather, in the simulations we measure the and parameters and find them all to be perfectly compatible with the input value (in that case 1).
We can also rule out a frequencyspecific correlated noise component at 143 GHz (either in TE or EE) as a possible explanation of the discrepancy. As described above, we can perform the PE estimate without the frequency autospectra and instead use only crossfrequency ones (i.e., 100 × 143 and 143 × 217). For both TE and EE we obtain similar central values.
A residual transfer function seems unlikely to explain the difference either. We tried to fit both for a correction of the PE and an additive correction of the form for EE and for TE. The slopes obtained at 143 GHz using TE and EE were found to be incompatible with one another, with a value within 1 σ of zero for EE, but nonzero for TE at the 1.5 σ level. The latter value would correspond to an arcminutescale beamshape error, 5 times our expected beam uncertainty.
Unlike for EE, in which the temperaturetopolarization leakage corrections are small, the temperaturetopolarization leakage cannot be ignored in TE. Error modes of the uncertainty on the leakage template at large scales are partially degenerate with an effective recalibration of the TE spectrum. As discussed in Sect. 3.3.5, we assess the leakage uncertainty budget by propagating the uncertainties on the beam determinations, polarization angles, and PEs through to power spectra in simulations. The leakage template uncertainty is found to be too small by a factor of around 5 to account for the difference between and .
At this stage, two different choices can be made: either we can assume that the discrepancy is the sign of an unknown systematic effect, not reproduced in our endtoend analysis, which projects partially onto the PE correction; or we can assume that the discrepancy is a statistical accident, and enforce the mapbased calibrations, coherent with our instrument model and our simulations.
The Plik likelihood was implemented choosing to keep the polarization crossspectra separate (at the level of channel crossspectra), and hence can use either a mapbased or spectrum based calibration, and can explore the calibration parameters jointly with the cosmology. However, for the baseline, we choose to restrict the calibration model to a mapbased one. The alternative (i.e., spectrum based calibration) can be tested to its full extent (with different PE correction for EE, ET, and TE crosshalfmission spectra) using the CamSpec likelihood, as explained in Sect. 3.5.1. CamSpec coadds all EE and TE crossspectra and only allows for the joint determination of an overall EE and TE residual correction along with the cosmological parameters.
Future groundbased surveys will allow us to test the mapbased calibration using both bright polarization sources (such as the Crab Nebula) and possibly crosscalibration on the CMB sky. It is unclear at this stage whether the Planck observations of bright polarized sources will have enough S/N to allow for a strong improvement of the PE determinations. Crosscalibration on observations of the CMB sky from future groundbased surveys will also be limited by the sky coverage of such surveys and by the accuracy of the Planck polarized data.
We present in Sect. 3.7 the detailed consequences of the two different calibration models, implemented in the Plik likelihood. Quantitatively, in Plik, the mapbased PE correction improves the joint χ^{2} by about 50, mainly gained in the EE part of the likelihood. Also in Plik, implementing the spectrumbased model (i.e., using both Eq. (45) in EE and Eq. (47) in TE) further improves the χ^{2} by about 10 (all in the TE part of the likelihood). The different corrections, however, translate into shifts of below 0.6 σ on parameters in extended models, and little change on the 6parameter ΛCDM.
3.3.5. Secondary beam effects
We describe in Sect. 3.2.3 how the new QuickPol method (QPL17) is used to compute the full matrix that links the observed spectra with the underlying sky ones (see Eq. (21)). We do not reproduce here the technical derivation presented in QPL17, but will briefly describe the most relevant parts.
In general, using the signal equation given by Eq. (12) of QPL17, one can relate the signal measured by a given detector with the sky temperature and polarization, as a function of its optical efficiency (which we call “calibration” in Sect. 3.3.4), polarization efficiency, optical beam, and polarization orientation. The Planck frequency maps are built by optimally combining all the different valid observations of the sky at a given frequency that fall in the same pixel (HFI18). In doing so, the mapmaking algorithm ignores beam shapes and orientations and assumes identical circular beams. This is encoded formally in Eq. (A.2) of QPL17, which shows how the temperature and polarization maps are a convolution of the sky with the beams of the different detectors, modulated by a positiondependent weighting. For a given pixel and a given detector, this weighting is expressed as a function of the coverage in orientation, the hit map (including the masked pixels and discarded data), and the polarization efficiencies of the detector. From this result, Eq. (38) of QPL17 gives the relation between the power spectra measured from those maps and the underlying sky ones. In particular, Eq. (38) shows how the circular beam assumption made at the mapmaking stage mixes all the different temperature and polarization spectra, as well as the power at different multipoles. Mixing can also arise from a mismatch between the parameters of the real detectors (optical efficiencies, polarization efficiencies, and orientation angles) and the ones assumed at the mapmaking stage.
In the case of a socalled “smooth scanning” of the sky (i.e., when the weighting functions that encode the orientation coverage of the pixels and the hit map vary slowly across the sky), as is the case for Planck, QPL17 showed that the mixing simplifies to an ℓdependent matrix linking each temperature and polarization crossspectrum, that we reproduce Eq. (21). As discussed in Sect. 3.2.3, the diagonal part of this matrix is the effective beam and is corrected for in the data vector. In this section, we will be interested in the (small) offdiagonal part that represents the temperaturetopolarization leakage and will treat the effect as additive corrections that we include as templates in the model vector of Eq. (20).
Following the previous work presented in Planck Collaboration VII (2014), QPL17 also shows how to evaluate the effects of the finite size of the pixels, usually called “subpixel effects,” which are found to cause a small extra smoothing (integrated in our mixing matrices) and an extra noise term. We discuss these later in this section.
The mixing matrices and subpixel effects we use here are computed following the methodology higlighted in Sect. 4 of QPL17, using the detector parameters, scanning strategy, and data flags assumed for mapmaking in HFI18, and the masks we retained described in Sect. 3.2.2. This ignores the leakage due to the mismatch between the PE assumed during mapmaking (from Rosset et al. 2010) and the one we evaluate in Sect. 3.3.4. We discuss later in the section how this extra leakage is actually taken care of by our PE correction.
Beam leakage. Going back to Eq. (21) and dividing both left and righthand sides with the diagonal part of the matrix, we can relate how each of the different data spectra are affected by leakage^{16}:
where is a beamcorrected data spectrum and the XY data spectrum, X and Y standing for either T or E. Some elements of the mixing matrix are shown in Fig. 50 for different combinations of frequencies. The , computed for a fiducial cosmological model that we will use as a template in our likelihood theory vector is displayed in Fig. 51. As can be seen in Fig. 51, as well as in Figs. 34 and 36, the net effect of the beam leakage is to increase the disagreement between frequencies. It is also clear that the leakage is to some extent degenerate with a rescaling of the power spectra (i.e., PE errors).
Fig. 50. Elements of the beam matrices (left panels), (middle panels), and (right panels), for the crossanalysis of 143 HM1 and 143 HM2 (upper panels) and of 143 HM1 and 217 HM2 (lower panels). 

Open with DEXTER 
In 2015, we identified large incompatibilities between the different TE and EE crossspectra, and we correctly identified beam leakage as the dominant source of discrepancy, at least for TE. To tackle this problem, and lacking then the full beammatrix computation brought by QuickPol, we used an effective model to estimate the beamleakage templates describing each element of the matrix as a fourthorder polynomial in ℓ. This approximation is justified in PPL15, noting that symmmetries in the Planck scanning strategy strongly suggested this form in the case of elliptical beams. In detail, the parameters of the model were determined by trying to enforce agreement between the foregroundcorrected empirical TE or EE spectra with a theoretical model predicted from the TT bestfit cosmological parameters. Our best 2015 model is displayed and compared with the new model in Fig. 51. While the 2015 model is close to the new one, it had serious limitations that were discussed in PPL15. In particular, lacking strong enough priors on the effective beamleakage parameters, the approach was largely degenerate with the cosmological parameters (when exploring jointly the model and cosmological parameters). Using instead the TTbased cosmology and optimizing the model parameters pushes the polarizationbased cosmology towards the TT one.
Fig. 51. Models of the beam leakage for TE and EE in 2015 and 2018. Differences are striking in EE, where the 2015 model was overfitting, affected by PE errors. Bottom panel: the 2015 and 2018 EE models are presented with different vertical scales. The TE leakage models are similar, except for the 500 < ℓ < 1000 multipole range, where the correction changes sign, pushing the TE best cosmology further away from the TT one. 

Open with DEXTER 
For the 2018 release, the beam matrix is fixed and computed from our best knowledge of the Planck mission and the new model is less sensitive to this issue; the amplitude of the template is below 10% of the CMB (see Fig. 35 for example), so an O(1%) error in the shape of the input cosmology only translates into an O(0.1%) error on the observed spectra, much below the uncertainty of the PE corrections.
The largest effect of the leakage correction is on the TE spectra (which was also the case in 2015, with its effective model). The correction dramatically improves the interfrequency agreement, as shown in Fig. 61, and resolves in large part the interfrequency disagreement that was the reason not to include polarization data in the baseline 2015 results. Quantitatively, the leakage correction improves the χ^{2} by about 37 (over 762 degrees of freedom for the binned TE likelihood). While the individual crossspectra corrections coadd into a small correction for the combined spectrum, they still have a nonnegligible effect on the cosmological parameters, as discussed in Sect. 3.4 and shown in Fig. 53.
The χ^{2} improvement brought by the leakage correction clearly shows that the TE crossspectra interagreement is improved by the correction. This can be further characterized by allowing the amplitude of the six TE leakage templates to freely vary and fit them along with cosmological parameters. When doing so, we recover the same cosmological parameters that we obtained when fixing the template amplitudes. Furthermore, the six amplitudes are recovered to within 1.5 σ (in the worst case) of the modelpredicted ones. Opening up those six new parameters only improves the fit by Δχ^{2} = 6, so we see no reason not to fix them to their predicted values.
The effect is much smaller in EE. That this is to be expected can be confirmed by evaluating the ratio of the amplitude of the leakage effects in TE and EE in both the signal and the noisedominated regimes, as we discuss in Appendix A.2.
Subpixel effects. The coupling between the pixelscale signal gradient and the sampling strategy creates a source of extra correlated noise (for detailed discussion and derivations we refer the reader to QPL17). This is estimated along with the beam transfer function and leakage, and depends on the details of the masks and data cuts. The effect is illustrated in Fig. 33 for TT and in Fig. 37 for EE, where it is always subdominant. Subpixel effects are not included in TE, where they are much smaller still. As can be seen in Figs. 32 and 33, the correction is mainly relevant for the 100 × 100 and 143 × 143 TT spectra. Inclusion of the subpixel corrections leaves the cosmological parameters essentially unchanged, and has only a small effect on the foreground parameters (in particular on the pointsource contribution at 143 GHz).
Beams and beamleakage uncertainty. In 2013 and 2015, we used Monte Carlo simulations to propagate uncertainties in the beam estimations through to uncertainties in the effective beams. The first few eigenvectors of the effectivebeam uncertainties were then retained, and these could act as multiplicative templates in the theory vectors. In 2013 the coefficients were sampled over with a suitable prior, whereas in 2015 they were analytically marginalized over, adding a contribution to the likelihood covariance matrix. In 2015, the improvements in the beam estimation pipeline rendered this contribution effectively negligible. For this reason, we ignore entirely the effect of beam determination uncertainties in 2018.
We have also investigated other sources of uncertainties that were not evaluated in 2015. First, in all of our analysis, and in particular in our computation of effective beams, we use beam measurements on nonpolarized sources (i.e., planets) and assume perfect copolarization (i.e., the polarization of the incoming radiation is preserved by the beam). GRASP simulations of the beams^{17} (described in detail in Planck Collaboration VII 2014 and Maffei et al. 2010) allow us to assess the validity of this assumption. Using these simulations, one can show that the slight departures from copolarization of the Planck beams translate into a small systematic error in the beam estimations, the amplitude of which depends mainly on the location of each detector in the focal plane (the closer to the centre, the smaller the effect). These errors project onto both a small effective recalibration of the polarized data, which we estimate to be below 0.3% on the spectrum amplitudes, and an effective increase of the beam FWHM, which is smaller than (using the QPL17 definition of the beam as the diagonal of the beam matrix). The calibration difference is absorbed in the PE correction described in Sect. 3.3.4. It is about half of the PE estimation uncertainty (in the case of EE) and cannot explain the PEestimation differences at 143 GHz when comparing EE and TE. The beam FWHM rescaling corresponds to effects always less than 0.5% for ℓ < 2000. This is much smaller than our PE errors. Hence we ignore the noncopolarization of the beams in our 2018 analysis.
As a second investigation, similarly to what was done for the beam uncertainties, we also explore the beamleakage uncertainties. We propagate beam, calibration, PE, and angle uncertainties through a Monte Carlo analysis into uncertainties in the beamleakage corrections. Results are shown in Fig. 52 for a subset of crossspectra.
Fig. 52. Contribution of various sources of uncertainties to the crossspectra leakage, for 143 HM1 × 143 HM2 (upper panels) and 143 HM1 × 217 HM2 (lower panels). The beam errors are based on Monte Carlo simulations of planet observations, mimicking the actual beam measurements. The gain calibration error assumes an independent relative uncertainty of 0.1% for each detector. The PE (between 0 and 1 by definition) is assumed to be known with an absolute error of a few tenths of a percent, as determined on preflight measurements (Rosset et al. 2010), while the polarization angles are assumed to be known with a precision of 1° for PSBs and 5° for SWBs. 

Open with DEXTER 
Simulations were produced for the 2015 release and the levels of the uncertainty propagated correspond to the best available estimates at the time. In the case of PEs, where the groundbased estimated uncertainty was found to be about a tenth of the error reported in Sect. 3.3.4, we are thus underestimating the effect. This is only an issue for the TEtoTE and EEtoEE leakage, which are (as expected) dominated by the PE errors. Of course, residual errors in those leakage terms are by construction absorbed into our PE corrections; thus we only have to worry about the next sources of uncertainty, namely the gain errors and the polarization angles, whose associated uncertainties are a fraction of that of the PE errors. Note also that the amplitude of the gain uncertainty (0.1%) and polarization angle errors (1°) used in the simulations are larger than the current estimates given in Table 7 (better than 3 × 10^{−4} precision on absolute gain calibration for CMB channels) and Sect. 5.10.2 (groundmeasured angles used in the data analysis are coherent with the IRAM measurement of the Crab Nebula within ) of HFI18, respectively.
In the case of the two dominant leakage terms, TTtoTE and TEtoEE, the leakage errors are found to be dominated by the beam uncertainties. For the 143 × 143 spectrum, the largest error in the TTtoTE leakage is always less than 0.1 μK^{2} in 𝒟_{ℓ} at ℓ ≈ 200, near the first TT acoustic peak. This corresponds to a tenth of the beamleakage template for this spectrum. As can be seen in Fig. 52, the error is found to be of the order of 0.1% of the TE spectrum, well below our main source of uncertainty, namely the PE correction.
In the case of EE, the uncertainty in the gain determination translates into lowℓ biases arising from the subdominant TTtoEE term, below a tenth of the expected dust contamination at ℓ < 500. We noted above that this is a generous upper limit, since the gain uncertainty is smaller than what was used in the simulations.
This Monte Carlo estimation shows that uncertainties in the beam leakage cannot account for the differences in the PE estimates obtained using either EE or TE, discussed in Sect. 3.3.4. Given the very low level of these uncertainties when compared to the TE and EE CMB spectra, we neglect them in the rest of the analysis.
Owing to the small error budget we discussed above, we did not allow for any free parameter in the model. To assess whether a modified leakage model could improve the agreement between the different TE crossspectra, we explore corrections to the templates in the form of the polynomial model used in 2015. We showed in PPL15 that the parametric model is degenerate with cosmological parameters. For this reason, the parameters of the polynomial correction will be measured assuming a reference cosmological model. Exploring the 18 new parameters, we find that the overall χ^{2} can only be improved by Δχ^{2} = 17.5. Unsurprisingly, the correction modifies the template to make it much more similar to the 2015 model shown in the top panel of Fig. 51. This corresponds to μK^{2} level corrections, in particular in the third trough region, around ℓ = 750. We discuss in Sect. 3.6.3 that this region is where we see the largest residual disagreement between frequencies. However, this level of correction is much larger that what our Monte Carlo propagation of uncertainties allows. Given the shape of the error modes of the dominant sources of uncertainties (displayed in Fig. 52), it is difficult to localize the peak of the template correction in the third trough region. Given the small improvement in χ^{2} (comparable to the number of parameters) and the shape of the correction, we see no compelling reason to modify the QuickPolbased template and use it in the likelihood.
3.4. Summary description of Plik
In summary, the highℓ likelihood is formed using a Gaussian approximation. The data consist of crossspectra constructed from halfmission maps using masks of varying sizes, corrected for beams that take into account the detailed shape of the masks and scanning strategy. The model vector contains the CMB contribution, as well as astrophysical foregrounds and systematics templates (temperaturetopolarization leakage is the dominant systematic in TE). The model vector also includes the corrections for residual calibration and PE errors. A code, Plik is distributed along with this paper and implements this likelihood approximation. It is the baseline highℓ likelihood product for the Planck 2018 legacy release.
In detail, for temperature, the foreground model contains:

the dust contribution, described in Sect. 3.3.2, with a fixed template adapted to each frequency and sky fraction, and parameterized by a free amplitude, constrained by a prior; and

the extragalactic foreground model, described in Sect. 3.3.1, consisting of pointsource contributions (grouping radio and infrared sources), parameterized by free amplitudes at each frequency, and the clusteredCIB, tSZ, kSZ, and the CIBSZ correlation, each parameterized by a single amplitude rescaling templates at the different frequencies.
The systematic effects residual model contains:

a subpixel noise correction; and

a beamleakage template.
The latter two are very small corrections, and the templates (described Sect. 3.3.5) are fixed. The calibration parameters are described in Sect. 3.3.4, and are allowed to vary, subject to tight priors. A comparison of the different foreground and nuisance contributions is presented in Figs. 32 and 33.
The EE polarization likelihood has a very simple foreground model, consisting only of the dust correction described in Sect. 3.3.2, ignoring the small synchrotron contribution at low frequencies. Given the degeneracy of the dust contribution with residual systematics, the dust template amplitudes have been fixed. The residual systematics model consists of:

empirical correlated noise corrections for the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 spectra, determined by the endtoend simulations (see Sect. 3.3.3);

subpixel noise corrections (Sect. 3.3.5); and

beamleakage templates (also Sect. 3.3.5).
Templates of these three types have fixed amplitude. Both the subpixel noise and the beamleakage templates are small. The PE corrections, however, are extremely important for the EE spectrum, as described in Sect. 3.3.4. Percentlevel corrections are applied to the model vector, and ensure a good level of interfrequency agreement, as shown in Fig. 62. Comparisons of the different foreground and nuisance contributions are presented in Figs. 36 and 37.
Finally, the TE crossspectrum likelihood is very similar to the EE one, with a single component for the foreground model, corresponding to the dust contribution. As in the TT case, the dust model is parameterized by a free amplitude at each frequency, subject to a prior computed using the 353 GHz maps. The S/N is low enough that using the same powerlaw template for each frequency is sufficient. The systematic effects residual model reduces to the beamleakage template, the subpixel noise being even more negligible for the TE crossspectra (see Sect. 3.3.5) than for the TT ones. The beamleakage template is important and is the cause of the improvement of the interfrequency agreement in TE shown in Fig. 61 (we remind the reader that temperaturetopolarization leakage was our main source of residual uncertainty in 2015).
As described in Sect. 3.3.4, we propagate the TT calibration and EEPE correction to TE, using a mapbased model. Using an alternative spectrumbased calibration model, shows some tension with the mapbased one and leads to fractionofσlevel changes for the cosmological parameters in extended models (see Sect. 3.7 for full discussion). A comparison of the different foreground and nuisance contributions is presented in Figs. 34 and 35.
The full list of foreground and nuisance parameters is given in Table 16. Apart from small changes in the dust template shapes, the main change compared to the 2015 likelihood model consists in the refined systematic effects residual model, and in particular with the introduction of the beamleakage model (particularly important in TE) and the PE corrections (particularly important in EE).
Parameters and priors used for astrophysical foregrounds and instrumental modelling for the baseline likelihood.
We decided to recommend fixing some of the nuisance parameters. We investigated the effect of exploring those jointly with the cosmological parameters, either with a prior or letting them be entirely free to vary. Results of those tests are reported in Sect. 3.7 for the PE and Sect. 3.8 for the foreground priors, while we discuss in Sects. 3.3.5 and 3.3.3 the beam leakage template and EE correlated noise, respectively. In those last two cases, we show, by opening up the amplitudes of the templates, that the data prefer the corrections with amplitudes compatible with the modelpredicted ones. We discussed in Sect 3.3.2 why we decided to eventually fix the EE dust amplitudes, since opening them up will push the 100 × 143 recovered dust contribution toward values that are in disagreement with the dust estimates from the 353 GHz maps. The opening up of the EE dust amplitudes is shown to have only a small effect on cosmological parameters for the joint TT,TE,EE likelihood, and statistically acceptable when considering EE only. We also fix the PE corrections. We discuss in Sect 3.3.4 how the ℓ > 500 modes at 217 GHz, which are the only multipoles retained in the EE likelihood, are pushing the PE correction toward a large value that is in disagreement at the 3 σ level with the value we determine using only the larger scales. We show in Sect. 3.7 that opening up the PE correction parameters or changing the correction model from the mapbased one to the spectrumbased one has very little impact on the cosmological parameters for the joint TTTEEE likelihood, and we discuss how extensions such as the ΛCDM+A_{L} model are affected by the change to a spectrumbased correction model at the 0.5 σ level. The likelihood package distributed allows other users to reproduce the different tests performed in this paper, and in particular to open up the dust EE amplitude and PE correction parameters and to change the PE correction model from the baseline mapbased one to the spectrumbased one.
Figure 53 shows a comparison between 2015 and the 2018 results on cosmological parameters. It demonstrates how the correction for systematic effects in polarization (in particular beam leakage in TE but also correlated noise, subpixel effects, and PE corrections) can mostly account for the changes between the 2015 and 2018 likelihoods.
Fig. 53. Impact of corrections of systematic effects on cosmological parameters. The figure show 1dimensional posterior distributions for the ΛCDM models. We show results for the baseline 2018 Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE(solid black line) likelihood (which includes the 2018 PlikTT,EE,TE and the 2018 lowlTT likelihoods), as well as the results obtained with the old 2015 TT, TE, EE (solid red line) likelihood (which includes the 2015 PlikTT,EE,TE the 2015 lowlTT likelihoods). In both cases we also used the 2018 lowE likelihood at large scales in polarization, in order to compare the 2015 versus 2018 results using the same constraint on the optical depth to reionization. All the other lines show the impact of neglecting various systematic effects, whose corrections have been introduced after the second, 2015, data release. In particular, we show the impact on the 2018 results of neglecting the beam leakage (dashed orange), the correlated noise and subpixel effects (dotted cyan), the PE corrections (dotdashed pink), and all of the above (solid blue). Most of the changes in parameters between 2015 and 2018 can be attributed to these systematic effects (mostly the beamleakage correction in TE). Other remaining modifications, such as those in the mapmaking or dust modelling, have a smaller impact. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.5. Other highℓ likelihood products
Alongside this paper, the Planck Collaboration is releasing multiple highℓ likelihood products:

the Plik likelihood, corresponding to the data choices and approximations described in the preceding sections;

the CamSpec likelihood, which correspond to a variation on some key data and model choices (e.g., polarization mask and PE), which have been flagged in the previous sections; and

Plik_lite, a nuisancemarginalized version of Plik.
CamSpec and Plik_lite will be described in more detail in the following sections.
3.5.1. CamSpec
The CamSpec likelihood was the baseline for the 2013 release and described in detail in PPL13. It used crossspectra formed from detectorset temperature maps made out of data from the nominal mission period. For the 2015 release (PPL15), CamSpec was extended to include both polarization and temperaturepolarization crossspectra and used data from the fullmission period. To mitigate the effects of correlated noise between detectors, the crossspectra were formed from frequency maps constructed from separate halves of the fullmission data. The foreground modelling was also adjusted, and the sky fraction retained at each frequency was increased.
For 2018, further changes of the foreground model have been made, in particular for the CIB. The noisemodelling procedure has also been modified, going from using differences of maps constructed from the first and second halves of each pointing period (HRD maps) to differences of maps constructed from alternating pointing periods (OED maps, see Sect. 3.2.1 for definition and Sect. 3.3.3 for discussion of different noise models). This change was made because of the impact of correlated glitch residuals in the half missions led to an underestimate of the noise, particularly in the polarization spectra at multipoles ℓ ≲ 500. The masks have also been refined, principally in polarization. Individual polarization spectra have had temperaturetopolarization leakagecorrection templates removed before their addition for inclusion in the likelihood (see Sect. 3.3.5). The spectra have also been recalibrated before being combined, to correct for polarization efficiency errors and small transferfunction effects (see Sect. 3.3.4).
We go on to elaborate on differences between CamSpec and Plik in polarization handling, in particular covering:

the use of a single mask;

Galactic dust subtraction in polarization;

effective calibration handling for TE and EE;

the coaddition process; and

the absence of polarized dust nuisance parameters.
CamSpec uses a single mask for polarization to reduce the amount of computation required to calculate covariances. The CamSpec polarization mask is illustrated in blue in Fig. 30.
Component separation is performed for CamSpec in polarization for ℓ ≤ 300, using 353 GHz as a dust tracer. To avoid introducing correlated noise, each “half” of a crossspectrum is cleaned with a “half” 353 GHz map. For a crosshalfmission likelihood, for example, whenever a firsthalfmission map is used, it is cleaned using a firsthalfmission 353 GHz map, and similarly for the secondhalf maps. Cleaning coefficients are determined by minimizing a quadratic function of the spectra (the cleaned spectra are very insensitive to the precise values of the coefficients used, once they are in approximately the right range). Values of the cleaning coefficients α applied are presented in Table 17, with a cleaned spectrum between maps i and j then given in terms of beam and maskdeconvolved spectra by
Cleaning coefficients applied in the construction of the polarization segment of the CamSpec likelihood, specifying the amount of 353 GHz subtraction required at each frequency.
The 353 GHz maps become noisy at high multipoles. So at ℓ > 300 smooth power laws are subtracted from the spectra instead of using the cleaning procedure we just described. The power laws are determined by fitting to estimates of the dust at the lower multipoles (see also Sect. 3.3.2 for a comparison of this approach with the templatebased one).
A relatively conservative Galactic mask is used, sufficient to render postcleaning dust residuals negligible, even at the most contaminated frequency (217 GHz). We consider any remaining synchrotron contamination to be negligible, even at 100 GHz (we found in Sect. 3.3.2 the synchrotron residual to be negligible on a larger sky fraction). Given the low level of pointlike emission detectable above the noise in polarization outside of the Galactic region, we do not apply a pointsource mask.
Although instrumental noise should not enter on the average into crossspectra (noise between the two halves being assumed to be independent), it does contribute to the scatter. Thus a noise estimate is required to form suitable covariance matrices. For CamSpec this requires the estimation of noise power spectra, which are now obtained using oddeven difference maps, as discussed above. This procedure is not perfect and may in particular overestimate the noise contribution for 100 GHz EE (see Sect. 3.3.3). Noise contributions from the 353 GHz cleaning prescription are also currently neglected.
The individual crossspectra are then relatively calibrated against a fiducial model (ΛCDM TT best fit; see Sect. 3.3.4 for the estimation of calibration and polarization efficiency corrections). Calibration factors are given in Table 18. With appropriate multipole cuts applied for each spectrum, given in Table 19, the reweighted spectra are then coadded with an ℓdependent weight, each one contributing proportionally to the inverse of the diagonal of its covariance matrix (calculated for a fiducial model). Independent relative calibrations are applied for EE, TE, and ET. The covariance matrices for the pairs of individual spectra are then correspondingly weighted and combined to yield covariance matrix blocks for and between the TT spectra, the coadded TE spectrum, and the coadded EE one. The spectra and covariances are then used to make a “fiducial Gaussian” (Hamimeche & Lewis 2008; Planck Collaboration XV 2014) likelihood.
Spectral calibration factors applied in the construction of the CamSpec likelihood.
Multipole cuts applied in the construction of the CamSpec likelihood.
As a result of the masking and the dustcleaning procedure, there is no need for modelling of any further components in the polarization part of the likelihood; up to overall relative calibration factors, the CamSpec polarization likelihood is free of nuisance parameters.
The 2018 release cosmological parameters paper (PCP18) gives a complementary description of CamSpec to that given here, including a discussion of the changes to the CIB and dust modelling for TT from 2015. A comprehensive presentation of CamSpec is given in Efstathiou & Gratton (2019). We show in Appendix A.3 a comparison between the Plik and CamSpecTE and EE power spectra, which are found to be in good agreement. A comparison between the two likelihoods at the level of cosmological parameters is presented in PCP18.
3.5.2. Plik_lite
As in 2015, we follow the methodology developed in Dunkley et al. (2013) and Calabrese et al. (2013) and extended to Planck in PPL15 to generate and release a more compact CMBonly Planck likelihood, Plik_lite. This is a compressed and faster highℓ likelihood, which already includes marginalization over foregrounds and residual systematics.
Temperature and polarization CMBonly spectra. For this data release, the model for the theoretical power for a single crossfrequency binned spectrum (between frequencies i and j) in temperature or polarization, , is written as
where is the secondary signal from Galactic and extragalactic foregrounds and is a function of 20 secondary nuisance parameters θ, while is the residual level of beam leakage, subpixel effects, and correlated noise added with fixed amplitudes at different frequencies. The model is calibrated as in the full multifrequency likelihood (see Sect. 3.3.4), fixing the 143 GHz temperature calibration factor to 1, the polarization efficiencies to 1.021, 0.966, and 1.04 for 100, 143, and 217 GHz, respectively, and sampling the 100 and 217 GHz temperature calibration factors as nuisance parameters (i.e., as part of the θ vector). is the vector of CMBonly bandpowers, that we want to extract from the data. For the Planck highℓ likelihood this vector is composed of N_{b} = 613 CMB bandpowers, consisting of 215 data points describing TT, followed by 199 elements for the EE spectrum, and 199 for TE.
In vector form Eq. (50) reads
where , and are multifrequency spectra, and the mapping matrix A, with elements that are either 1 or 0, maps the vector (of length N_{b}), which is the same at all frequencies, onto the multifrequency data. With this formalism, the multifrequency Planck likelihood can be rewritten as a multivariate Gaussian distribution:
where C_{b} is the full multifrequency data vector.
To extract from this the vector we need to map the posterior distribution
however, given the size of the parameter space that we want to cover, sampling the full distribution is a computational challenge.
Noticing that we know the form of the distribution of the vector (i.e., the components are Gaussian variables), we simplify the problem by using a Gibbs sampling technique. We divide the process of generating a sample from the full joint distribution into two steps in the conditional distributions and . First, we consider a sample in the θ vector: to initialize the process we take for this some fiducial input values and, after the first iteration, we draw a trial sample according to the usual MetropolisHastings scheme in a standard MCMC sampling. Second, keeping the θ vector fixed, we form a vector according to the conditional distribution . This is straightforward because the conditional slice through is a Gaussian and therefore the mean and covariance of this conditional distribution is immediately obtained by taking derivatives of the likelihood in Eq. (52), using the new θ to calculate the contribution to the mean (see Dunkley et al. 2013, for details). We alternate a step in θ and one in until reaching convergence for the full joint distribution; for this about 500 000 steps are required. At this end of this process, the chain containing the samples of θ and is stored for future analyses, e.g., to obtain posterior distributions for the foreground power contributions or to compute statistics of the vector.
Figure 55 compares the nuisance parameters θ recovered in this modelindependent sampling and the distributions obtained with the full likelihood in the baseline ΛCDM case. The parameters are consistent, although we see a significant broadening of the distribution for the Planck Poisson sources. This degradation in measuring Poisson power is observed because the sources can mimic blackbody emission and are therefore degenerate with the freelyvarying parameters.
The Plik_lite CMBonly likelihood.
The marginalized mean and covariance matrix for the vector, which we call and , are estimated from the samples using a standard MCMC prescription, and then used to construct a compressed CMBonly Gaussian likelihood:
where and is the binned CMB theory spectrum (including the lensing). The overall Planck calibration y_{P} is the only nuisance parameter left in this compressed likelihood. The Gaussianity assumption is a good approximation in the Plik ℓ range; the extracted C_{b}s are well described by Gaussian distributions over the whole multiple range. The covariance matrix, , now incorporates the uncertainty due to foregrounds and systematics (as propagated by the marginalization over the nuisance parameters θ during the extraction). To illustrate this point, in Fig. 54 we plot the ratio between the square root of the diagonal of the Plik_lite and of the Plik coadded covariance matrices (the latter calculated as in Appendix C.4 of PPL15). As expected, the plot shows that marginalizing over the nuisance parameters, in particular over Poisson source amplitudes, in a modelindependent way as performed in the Plik_lite algorithm, increases the error bars on the CMBcompressed power spectrum by up to a factor of 2 at small scales. On the other hand, for EE and TE (which have lower foreground contributions), we find that the error bars match to within fractions of a percent.
Fig. 54. Comparison of the uncertainties, i.e., the square root of the diagonals of the covariance matrices, of the Plik coadded power spectrum (calculated as described in Appendix C.4 of PPL15) and of the Plik_lite CMB bandpowers in TT. The plot shows the ratio between the Plik_lite and the Plik errors. As expected, the nuisance parameter marginalization (in particular over the pointsource amplitudes), which is performed to produce the Plik_lite bandpowers, increases the errors on the CMBonly power spectrum by up to a factor of 2. We do not show the same results for EE and TE, since in those cases the errors are the same to within fractions of a percent. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 55. Comparison of the nuisance parameters estimated simultaneously with the CMB bandpowers (red lines) and the results from the Plik likelihood (blue lines). 

Open with DEXTER 
To test the performance of this compressed likelihood, we compare results using both the full multifrequency likelihood and the CMBonly version. We report below examples for the baseline Plik+lowlTT+lowE case.
We first estimate cosmological parameters with Plik_lite for the restricted ΛCDM 6parameter model and compare them with the fulllikelihood results. The agreement between the two methods is excellent, showing consistency to better than 0.1 σ for all parameters.
We then extend the comparison to a set of three ΛCDM extensions, adding one parameter at a time to the baseΛCDM model: the effective number of neutrino species N_{eff}; the neutrino mass ∑m_{ν}; and the lensing amplitude consistency parameter A_{L}. These parameters enable more extensive variations of the damping tail than with the base ones alone, and so are more correlated with the foreground parameters. Distributions for the added parameter in each of the three extensions are shown in Fig. 56. Also in these cases we note that the agreement between the two methods is excellent, with all parameters differing by less than 0.1 σ.
Fig. 56. Comparison of extensions to the ΛCDM model from the CMBonly likelihood Plik_lite (red) and the baseline likelihood Plik (blue). The curves almost completely overlap. 

Open with DEXTER 
We find similar consistency when using only a subset of the data, e.g., with EE spectra alone.
3.6. Data and model consistency
The overall agreement between the highℓ Plik likelihood and the bestfit ΛCDM model is illustrated in part by Figs. 57–59, which show coadded power spectra and their residuals. The following section will present more quantitative tests of this agreement. In the figures, the bestfit cosmology is the baseline Planck result that uses the Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing likelihood combination. Differences with the 2015 result are highlighted at ℓ ≥ 30 in the bottom panel of each figure. Differences at larger scales in TT have already been discussed in Sect. 2.1. The largescale polarization results have evolved significantly since 2015. As discussed in Sect. 2.2, while those were based exclusively on the LFI data in 2015, the remarkable improvements in data processing have enabled us to now rely entirely on the HFI 100 and 143 GHz data and to use LFI as validation.
Fig. 57. Planck 2018 temperature power spectrum. At multipoles ℓ ≥ 30 we show the frequencycoadded temperature spectrum computed from the Plik crosshalfmission likelihood, with foreground and other nuisance parameters fixed to a best fit assuming the baseΛCDM cosmology. In the multipole range 2 ≤ ℓ ≤ 29, we plot the powerspectrum estimates from the Commander componentseparation algorithm, computed over 86% of the sky (see Sect. 2.1.1). The baseΛCDM theoretical spectrum best fit to the likelihoods is plotted in light blue in the upper panel. Residuals with respect to this model are shown in the middle panel. The vertical scale changes at ℓ = 30, where the horizontal axis switches from logarithmic to linear. The error bars show ±1 σ diagonal uncertainties, including cosmic variance (approximated as Gaussian) and not including uncertainties in the foreground model at ℓ ≥ 30. The 1 σ region in the middle panel corresponds to the errors of the unbinned data points (which are in grey). Bottom panel: difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded highmultipole spectra (green points). The 1 σ region corresponds to the binned data errors. The vertical scale differs from the one of the middle panel. The trend seen for ℓ < 300 corresponds to the change in the dust correction model described in Sect. 3.3.2. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 58. Planck 2018 TE power spectrum. Figure conventions are similar to those of Fig. 57. In the multipole range 2 ≤ ℓ ≤ 29, we plot the power spectrum estimates from the SimAll likelihood (although this is not used in the baseline parameter analysis for ℓ ≤ 29; see the discussion of Sect. 2.2.6). Bottom panels: difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded highmultipole spectra (green points). The red and orange lines correspond to the effect of the beamleakage correction and the addition of the beamleakage and the polarizationefficiency corrections, respectively. Both corrections were absent in the 2015 data. The light green points show the difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded spectrum, after correction of the 2015 data by these two effects. The difference here is dominated by the leakage correction. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 59. Planck 2018 EE power spectrum. Figure conventions are similar to those of Fig. 57. In the multipole range 2 ≤ ℓ ≤ 29, we plot the power spectra estimates from the SimAll likelihood. Bottom panels: difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded highmultipole spectra (green points). The red and orange lines correspond to the effect of the beamleakage correction and the addition of the beamleakage and the polarizationefficiency corrections, respectively. Both corrections were absent in the 2015 data. The light green points show the difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded spectra, after correction of the 2015 data by the two effects. The difference in EE is dominated by the polarizationefficiency correction. 

Open with DEXTER 
For the highℓ likelihood, the main difference in the temperature results between 2015 and 2018 is on the largest scales, 30 ≤ ℓ ≤ 400. The difference is always smaller than 10 μK^{2} and corresponds to a change in the dust correction template, as discussed in Sect. 3.3.2. Comparison with the data model in Fig. 33 shows that the amplitude of the change corresponds to about a third of the 100 × 100 or the 143 × 143 dust correction, in line with the template shape change shown in Fig. 38.
In polarization, the main differences originate from the beamleakage correction (for TE) and from the polarizationefficiency (PE) correction (for EE). These corrections were discussed in Sects. 3.3.5 and 3.3.4, respectively.
3.6.1. Goodness of fit
We start the discussion of the data and model consistency by looking at the goodness of fit of the ΛCDM model. In all cases, the reference model will be the best ΛCDM fit from the Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing likelihoods. We find that the general agreement of the data with the cosmological model is reasonable. Values of χ^{2} and PTEs are presented in Table 20. The statistics are computed using the same bestfit reference model (Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing). We report both the values obtained from the fullfrequency binned likelihood, which will encapsulate possible small disagreements between the different crossspectra, and the coadded unbinned likelihood, where those interfrequency disagreements average out, but which will be more sensitive to our statistical description of the multipolebymultipole scatter. The coadded spectra (and associated covariances) are computed following the same procedure as described in Appendix C.4 of PPL15, with the difference that we are now including the calibration and PE corrections in the J matrix that links the CMB spectrum to the CMB part of the model of the frequency crossspectra (see Eq. (C.40) of PPL15 for the definition). Such corrections were ignored in 2015, owing to the small amplitude of the TT calibration corrections. We computed the coadded spectra independently for TT, TE, and EE, and only took into account their correlation when dealing with the TT,TE,EE case.
Goodnessoffit tests for the 2018 Planck temperature and polarization spectra.
We first discuss the case of the fullfrequency binned likelihoods. The χ^{2} and PTEs of TT, EE, and TT,TE,EE for this case are good, with PTEs of 0.54, 0.68, and 0.20, respectively. The TT,TE,EE PTE is slightly lower compared to the TT and EE ones because of the low value of the TE PTE of 0.009. In fact, while the χ^{2} of TE improved very significantly since 2015 (with from for 762 degrees of freedom for the fullfrequency TE likelihood), thanks in particular to the beamleakage correction (which accounts for half of the improvement), there are still hints of disagreements between the different crossspectra.
We check whether modifying the nuisance parameters or computing the χ^{2} relative to the TE bestfit spectra could substantially improve the fit to the TE data. Using the TEspecific PE corrections from Eq. (47) only marginally improves the situation, reducing the χ^{2} by about Δχ^{2} = −9, which is not enough to significantly improve the PTE. Similarly, computing the statistics against the TEonly bestfit ΛCDM cosmology instead of the Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing one only improves the χ^{2} by Δχ^{2} = −4.6. In the covariance matrix, we ignore the extra variance induced by the leakage between temperature and polarization. A rough estimate of the correction can be obtained by rescaling of the terms of the covariance matrix by the elements of the beam matrix, , displayed Fig. 50. Those are found to be O(10^{−3}). Including the extra variance terms in the covariance would modify the χ^{2} by a few more points, which would still not solve our issue. We remind the reader that we discussed in Sect. 3.3.5 the fact that trying to improve the leakage model, either by allowing the amplitude of the templates for each crossspectrum to freely vary, or by exploring the parameters of a fourthorder polynomial correction, yielded insignificant improvements on the χ^{2} (Δχ^{2} = −6 for 6 new parameters in the first case, and Δχ^{2} = −17.5 for 18 new parameters in the second one) and could not improve the PTE. We note that one would need a Δχ^{2} of approximately −70 to reach a PTE around 0.25.
Of note is the fact that the PTE (not given in the table) for the coadded TE binned spectrum (computed under the standard binning scheme) is in fact much better, with a value of 0.71 for 199 degrees of freedom. This might be an indication that the scatter between the frequency crossspectra is not entirely captured by our model and statistical description. We note, however, that the crossspectrum comparison of Fig. 61 (and further discussed in Sect. 3.6.2) does not show a particularly large disagreement between any given pair of crossspectra (at the coarse binning scale used in the figure). Figure 67 (which will be discussed in detail in Sect. 3.6.3) nevertheless shows a relatively low PTE for the conditional residuals, with features localized around the first and third troughs of the TE spectrum, especially for the 100 × 143 and 100 × 217 spectra. Removing any of the six crossspectra from the likelihood brings the PTE up to between 0.02 and 0.14, with the largest gain being obtained by the removal of the 100 × 217. We will discuss in Sect. 3.9 that removing any crossfrequency spectrum has little effect on the cosmological constraints (i.e., their changes are compatible with the modification of the constraining power). This gives us further reasons to conclude that the low PTE is due to limitations in our numerical ability to model the scatter between the different and correlated crossspectra entering the likelihood.
We now turn to the unbinned coadded case. PTEs are lower for almost all of the different cases. For TE, however, the PTE improves slightly, in line with our expectation that the low statistic is due to inconsistencies between the crossspectra (under our modelling of the covariance). While the TT coadded unbinned χ^{2} and PTE values are very similar to 2015 (as can be seen in Table 16 of PPL15, with a value of PTE of 0.172), TE and EE have lower PTEs. Two reasons can explain the slight decrease. First, because of the leakage corrections, the polarization best fits are now further away from the TT one than they were in 2015. As discussed in Sect. 3.6.5, we believe that the agreement between TT (and especially TE) was, by chance, too good in 2015 because of the absence of the leakage corrections. Second, after the changes in mapmaking, we end up with lower estimates of the noise level in polarization (see Sect. 3.3.3 for discussion). This translates into a reduction of the variance, in particular for EE, which then makes the statistics more sensitive to the scatter of the data.
As a consequence, the joint TT,TE,EE unbinned coadded PTE has a low value. As we remarked above, binning the spectra significantly increases the PTE values, pointing towards a possible limitation in the statistical description of the behaviour of our crossspectra at the multipolebymultipole level.
3.6.2. Interfrequency agreement
We now turn our attention to the agreement between the individual crossspectra that enter into the TT, TE, and EE likelihoods. We will assess the interfrequency agreement using two different kinds of tests that have different levels of dependence on the cosmological model. In this section, we will use differences between foregroundandnuisancecorrected crossspectra, while the next section will compare each individual crossspectrum to the bestfit cosmological model.
The triangle plots displayed in Figs. 60–61, present the crossspectra differences. These differences have only a weak dependence on the cosmological model (in this case, the bestfit ΛCDM model using the Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing likelihood), which is used only to determine the values of the foreground and nuisance parameters. We show the differences between crossspectra in units of σ, using the square roots of the diagonals of the appropriate covariance matrices for the spectral differences (see Appendix C.3.2 of PPL15). We display the interfrequency agreement even in multipole regions that are not retained for the likelihood.
Fig. 60. Interfrequency foregroundcleaned TT powerspectra statistical deviations (in units of standard deviations). Each subpanel shows differences between the foregroundcleaned crossspectra, indicated by the row and column labels (row minus column). We show here each spectral comparison over the full multipole range, even though the likelihood discards certain portions of the data. The two lines correspond to the 2015 data and nuisance model (purple) and the 2018 one (orange). In each case, foreground and nuisance cleaning is performed at the spectrum level, as is done in the likelihood, and using the bestfit nuisance parameters from the baseline likelihood for each release (i.e., Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE for 2018). The PTE value quoted in each subpanel corresponds to the 2018 data (and model) for the full range presented in the plot and with the same Δℓ = 100 flat binning that is used for the figure. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 61. Same as for Fig. 60, but now for TE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER 
The interfrequency agreement in temperature is essentially unchanged between 2015 and 2018, remaining good. However, the situation is very different in polarization, where the interfrequency agreement has improved spectacularly. We remind the reader that the interfrequency agreement was mediocre in polarization in 2015. A plausible explanation for this lack of agreement was temperaturetopolarization leakage and our model of the leakage was not sufficient in 2015 to correct for its effect on the polarization power spectra. This was the main reason why we decided not to recommend the use of polarization at high ℓ for cosmology in 2015.
In TE, shown in Fig. 61, the larger than 3 σ excursion around ℓ = 700 seen in 2015 has indeed been removed by the beamleakage correction. The interfrequency agreement is now much better, even in the multipole ranges that we are discarding from the likelihood. We also see that the 143 × 143 TE crossspectrum would prefer a different PE calibration than the mapbased one that we retain, as would be expected from the discussion in Sect. 3.3.4. Nevertheless, the agreement is good.
In EE, shown in Fig. 62, the improvement is not as spectacular. Changes from 2015 are dominated by the PE corrections, which we know significantly improve the χ^{2}. Overall, we judge the agreement to be satisfactory.
Fig. 62. Same as for Fig. 60, but now for EE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.6.3. Crossspectra residuals and conditional residuals
Another way to assess the interfrequency agreement is to look at the crossspectrumbycrossspectrum bestfit residuals. These are shown in Fig. 63 for TT, with regions of multipoles not used for the likelihood shaded in grey^{18}. Similarly to what was done for the triangle plots, foreground and nuisance contaminations are corrected using the bestfit foreground model obtained by jointly fitting for their parameters along with the cosmology. The residual plots have a stronger dependence on cosmology than the triangle plots, since they require the use of a bestfit cosmological model, in this case the Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing bestfit model. In the figure, the crossspectra residuals for the 2018 data can be compared to the 2015 residuals (using the same model). They can also be compared to the coadded CMB spectrum obtained with all the crossspectra (including the one considered in each panel) and with the conditional prediction obtained from all of the other spectra that enter the likelihood. This conditional prediction is obtained by noting that the likelihood data and model vectors as well as the covariance can be decomposed into blocks. The data vector is decomposed into
Fig. 63. Residuals for each crossspectrum entering into the TT highℓ likelihood. The blue points show the residuals compared to the baseline ΛCDM model for the 2018 release, while the grey points show the 2015 residuals (compared to their own bestfit model). The green lines show the foregroundcorrected coadded CMB spectra, computed using the multipole cuts described in Table 13, i.e., excluding the shaded regions in each panel, while the pink lines are the conditional prediction, obtained from all of the other spectra that enter the likelihood. The blue lines show the ±1 σ and ±2 σ contours corresponding to the diagonals of the blocks of the 2018 covariance matrix appropriate to the crossspectrum shown. Orange and red points correspond to 2 and 3 σ outliers. PTEs are computed for the nonshaded regions. 

Open with DEXTER 
with the part of the data vector corresponding to the crossspectra currently considered. The theory vector is decomposed in a similar fashion, , and correspondingly the covariance is decomposed into
With this decomposition, and assuming a Gaussian shape for the likelihood, the conditional prediction is
with a covariance of
The computation of the conditional prediction requires a cosmological bestfit model to form the and C^{others} vectors.
To better assess the agreement between the conditional prediction and the data, the difference between the two is also displayed in the conditional residual of Fig. 66 for TT. The errors displayed in the figure correspond to the diagonal of the covariance obtained from Eq. (58), and are thus much tighter than the ones displayed in the residual plot (Fig. 63), which correspond to the diagonal of .
We recover (in the residual plot of Fig. 63) the excellent agreement between the data and the cosmological model for each crossspectrum that was already discussed in PPL15. Probabilities to exceed are perhaps a little large, especially in the case of the 100 × 100 crossspectrum. In general, the scatter at large scales, where the Galactic contamination is important, seems to be small compared to the expected dispersion. That could be a sign of a slight overestimation of the variance of the dust contamination. The residual outliers are identical to those found in 2015 and are usually common to all frequencies. We also confirm the 3 σ outlier at ℓ ≈ 1460, which is much more pronounced at high frequencies. We discussed in Sect. 3.8 of PPL15 how this outlier seemed to be partially of Galactic origin. As can be seen in Fig. A.2 of PCP18, the power in this bin moves up by about 1 σ in the maplevel dustcleaned version of the CamSpec likelihood.
The conditional residuals shown in Fig. 66 provide a deeper assessment of the agreement between frequencies. We recover here the fact that the ℓ ≈ 1460 excursion is more pronounced in 143 × 217 and particularly in 217 × 217. We remark that 143 × 143, 143 × 217, and 217 × 217 all have a strong outlier compared to the conditional prediction at ℓ = 1000. In the residuals of Fig. 63, it seems that this disagreement in the conditional originates from a small outlier in 217 × 217 at this multipole, which is not particularly worrying.
The TE crossspectrum residuals are presented in Fig. 64. Each individual crossspectrum is in excellent agreement with the cosmological model, as shown by the PTE values displayed in the different panels. As can be seen in the figure, with the beamleakage correction being smooth, the outliers of the TE residuals are similar to the 2015 ones. However, their significance is in most cases reduced. This is particularly striking for the outliers present in 2015 in the 100 × 100 and 100 × 217 crossspectra around ℓ = 750 and between ℓ = 850 and ℓ = 1000 for 100 × 100. Their amplitudes have been significantly reduced when comparing to 2015, but the feature at ℓ ≈ 750 remains present at the 2 σ level. This feature was absent in 2015 in the 143 × 143 spectrum. After leakage correction, the feature now appears in all the crossspectra at a similar level, and thus seems to be in the sky. We note that the agreement between crossspectra in this multipole range after leakage correction is still not perfect, since the conditional residual plot, Fig. 67, shows a 2 σlevel difference between 143 × 143 and the conditional prediction for it from the other crossspectra. As can be seen in Fig. 51, the multipole region around ℓ = 750 is the peak of the beamleakage correction model and the residual disagreement could be a sign of limitations of our correction template. We note, however, that the amplitude of the conditional residual outliers around ℓ = 750 are of the order of 2 μK^{2}, similar to the amplitude of the leakage correction for the 100 × 143 or 143 × 143 crossspectra while the error budget of the leakage correction is below 0.1 μK^{2}, as we discussed in Sect. 3.3.5. It would thus require a large modification to the template for it to fully explain the observed outlier, and the extra variance induced by the leakage correction that we ignore in the likelihood implementation can at most modify the errors by a fraction of a percent. We also noted in Sect. 3.3.5 that a parametric correction to the leakage template, similar to the 2015 leakage model, does not significantly improve the agreement between crossspectra.
Fig. 64. Same as for Fig. 63 but for TE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER 
A 2 σ outlier, also noted by Obied et al. (2017), remains at ℓ = 165 at the first trough of the TE spectrum. It seems to be particularly driven by the 100 × 100 spectrum, as can also be seen in the conditional residual plot, where 100 × 100 disagrees with the other crossspectra.
In general the conditional residual TE plots shown Fig. 67 exhibit an excess of 2 and 3 σ outliers, resulting in relatively low PTEs. The worst case is 100 × 217, where the two outliers around ℓ = 750 drive the PTE of the conditional residual to the low value of 0.0017; removing the two outlying bins brings the PTE up to 0.23. The situation is similar for the second worst case, 100 × 143, where the removal of the same two bins improves the PTE to a similar value. The relatively bad agreement between the crossspectra is in line with the poor PTE of the fullfrequency TE likelihood, and an excess of scatter between crossspectra. Visually, the outliers of the conditional residuals seem to be particularly located around the first and third troughs of the TE spectrum (i.e., around ℓ = 165 and ℓ = 750). Removing the multipole regions 120 < ℓ < 200 and 700 < ℓ < 800 (for all frequencies in the fullfrequency binned likelihood) improves the PTE of the TE likelihood to 0.085. Removing the 100 × 217 or the 100 × 143 spectra that exhibit the worst outliers (with opposite signs between the two crossspectra) brings up the PTE of conditional residual predictions (not shown), with the lowest PTEs being for the 100 × 143 or 100 × 217 spectra, at around 0.05. Those results are in line with the general conclusion of the discussion of Sect. 3.6.1. There is no particular crossspectrum to blame for the overall low PTE. Each of them, as well as the coadded TE spectra, are in excellent agreement with the model. However, the numerical limitation of our modelling of the statistical properties of the six different and highly correlated crossspectra starts to show in our PTEbased tests.
Finally, there does not seem to be any notable outliers in the EE interfrequency comparisons, in either the residual plot of Fig. 65 or the conditional plot of Fig. 68. As can be seen in the lowmultipole part of the residual plot, an upward trend is visible, compatible with some residual dust contamination (albeit, below the 1 σ level). It is clear from Figs. 65 and 67 that the trend is dominated by residuals in the 100 × 143 spectrum. As was discussed in Sect. 3.3.2, whenever jointly fitting the amplitude of dust residuals in EE with the cosmological parameters, we indeed see a preference for a higher level of contamination than what our crosscorrelations with the 353 GHz dust polarized tracer map would lead us to expect. We discussed in the same section that opening the dust amplitude in EE at 100 × 143 causes a 0.9 σ upward shift in n_{s} (see also Fig. 47). As we discussed in Sect. 3.3.3, while we do find hints of (and correct for) correlated noise residuals in the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 spectra, we do not find any sign of a residual systematic issues at large scales in the FFP10 simulations that could explain the behaviour of 100 × 143.
Fig. 65. Same as for Fig. 63 but for EE instead place of TT. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 66. Conditional residuals for each crossspectrum entering into the TT highℓ likelihood. The blue points show the difference between the data of the displayed crossspectrum and the conditional prediction for it based on the other crossspectra (within the ΛCDM baseline model) for the 2018 release, while the grey ones correspond to the 2015 analysis (with its own bestfit model). The conditional predictions are computed taking into account the multipole cuts described in Table 13, i.e., excluding the shaded regions in each panel. The blue lines shows the ±1 σ and ±2 σ contours corresponding to the diagonal of the block of the conditional covariance based on the 2018 data and covariance matrix corresponding to the crossspectrum shown. Orange and red points correspond to 2 and 3 σ outliers. PTEs are computed for the nonshaded regions, using the Δℓ = 30 binning scale as used in the plots. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 67. Same as for Fig. 66 but now for TE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 68. Same as for Fig. 66 but now for EE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.6.4. Temperature and polarization conditional predictions
The coadded conditional plots for TT, TE, and EE (Figs. 69–71) allow us to assess the overall agreement between the different CMB power spectra, assuming a bestfit ΛCDM model. The conditional predictions were obtained first by computing the coadded TT, TE, and EE spectra and joint covariance, as described earlier in Sect. 3.6.1, and then using Eq. (57). The figures show good compatibility between the different spectra and indicate the relative correlation between TT, TE, and EE. This is particularly striking in the case of TT, where TE predicts some of the scatter of the temperature spectrum. It is also true for TE, where TT and EE contribute to explain some of its outliers. The PTEs for the TT predictions actually seems too good. The lowmultipole range in particular appears to have too low a scatter compared to that predicted from EE, for example. It is also true (albeit more difficult to assess from the figure) for TE. This could be a sign of the limitations of our model of the statistical properties of the dust, and in particular the correlations between the temperature and polarization contributions.
Fig. 69. Conditional residuals for the coadded CMB spectrum in the TT likelihood. The blue points show the difference between the coadded TT spectrum and the 2018 ΛCDM baseline results, while the black lines show the differences between conditional predictions of the spectrum and the baseline model. Predictions are made either conditional on both the TE and EE data together (top), the EE data only (middle), or the TE data only (bottom). The blue lines show the ±1 σ and ±2 σ contours (around the black line) corresponding to the diagonals of the blocks of the conditional covariances computed from the 2018 covariance matrix and data. Orange and red points correspond to 2 and 3 σ outliers. For each panel the PTE is computed for the difference between the data and its conditional prediction using the conditional covariance. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 70. Same as for Fig. 69 but now for TE (conditioned on TT and/or EE) instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 71. Same as for Fig. 69 but now for EE (conditioned on TT and/or TE) instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.6.5. Consistency of cosmological parameters from TT, TE, and EE
We conclude this set of discussions of the consistency between our data and the model by exploring the consistency between the bestfit cosmological parameters obtained from each of the TT, TE, and EE likelihoods. Similarly to what was done in PPL15, we simulate 100 sets of PlikTE or PlikEE frequency power spectra from the power spectrum covariance matrix conditioned on the PlikTT power spectrum. As a fiducial model, we use the bestfit solution of the ΛCDM TT+SimAll data combination. For all the other polarizationrelated nuisance parameters varied in the runs (i.e., the TE Galactic dust amplitudes) we use the mean values of the priors we set on them as fiducial values. From each of these simulations we estimate the bestfit cosmological parameters using the same assumptions as those adopted for the real data, and then evaluate their means and standard deviations. For all runs (simulations and data) we run the PlikEE or PlikTE likelihoods in combination with a Gaussian prior on τ centred on the fiducial cosmology and with an uncertainty similar to the one obtained from SimAll, that is, τ = 0.052 ± 0.009. This is because PlikEE and PlikTE are mostly sensitive to the combination A_{s}e^{−2τ} and can barely disentangle between the A_{s} and τ values. Thus, the τ and A_{s} values recovered from the simulations almost completely depend on the prior set on τ. Therefore, to avoid an artificial bias, we centre the prior for τ on the fiducial value used to produce the simulations, and then for this test we treat the data (to which we compare the simulations) with the same prior. We note that since we only simulate here the Plik likelihoods and not SimAll, our simulations do not capture the additional scatter expected due to uncertainties on τ. Hence, since PlikEE and PlikTE are mostly sensitive to the combination A_{s}exp−2τ, we expect the spread of the bestfit values from the simulations of τ and A_{s} to be much smaller than the standard deviations of the corresponding posterior distributions obtained from the MCMC runs on the data (further details can be found in Planck Collaboration Int. LI 2017).
We then evaluate for the data and for the simulations the deviation statistic 𝒫, which quantifies how much all the parameters differ from their means, taking into account the correlations among them. It is defined as
Here, P is the vector of the bestfit parameters varied in the run, P is the covariance matrix of the parameters evaluated from the simulations, and ⟨P⟩ is the mean of the bestfit parameters over the 100 simulations. We evaluate 𝒫 both for the six ΛCDM parameters alone and for all of the parameters varied in the runs, in other words, the ΛCDM parameters plus the calibration parameter y_{P} for EE (seven parameters in total), and additionally the dust amplitudes and the interfrequency intensity calibration parameters and for TE (15 parameters in total).
For EE, we find there are 32 simulations (or 23 when considering cosmological parameters only) with a deviation 𝒫 larger than that found for the data, suggesting that the shifts in the bestfit parameters between EE and TT are in good statistical agreement. This confirms the results we found in PPL15. Similarly, for TE there are 10 simulations (or 23 when considering cosmological parameters only) with a deviation 𝒫 larger than that for the data, again pointing towards good statistical agreement between the TE and TT cosmologies. Note that this is an improvement with respect to what was found in PPL15, where the TE cosmology was too close to the TT one. This change is mainly due to the beamleakage correction in TE, described in Sect. 3.3.5, which pushes the TE bestfit solution slightly away from the TT one. However, as already discussed in Sect. 3.6.1, the bestfit χ^{2} for TE using the data is much higher than what might be expected given the simulations.
Figure 72 shows the bestfit cosmological parameters obtained from the simulations (grey points), together with their means (blue lines). The lightblue bands show the standard deviations of the simulations centred on their means. The points shown in the figure are ordered from left to right by their 𝒫 parameter values.
Fig. 72. Bestfit cosmological parameters from 100 simulations (grey circles) of the PlikTE (left) and PlikEE (right) powerspectra, conditioned on the PlikTT power spectrum, assuming as a fiducial cosmology the bestfit of the ΛCDM TT+SimAllresults (green circle). The blue lines show the means of the simulations, while the blue bands show the standard deviations of the simulations, centred on the means. The points are ordered from lowest to highest values of 𝒫 parameter, defined in Eq. (61), and shown in the bottomright panels. The best fits from the real data combinations PlikEE+τ and PlikTE+τ are shown with red circles and lines and yellow circles, respectively. Both data and simulations are run in combination with a Gaussian prior on τ centred on the fiducial value from the TT bestfit and with an uncertainty comparable to the one provided when using SimAll, i.e., with τ = 0.052 ± 0.009. The best fits for the fiducial EE or TE power spectra, without added scatter, are shown with dark grey circles. All of the results shown here were obtained using the camb code (Lewis et al. 2000) and are maximumlikelihood best fits. These plots demonstrate that the bestfit cosmology from either TE or EE is consistent with that obtained from TT. 

Open with DEXTER 
As expected, the mean parameters of the simulations, both for EE and TE, are very close to those of the fiducial cosmology obtained using the TT likelihood. Also, the standard deviations from the simulations are close to those obtained from the posterior distributions of the MCMC chains (except for τ and ln(10^{10}A_{s}) for the reason discussed above).
Overall, we conclude that consistency between TT, TE, and EE, already found at the power spectrum level in Sect. 3.6.1, is confirmed at the cosmological parameters level.
3.7. Impact of polarizationefficiency corrections
We tested the impact of different effective PE corrections on cosmological results from PlikTTTEEE+Commander+SimAll, as described in Sect. 3.3.4. The baseline mapbased approach uses the same corrections, given in Eq. (45), for both the EE and TE power spectra and applied using Eq. (38). These corrections are inferred by comparing the EE frequency power spectra, in the multipole range 200 ≤ ℓ ≤ 1000, to the bestfit ΛCDM model obtained from PlikTT+SimAll.
We show in this section the impact of using instead a spectrumbased approach, which applies to EE the same corrections as in the baseline, but applies to TE the corrections reported in Eq. (47). The latter are calculated by comparing the TE frequency powerspectra, in the multipole range 200 ≤ ℓ ≤ 1000, to the bestfit ΛCDM model obtained from PlikTT+SimAll.
We find that using the spectrumbased approach does not introduce shifts in the ΛCDM parameters compared to the baseline mapbased one (Fig. 73). However, it impacts some extensions of ΛCDM, notably the bestfit value of the lensingconsistency parameter A_{L}, lowering it by 0.6 σ with respect to the baseline case. This is shown in Fig. 74, which presents both the ΛCDM and the A_{L} case and only displays the parameters affected by the PE correction parameters. We checked that other extensions are less affected, e.g., N_{eff} changes by approximately 0.3 σ, and the upper limit on ∑m_{ν} relaxes by 7%.
Fig. 73. Impact of different choices for the PE corrections on 1dimensional posterior distributions of cosmological parameters from Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE. The red lines show results when leaving the PE parameters free to vary independently for EE and TE, while the grey lines assume coupled parameters for the EE and TE spectra. The green lines show results obtained when fixing the polarization efficiencies in the spectrumbased approach to the values given by Eq. (47). Finally the black lines show results obtained when fixing the polar efficiencies in the mapbased, baseline case (Eq. (45)). The solid lines show results for the ΛCDM case, while the dotted ones show results for the ΛCDM+A_{L} model. This plot demonstrates that the cosmological parameters in the ΛCDM case are robust to changes in the PEcorrection model. 

Open with DEXTER 
We investigate this further by letting the PE parameters vary freely using a spectrumbased approach (i.e., with independent efficiencies in EE and TE). This is shown in Fig. 74.
Fig. 74. Impact of different choices for the PE corrections on 1dimensional posterior distributions of cosmological parameters and PE amplitudes from Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE. The red lines show results when leaving the PE parameters free to vary independently for EE and TE, while the grey lines assume coupled parameters for the EE and TE spectra. The green lines show results obtained when fixing the polarization efficiencies in the spectrumbased approach to the values indicated by the vertical green dotteddashed lines. Finally the black lines show results obtained when fixing the polar efficiencies in the mapbased, baseline case, to the values indicated by the vertical black dashed lines. The solid lines show results for the ΛCDM case, while the dotted ones show results for the ΛCDM+A_{L} model. This plot shows that the recovered values for PE change according to the cosmological model. 

Open with DEXTER 
First, we find that the recovered values of c^{PP} for EE and c^{TE} for TE are somewhat different from those calculated in Sect. 3.3.4, typically by less than 2 σ. This is not surprising, since in that section the efficiencies were calculated in a restricted multipole range where foreground, noise modelling, and cosmological model uncertainties are reduced. We find , , and for EE and , , and for TE. The recovered PE at 217 GHz in EE, , is the one most discrepant from the values calculated in Eq. (45), being higher by about 3 σ. As already discussed in Sect. 3.3.4, this is due to the fact that including the multipoles larger than ℓ = 1000 at 217 GHz, as done in the likelihood, pushes to have values around 1.07, which might be a symptom of an additional, unmodelled systematic affecting the high ℓ data at this frequency. We checked that the recovered values of the PEs do not depend on the specific treatment used for the dust amplitudes, by seeing that we obtain the same results when allowing the dust amplitudes to freely vary as we obtain when fixing them in the baseline case.
Second, while we recover similar PEs in the ΛCDM and ΛCDM+A_{L} cases in EE, we find a dependence on the cosmological model for TE, contrary to what was found in Sect. 3.3.4. Once again, this is due to the inclusion of higher multipoles in the likelihood, which induces a degeneracy between A_{L} and the PE values (also shown in Fig. 75). The recovered value of in particular is closer to the spectrumbased values of Eq. (47) in the ΛCDM case, but then it shifts closer to the mapbased values of Eq. (45) in the ΛCDM+A_{L} case. This is the reason why, when letting the efficiencies freely vary, we recover an A_{L} that is almost identical to the baseline one obtained with the mapbased values, whereas fixing the polarization efficiencies to the spectrumbased values decreases A_{L}, pushing it closer to unity.
Fig. 75. Degeneracy between the A_{L} parameter and the PE corrections. We show results for Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE, leaving PE corrections free to vary independently for EE and TE (red contours). For the cosmological parameters shown, i.e., ln(10^{10}A_{s}) and A_{L}, we also plot the cases already described in Fig. 74, with the same colours as used there. 

Open with DEXTER 
Overall, we conclude that the uncertainties in the different modellings of the PE corrections induce systematic uncertainties in some extensions of the ΛCDM model, which are, however, smaller than about 0.6 σ. We choose to quote our baseline results with the mapbased approach, but we warn the reader that around 0.5 σ shifts can be introduced by using a different modelling of the PE corrections. Given our current knowledge of instrument performance, systematics, and astrophysical foregrounds, this is an effect that cannot be further reduced at present in the Planck data.
3.8. Impact of priors
We also test the impact of lifting the priors we set on the nuisance parameters. Figure 76 shows the impact on cosmological parameters for the ΛCDM model when lifting one set of priors at time and when lifting them all (except for the overall calibration parameter y_{P}, which always has the prior of Eq. (39) applied). Specifically, we test the impact of lifting the priors on the TT interfrequency parameters and (described in Sect. 3.3.4), on the SZ amplitudes (described in Sect. 3.3.1), and on the dust amplitudes in TT, TE, and EE (i.e., letting the EE dust amplitude freely vary rather than being fixed as in the baseline). We find that lifting all the priors induces shifts in ΛCDM parameters that are less than around 0.5 σ, with the largest shift being on ln(10^{10}A_{s}).
Fig. 76. Impact of lifting priors on ΛCDM cosmological parameters. We show results obtained when lifting the TT interfrequency parameters and described in Sect. 3.3.4 (dashed red), when lifting the SZ amplitude priors described in Sect. 3.3.1 (dashed blue), and when lifting the dust amplitude priors in TT and TE, while allowing the dustamplitude values in EE to vary freely (dashed green). We also show the impact of letting all of the nuisance parameters vary freely (keeping only a prior on the overall calibration y_{P}, as given in Eq. (39), solid magenta). The baseline TTTEEE+SimAll case is in solid black. In all these cases, shifts with respect to the baseline are smaller than 0.5 σ. 

Open with DEXTER 
When considering extensions to the base cosmology, for the ΛCDM+A_{L} case we find that shifts are smaller than 0.4 σ, while in the ΛCDM+N_{eff} model we find a larger impact, up to 1.1 σ for N_{eff}, as shown in Fig. 77. However, errors on N_{eff} also increase by about 20%. Since the data set without priors can be considered as a subset of the data set that includes them, we calculated the expected standard deviation (σ_{exp}) of the difference between parameters obtained in the two cases using the formalism described in Gratton & Challinor (2019) and Sect. 3.9. We find that such a shift is only deviant by 1.8 σ_{exp}. Thus, this shift is compatible with statistical fluctuations, and we also observe that it is correlated with shifts in the dust amplitudes, interfrequency calibration amplitudes, and n_{s}. Specifically, due to degeneracies with other nuisance parameters without priors, the uncertainties on dust amplitudes become much larger, allowing values of parameters that are incompatible with those obtained in Sect. 3.3.2 with the help of the 353 and 545 GHz channels.
Fig. 77. Impact of lifting priors on the ΛCDM+N_{eff} and ΛCDM+A_{L} cosmological parameters (of which we only show a subset). The combinations of priors lifted are as in Fig. 76. The largest shift seen is on N_{eff}, by 1.1 σ, when lifting all of the priors, due to large degeneracies with n_{s}, dust amplitudes, and interfrequency calibration parameters. 

Open with DEXTER 
We thus conclude that the cosmological results we obtain are relatively insensitive to the priors that we set.
3.9. Data cuts
In PPL15, we explored the robustness of the highℓ likelihood to numerous choices of data cuts, varying the types of input maps used (either HM or DS, see Sect. 3.2.1 for definition), changing masks, and exploring the effect of removing crossspectra or multipole ranges from the likelihood. We will only reproduce here the most interesting examples, namely the removal of certain crossspectra and the comparison between the high and lowmultipole ranges of the likelihood. The outcome of the first such test in polarization has changed compared to 2015, thanks to the leakage and PE corrections, which improve the interfrequency agreement in TE and EE. The second test was not presented for polarization in 2015, given the uncertainty on the polarization systematic corrections.
Owing to the difficulties in correcting for correlated noise in the DS likelihood (that we discussed in 2015), we do not reproduce such a test for this paper. We do, however, explore the behaviour of the OddEven data cut (OE, see Sect. 3.2.1 for definition). Unfortunately, as discussed in Appendix A.1, we also detect hints of correlated noise in the OE spectra. We nevertheless build an OE likelihood, without trying to correct for this correlated noise, and see what the consequences are for parameters. We observe σlevel shifts in the foreground parameters for the 143 × 143 and 143 × 217 crossspectra in TT, and up to 1 σ shifts on n_{s} in TE and EE. Similarly, the OE A_{L} value is reduced by 1 σ compared to the HM one. We can link some of these changes to the shape of the correlated noise described in Appendix A.1. In the TT case this is also confirmed by the fact that when we reduce the value of ℓ_{max} used in the TT likelihood to 1600, where the correlated noise seen in Fig. A.2 is small in OE, we retrieve a similar A_{L} value for the HM and OE splits. We do not perform further investigations of the OEbased likelihood.
3.9.1. Interfrequency agreement
We check the impact on parameter estimates of excluding one crossfrequency spectrum or one fullfrequency channel at a time from the Plik likelihoods. For this particular test, we analyse the PlikTT, TE, and EE likelihoods in combination with the lowE one (i.e., the SimAll likelihood, but not the Commander one.). All our tests are performed within the ΛCDM cosmological framework, but we also check the impact of letting the A_{L} parameter vary freely. In Fig. 78, we report the constraints for PlikTT+SimAll. Here, the “no−ν × ν′” labels indicate the constraints obtained by excluding the ν × ν′ frequency spectrum, while the “no−ν” labels show the case where we remove all the spectra calculated using frequency ν from the likelihood. It should be remembered that the baseline PlikTT likelihood uses the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, 143 × 217, and 217 × 217 halfmission crossspectra.
Fig. 78. Marginal means and 68% error bars on the cosmological parameters for PlikTT combined with SimAll, when removing either a single crossspectrum, or all crossspectra that include a given frequency channel. Shifts in cosmological parameters are in agreement with expectations. Grey bands represent the expected deviation with respect to the fullfrequency case, computed from Eq. (61). For comparison, we also show the case PlikTT,EE,TE+SimAll. 

Open with DEXTER 
The grey bands in Fig. 78 show the expected standard deviation (σ_{exp}) of the difference between parameters obtained from the fulllikelihood case and those obtained with a subset of the data (in this case, from a likelihood formed by excluding certain spectra). As in Gratton & Challinor (2019) and Planck Collaboration IX (2016), it can be shown that the covariance of the parameter difference is equal to the difference of the covariances of the subset case and of the fulllikelihood one:
where
P_{full} and P_{subset} are vectors of the maximumlikelihood parameter values^{19} for the two data sets and denotes the mean over the sampling distribution. The standard deviations σ_{exp} for single parameters are thus calculated as . The σ_{exp} calculation is affected by the MCMC numerical errors on σ_{full} and σ_{subset}, which we estimate to be at least at the level of a few percent for a GelmanRubin convergence diagnostic of R ≤ 0.01. Furthermore, the differences between the bestfit parameters of less than 0.1 σ are also subject to numerical errors. We thus ignore the cases where the differences between parameters are of this order.
As shown in Fig. 78, the constraints obtained with the PlikTT likelihood are robust against exclusions of frequency spectra. Parameters shift by less than 0.6 σ_{full}^{20} with respect to the baseline case, with the largest change being in θ_{MC} when considering the “no143” case (by 0.6 σ_{full} or 1.0 σ_{exp}). We find that all of the shifts with respect to the baseline case are in agreement with the expected ones from Eq. (61), within 2 σ_{exp}, once we take into account numerical uncertainties.
In Figs. 79 and 80, we also report the tests for PlikTE and EE, respectively. Additionally to the spectra also used in TT, recall that the baseline EE and TE likelihoods also include the 100 × 143 and the 100 × 217 spectra, so for these cases we check the robustness of the results when excluding these frequency spectra as well. For PlikTE we find that constraints obtained excluding frequency spectra are in agreement with the baseline results within 1 σ_{full}, with the largest shift being in θ_{MC} for the “no143” case by about 1.1 σ_{full} (1.2 σ_{exp})^{21}. All cases are in agreement with expected shifts to within 2 σ_{exp}.
Fig. 79. Same as Fig. 78, but for PlikTE. Shifts in cosmological parameters are in agreement with expectations. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 80. Same as Fig. 78, but for PlikEE. Shifts in cosmological parameters are in agreement with expectations within 2.6 σ_{exp}, and showing some mild disagreement between frequencies. 

Open with DEXTER 
Finally, the effect of removing frequency spectra from the PlikEE likelihood is larger than for the previous cases, as shown in Fig. 80. In particular, completely excluding the 143 GHz frequency channel (the “no143” case) induces shifts in most of the cosmological parameters, including changes up to 3.2 σ_{full} (2.7 σ_{exp}) on n_{s}. Smaller but still significant deviations are present when excluding only the 143 × 143 spectrum. Similarly, shifts in the direction opposite to the “no143” ones (and slightly less significant) are induced when completely removing the 217 GHz frequency channel (the “no217” case), with the maximum shift on n_{s}, which increases by 2.4 σ_{full} (2.6 σ_{exp}). Therefore, deviations agree with expectations only within 2.6 σ_{exp}, which might point towards a remaining disagreement between the 143 and 217 GHz channels in EE. We have checked that these differences remain even when letting the EE dust amplitude parameters freely vary with priors, instead of fixing them as in the baseline case, suggesting that incorrect modelling of the Galactic foregrounds cannot account for these differences.
We thus conclude that the cosmological parameters for the ΛCDM model for the PlikTT and TE parameters are stable against exclusions of frequency spectra. This is important since almost all the constraining power of the joint TTTEEE likelihood comes from TT and TE (Galli et al. 2014). For EE, we find that a few parameters shifts are in mild disagreement with expectations at the level of about 2.5 σ_{exp}.
3.9.2. ℓ < 800 versus ℓ > 800 comparisons
We have tested the stability of our results by splitting the multipole range of Plik in two different regions, ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800, for each likelihood combination, following similar tests performed in Planck Collaboration IX (2016), Addison et al. (2016), and Planck Collaboration Int. LI (2017), as well as in Sect. 6.1 of PCP18.
We perform these tests not only for the PlikTT likelihood, but also for the TTTEEE, TE, TEEE, and EE likelihoods. The choice of splitting at ℓ = 800 was made to give equal constraining power on the ΛCDM parameter volume to the two multipole ranges in TT^{22} For TE, EE, TTTEEE, and TEEE, the appropriate choices of multipole split to satisfy this criterion might vary from the value needed for TT, but we keep the same value in all cases to facilitate comparison of the results from the different likelihoods. The ℓ < 800 TT and TT,TE,EE cases include the Plik likelihood and the lowlTT one. Furthermore, all cases considered here (ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800 in temperature or polarization) include the SimAll likelihood to constrain the optical depth to reionization. All the tests are performed for the ΛCDM model and we checked that our conclusions are robust even when the foreground parameters are held fixed to the best fit of the baseline case.
As shown in Fig. 81, we confirm that parameters estimated from ℓ < 800 (i.e., ℓ_{max} = 800) and ℓ > 800 (i.e., ℓ_{min} = 800) from the TT likelihood feature moderately significant shifts. In order to quantify the magnitude of these differences, we calculate the statistics of the parameter shifts, following the simplified procedure already used in Addison et al. (2016) and Planck Collaboration Int. LI (2017). We assume that the parameters inferred from the two multipole ranges are independent; this assumption holds only if one excludes τ from the set of cosmological parameters considered, since in both ranges this parameter is constrained by the use of the SimAll likelihood. For the same reason, we include A_{s}e^{−2τ} instead of ln(10^{10}A_{s}) in the parameter set considered, since the former is less degenerate with the constraint on τ. Thus, we consider as the reference parameter set (excluding τ for the reasons given above). Assuming that the parameters are uncorrelated between the two multipole ranges allows us to calculate the covariance of the parameter differences between the two subsamples as the sum of the parameter covariances from each set:
Fig. 81. Marginal means and 68% error bars on the cosmological parameters for PlikTT, TE, TEEE, and TTTEEE, combined with SimAlland in some cases lowlTT (as indicated in the labels), in the full multipole range and for two different multipole cuts, namely ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800. 

Open with DEXTER 
As a consequence, the standard deviation on the shift of a single parameter is calculated from . Finally, we define a statistic based on the parameter shifts as
where Δp is the vector of shifts in parameters between the two data sets. We then quantify the consistency between two data sets by assuming that the statistic in Eq. (63) has a χ^{2} distribution. This allows us to calculate the PTE of the parameter differences, and thus the equivalent number of Gaussian σ_{Gauss} for the deviation, where σ_{Gauss} is defined such that a 1dimensional Gaussian would have the same twotailed PTE. As shown in Planck Collaboration Int. LI (2017), this is an approximate procedure that does not take into account remaining correlations between the subsets of data and assumes that the statistics follows a χ^{2} distribution. However, in that paper it was also shown using simulations that this procedure provides estimates of the deviation that are accurate at the level of a few tenths of σ. Following this procedure, we calculate that for the five cosmological parameters listed above, the difference between the two subsamples is 1.8 σ_{Gauss}. This is similar to what was obtained with the baseline data from the 2015 Planck release, for which we found 1.7 σ_{Gauss}.
Considering single parameters, the largest differences are found for Ω_{c}h^{2} and A_{s}e^{−2τ}, which shift by 2.9 and 2.7 σ_{diff}, respectively. As a consequence, derived parameters such as H_{0} and σ_{8} are different by 2.5 σ_{diff} and 2.9 σ_{diff}, respectively. Once again, these shifts are degenerate with the other cosmological parameters, so when considering all of them together the shifts are less significant.
As already discussed in Planck Collaboration Int. LI (2017) and Planck Collaboration IX (2016), these parameter differences are related to the lowℓ power deficit and to the A_{L} deviation. In fact, as in 2015, we find that when excising the ℓ < 30 data from the ℓ < 800 case, the the shifts are reduced to 1.2 σ_{Gauss} for the five cosmological parameters, and to 1.9 σ_{diff} and 2.0 σ_{diff} for and A_{s}e^{−2τ}, respectively. This shows that part of the differences in parameters is due to the deficit in power at low multipoles. This does not mean that one should excise those multipoles, this is just a test that allows us to identify which fluctuations of the power spectrum are responsible for for the differences in parameters between the two ranges. Similarly, when letting the A_{L} parameter vary freely (either for both multipole ranges or for the ℓ > 800 case alone), these shifts are reduced to 1.2 σ_{Gauss} for the five cosmological parameters, and to 0.2 σ_{diff} and 1.6 σ_{diff} for and A_{s}e^{−2τ}, respectively, with A_{L} determined from TT(ℓ > 800)+lowE at the level of A_{L}(ℓ > 800) = 1.6 ± 0.3 σ.
We also perform the same test using the PlikTE likelihood. As shown in Fig 81, also in this case we find shifts between the ℓ < 800 and the ℓ > 800 parameters, although with less statistical significance with respect to TT, also due to the fact that the ℓ > 800 TE likelihood has much less constraining power with respect to the ℓ < 800 one. The largest difference is for the baryon density Ω_{b}h^{2}, at the level of 2 σ_{diff}, with a total difference on the five cosmological parameters of 1.5 σ_{Gauss}.
For the Plik EE case (not shown in Fig. 81 for readibility), parameters inferred from the two multipole regions, ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800, are completely in agreement within 1 σ_{diff}. When we then combine the likelihoods into the PlikTEEE case, we can see roughly the same behaviour found for the PlikTE case.
Finally, we find that for the full combination PlikTTTEEE, shifts become less significant compared to the TT case, due to the fact that in some cases the differences in TT are in opposite directions with respect to the TEEE ones. Once again, the two most deviant parameters are and A_{s}e^{−2τ}, with shifts of 2.0 and 2.2 σ_{diff}, respectively; while considering the full set of five cosmological parameters, we obtain 1.2 σ_{Gauss}.
To conclude, we confirm that there is a shift in cosmological parameters between ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800 in TT, which is not statistically very significant, at the level of 1.8 σ_{Gauss} once degeneracies between cosmological parameters are taken into account. At a smaller statistical level, similar trends are also observed in and A_{s}e^{−2τ} for the two multipole ranges of the TE likelihood, while shifts in other parameter directions are also observed. In EE, the highmultipole range has too low a statistical power to enable a valuable crosscheck of these changes. Overall, the weak statistical significance of these differences do not provide sufficient information to infer that these shifts might have a physical or systematic origin; they are consistent with being merely statistical fluctuations. The excellent consistency of the results obtained from different subsets of frequencies (and therefore, of detectors) in TT and TE shown in the previous subsection suggest that a systematic source for these shifts would require a common mode impacting many different detectors (see also Figs. 11 and 12 of Planck Collaboration Int. LI 2017).
3.10. The A_{L} consistency parameter
The A_{L} issue is discussed at length in Sect. 6.2 of PCP18. Here, we briefly remind the reader of the most relevant facts of this “curious” feature of the Planck data, and we mention some of the tests we performed to investigate if its origin might be systematic or not.
A_{L} is a phenomenological parameter multiplying the amplitude of the lensing potential power, which produces the smoothing of the acoustic peaks and the transfer of power to the damping tail in the CMB angular power spectra. It enables us to check whether or not the lensing effect in the power spectrum is consistent with expectations (for which A_{L} = 1) and with the amplitude measured by the lensing reconstruction.
Since the first Planck data release in 2013 (Planck Collaboration XVI 2014), the TT data have shown a preference for a value of A_{L} larger than unity by about 2 σ. This result has not substantially changed across releases, despite the many changes in the likelihoods. These include increasing the data from nominal to fullmission, improving the constraint on the optical depth to reionization, changing the data cuts for the maps used in the likelihood (from detector sets to halfmission maps), improving the treatment of systematics (in particular calibration and beams) and of foregrounds, among others.
For the 2018 Planck release, we find A_{L} = 1.243 ± 0.096 (68%, PlanckTT + lowE)^{23}, a 2.5 σ deviation from unity, with the bestfit χ^{2} for the ΛCDM+A_{L} model improved by 8.7 points over the one for the ΛCDM model. Most of this improvement comes from the highℓ likelihood (mostly in the range 600 < ℓ < 1500); however, the lowℓ temperature Commander likelihood fit is also improved if A_{L} is allowed to float freely, with Δχ^{2} = −2.3. This shows that the A_{L} deviation is mainly caused by oscillatory residuals at high ℓ, but that it also allows the model to better fit the low power at ℓ < 30, as was discussed at length in Planck Collaboration Int. LI (2017). The oscillatory residual is shown in Fig. 82, which illustrates how A_{L} improves the fit to the data, both at low and high multipoles. Although the fit seems to improve also for ℓ < 1000, it has already been shown that the lowermultipole part of the highℓ likelihood by itself does not particularly prefer a high value of A_{L}; the preference is rather dominated by the features at ℓ > 1000 (PPL15; Planck Collaboration Int. LI 2017).
Fig. 82. Comparison of the residuals of the coadded TT spectrum with the difference between the ΛCDM and ΛCDM+A_{L} bestfit models. The green points show the coadded TT data when using the foreground parameters obtained with a ΛCDM best fit, while the orange points are obtained using the foreground parameters from a ΛCDM+A_{L} one. In both cases, we display the residual to the bestfit ΛCDM cosmology (using the PlanckTT+lowE likelihood) in bins of size Δℓ = 50 and we shift the bin locations slightly to improve legibility. The blue line is the difference between the A_{L} and ΛCDM bestfit models obtained using the PlanckTT+lowE likelihood, while the black dashed line is obtained with the Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE likelihood. The thin grey line gives a sense of the scale of the residuals by displaying the TT power spectrum divided by 100. The residuals display an approximately oscillatory behaviour, which does not seem to be statistically anomalous, but which appears to roughly match the particular oscillatory feature of the A_{L} effect. The difference between the two residuals shows the degeneracy between A_{L} and the foreground parameters. We discuss in the text how fixing the foreground parameters to their ΛCDM values decreases the A_{L} deviation from unity by about 1 σ. 

Open with DEXTER 
As already stated, the A_{L} parameter is not a physical one, and hence it may be simply providing a degree of freedom to fit to a particular kind of statistical fluctuation. However, we have used A_{L} as a proxy for all of those extensions of the ΛCDM model that can effectively change the amplitude of lensing and thus produce effects similar to A_{L}, such as the dark energy equation of state w or the curvature of the Universe Ω_{K}. These parameters also deviate from their ΛCDM values when evaluated from the CMB power spectra alone (see PCP18). None of these mild deviations are really interpreted as signs of a breaking of the vanilla ΛCDM model, since their statistical significance is relatively low, and since the amplitude of the lensing potential power spectrum measured from the lensing reconstruction (coming independently from the 4point function, giving a result which is three to four times more precise than that evaluated from the CMB power spectra), does not show such an excess (Planck Collaboration VIII 2020). Therefore, adding the lensing reconstruction or other external data sets such as BAO, brings the fits of these extensions of the ΛCDM model back to consistency with their ΛCDM values.
In order to design a physical model that can successfully fit for the powerspectrum residuals that cause the A_{L} deviation, it is thus necessary to evade constraints from CMB lensing and external data sets. Apparently promising models, such as compensated isocurvature (Grin et al. 2011a,b) ones were recently highly constrained by the inclusion of data on the largest scales of the lensing reconstruction power spectrum (the lowest multipole bin at L = 8–40 was introduced in the lensing baseline in this release), as described in Valiviita (2017) and Planck Collaboration X (2020).
Polarization is also sensitive to A_{L}. The TE polarization data alone slightly prefer a value lower than unity, A_{L} = 0.76 ± 0.22 (TE+lowE), while the EE data slightly favour a value higher than one, (EE+lowE). Both are consistent with A_{L} = 1 within 2 σ, while the joint constraint gives A_{L} = 1.180 ± 0.065 (68%, PlanckTTTEEE + lowE), a 2.8 σ deviation from unity. However, as already discussed in Sect. 3.7, the results on A_{L} from polarization are not robust against changes of treatment of the PE corrections, since using a spectrumbased approach instead of the mapbased approach can lower the value of A_{L} by about 0.6 σ (see Fig. 75). Polarization thus does not provide a robust confirmation of this deviation.
We also perform a number of tests to verify the robustness of the A_{L} deviation and to check whether it could have its origin in a systematic effect. We briefly describe these tests below.
First of all, the same A_{L} deviation is measured both with the Plik (baseline) and CamSpec likelihoods in temperature, when combining with lowlTT and lowE. The two likelihoods share many common features (Gaussian approximation, similar foreground model, same Galactic, extendedobject, and pointsource masks in intensity), but also have some differences, such as a slightly different treatment of foregrounds (e.g., Galactic dust and the CIB in particular), independent evaluations of the power spectra and covariance matrices, and the way that missing pixels are treated. On the other hand, the A_{L} values recovered in polarization by the two likelihoods differ, due mainly to the different treatment of PE corrections (mapbased for Plik, spectrumbased for CamSpec). As already discussed, it is not possible at this point to determine if one of the two PE correction approaches is more correct than the other.
We also verify that the A_{L} deviation in temperature cannot be explained by systematic effects operating on one particular frequency. Figure 83 shows the results on A_{L} when eliminating one crossspectrum at a time from the Plik likelihood, or all spectra involving one particular frequency. This is a very interesting test, since it indicates that if the A_{L} deviation has a systematic origin, it must be a coherent effect across frequencies, and thus across different detectors in the focal plane. Furthermore, this test also shows that unmodelled residual Galactic dust contamination cannot fully explain the A_{L} deviation, since these would cause frequencydependent A_{L} results. This was also investigated in PPL15 (see Fig. 36 there), where we showed that the value of A_{L} is unchanged when using more conservative galactic masks.
Fig. 83. Marginal means and 68% error bars for the A_{L} consistency parameter for PlikTT combined with Commander and SimAllEE, when removing either a single crossspectrum, or all crossspectra within a given frequency channel from the highℓ part of the likelihood (i.e., Plik). Grey bars represent the variance with respect to the fullfrequency case, computed using Eq. (61). 

Open with DEXTER 
Furthermore, as already shown in PPL15 and Planck Collaboration Int. LI (2017), we know that the A_{L} deviation is partially degenerate with extragalactic foreground parameters in TT. In particular for PlikTT+lowlTT+lowE, A_{L} is degenerate with the pointsource amplitude at 143 GHz (by −34%) and at 100 GHz by (−18%), with the CIB amplitude (by −16%), and with the kinetic SZ amplitude (by −16%). A consequence of this is that if we fix foreground parameters to the bestfit ΛCDM values, the value of A_{L} decreases from A_{L} = 1.24 ± 0.09 in the baseline case to A_{L} = 1.16 ± 0.07. The reason for this degeneracy is that A_{L} provides the extra peaksmoothing required at high ℓ. This allows ω_{c} and ln(10^{10}A_{s}) to decrease with respect to their ΛCDM values (in the ΛCDM case, higher values of these parameters improve the fit by increasing smoothing). Following degeneracy directions, n_{s} then increases to better fit the lowℓ data. This however produces an increase in power at high multipoles, which can be compensated by reducing the amplitude of foreground parameters. As shown in Sect. 3.8, the priors that we set on nuisance parameters (specially on the SZ parameters) cannot account for this deviation. The degeneracy with foreground parameters is clear in Fig. 82, where we show a comparison between the coadded TT data when assuming either the ΛCDM foreground parameters or the A_{L} ones.
As discussed in Planck Collaboration Int. LI (2017), the A_{L} deviation is somewhat dependent on the low power in the multipoles below ℓ ≈ 30. Cutting those multipoles yields slightly lower values of A_{L} = 1.21 ± 0.10. Also, the A_{L} deviation is related to the difference between the ΛCDM parameters measured from TT at ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800, as already discussed in the previous subsection.
We also check that the A_{L} deviation cannot be explained by a mistreatment of the aberration due to the motion of the Solar System with respect to the CMB frame, which, as discussed in the following section, might also create an oscillatory residual in the power spectrum (but of too small an amplitude).
Finally we check whether an error in the modelling of the transfer function could account for this deviation. For a small transfer function error, the additive correction is an oscillatory template. We therefore add to the theory model a free polynomial transfer function for each μ × ν frequency spectrum of the form
where and , is a fiducial CMBplusforeground theory model. We fit for the ϵ^{ν} parameters both in the case of a quadratic (N = 2) or cubic (N = 3) polynomial expansion. In the ΛCDM+A_{L} case, we find that marginalizing over the ϵ^{ν} parameters substantially increases the errors on cosmological parameters such as , A_{L}, n_{s} and ln(10^{10}A_{s}), but does not change their central values. We thus conclude that an error in the transfer function cannot account for the A_{L} deviation.
In conclusion, the A_{L} deviation is a feature of the Planck data mainly driven by the TT power spectrum. The polarization data cannot provide a robust test of whether this has a physical origin, due to the degeneracy with the PE corrections. A systematics explanation of this feature would require us to introduce a common mode to different frequencies and hence detectors in the focal plane, which is not trivial to achieve. At present, we have not found any conclusive evidence that this deviation is due to a systematic effect. A physical explanation of this deviation is also not easy to find, since many extensions of the ΛCDM model that we tested, which can provide effects similar to A_{L}, are constrained by the addition of external data sets (and in particular the lensing reconstruction). A modification of the foreground model could potentially do the trick, but would probably require some structure in the smooth templates that we are using. We did not explore this particular route any further. We note that the reduction of the ℓ ≈ 1460 outlier in the 217 GHz spectra shown in the dustcleaned version of the CamSpec likelihood (discussed in PCP18) slightly reduces the significance of the deviation of A_{L} from 1, but does not change the general A_{L} > 1 trend. The most viable explanation for the A_{L} behaviour at this point seems to be that there is a set of statistical excursions in the TT power spectrum that happens to be fit by varying this particular consistency parameter.
3.11. Aberration
We also examine the possibility that mistreatment of the effect of frameboosting, particularly through aberration of the CMB sky, could significantly impact the results on cosmological parameters. While the orbital motion of the satellite with respect to the Solar System barycentre is corrected in the Planck maps (i.e., the “orbital dipole,” as well as associated stellar aberration), the motion of the Solar System barycentre with respect to the CMB frame is not, since this would alter the properties of foregrounds, which are not in the CMB frame. Measuring in the Solar System frame, rather than the CMB frame, causes Doppler boosting not only of the CMB monopole into the dipole, but also of the anisotropies on smaller scales, producing a frequencydependent dipolar modulation that increases the amplitude of the temperature power spectrum by about 0.25% in the velocity direction (with the opposite effect in the antivelocity direction). Furthermore, the frame change causes an aberration effect, in which the apparent arrival direction of CMB photons is pushed toward the velocity direction, with peak deflection of and a rootmeansquared (rms) deflection over the sky of 30 (Planck Collaboration XXVII 2014). Both the modulation and aberration effects are strongly suppressed when averaged over the full sky, and are expected to be small for the sky fractions used in the Plik likelihoods.
In fact, the aberration effect turns out to be the largest of the two, and so we now focus on that. To directly test its amplitude in Planck data, we follow the approach of Jeong et al. (2014) and Louis et al. (2017), modelling the effect at first order on the power spectrum as proportional to the logarithmic derivative of the power spectrum (e.g., Moss et al. 2011):
where β = v/c = 1.23 × 10^{−3}, v is the speed of the Sun with respect to the CMB restframe, θ is the angle between the pixel position and the velocity direction (Planck Collaboration I 2020) and the average is over all the observed pixels. For each crossspectrum used in the likelihood, we build a template T_{ℓ} = −C_{ℓ} β dlnC_{ℓ}/dlnℓ, using a fiducial bestfit model to calculate C_{ℓ} and its derivative^{24}. We then evaluate the amplitude of this template either as ⟨cos θ⟩ for each of the masks used in the likelihood (⟨cos θ⟩ = 0.012, 0.016, and 0.0326 for the masks at 100, 143, and 217 GHz, respectively) or leaving it free to vary independently for each crossspectrum. In the first case we find no impact on cosmological parameters. In the second case, we find that, when leaving the amplitudes free to vary over a large range (−2.5, 2.5), these amplitudes are unconstrained and the uncertainty on the angular scale of the sound horizon is increased. We thus conclude that residual effects due to aberration, or indeed any other effect proportional to the derivative of the power spectrum, have negligible impact on our cosmological results.
3.12. Simulations
3.12.1. Description
The Planck highℓ likelihood was already validated using simulations in 2015. The covariancematrix analytical approximations were validated using 10 000 dedicated CMB realizations (see Appendix C.1.3 of Planck Collaboration XI 2016), and the likelihood implementation was shown to be able to recover the cosmological parameters on 300 FFP8 simulations (Sect. 3.6 and Appendix C.2 of the same paper). The FFP8 simulations explored the CMB and noise realizations, but used the same fixed foreground signals (Planck Collaboration XII 2016). For those validation tests, some modifications had to be implemented to the likelihood in order to correctly account for the FFP8 foreground and noise model, which were both slightly different from the real sky. With these modifications, we showed that both the TT and joint TT, TE, and EE likelihood were able to recover the input cosmological parameters on average. A small bias was exhibited in n_{s} for the TT likelihood (around 0.1 σ). This was attributed to limitations of the Gaussian approximation in the lower multipole range of the likelihood (ℓ < 100), since a similar effect was found when changing the hybridization scale between the low and highmultipole regimes. As discussed in PPL15, this bias was reduced when including the TE and EE data in the joint likelihood.
While these results on FFP8 were found to be very reassuring, those simulations only incorporated a simplified model of the noise and systematic residuals. This limitation was overcome by the FFP10 simulations, which have a higher fidelity modelling of noise and systematics. In PPL15 (Sect. 3.7), only the first few FFP10 simulations available at the time were analysed. In this work, we expand this analysis to the 300 FFP10 simulations, which were also used to build and validate the HFIbased lowℓ polarization likelihood presented Sect. 2.2.
The FFP10 simulations are described in great detail in HFI18, and we repeat here only their most important features. Ideally, in order to build a simulation, one should generate a sky realization (CMB plus foregrounds in different frequency bands), apply the instrumental beam, and produce synthetic TOIs using the Planck scanning strategy. Those TOIs then need to be convolved with the instrumental effects, which include noise and systematics, before applying the Planck dataprocessing and mapmaking pipeline. All these steps are numerically very costly, and to simplify them it was decided to divide the process in two parts. Firstly, 1000 sky realizations (including convolution by the beams and scanning strategy at the map level) are produced. Secondly, 300 endtoend (E2E) simulations of the HFI data are made, implementing the full pipeline described above (going through all the steps of the full simulation, including TOI production and processing), but for a singlesky realization (CMB plus foregrounds). Then, approximate E2E realizations can be produced by “CMBswapping,” which means that the input CMB sky (convolved by the beam and scanning strategy) is removed from the E2E realizations and replaced by one of the 999 remaining CMB simulations. This approach was found to be satisfactory for the lowℓ data analysis (where we can ignore beam effects), and good enough for the exploration of Monte Carlo based uncertainties for lensing and nonGaussianity tests (which for example ignore the temperature to polarization leakages). However, our investigations showed that it was not suitable for the validation of the highℓ likelihood. A part of the systematic effects is a function of the sky realization; thus removing the input CMB map from the E2E realizations leaves an additional small systematic residual, which depends on that particular realization and that is common to all our approximate E2E simulations. We find that this residual is particularly important at small scales, where beam effects, temperaturetopolarization leakage, and subpixel effects have to be taken into account. While the effect on cosmological parameters can be ignored for a single realization, when averaging our results over numerous CMB realizations the bias becomes significant. For this reason, we limit our exploration of the noise and systematic residuals to the set of the 300 singleskyrealization endtoend simulations.
Restricting the simulations to a singlesky realization makes the evaluation of small biases difficult, since we are not, in our simulations, exploring the CMB cosmic variance. For the same reason we will first compare the cosmological parameters recovered from the E2E simulations to the ones obtained on the input CMB maps (i.e., the CMB before applying beam and scanning strategy effects) and to the ones obtained at different levels of complexity of the simulations, which will separately explore the chance correlations with foregrounds and with beams and scanningstrategy effects. We already validated most of the likelihood using the FFP8 simulations in PPL15, so we will only focus here on the effect of the higher fidelity modelling of noise and systematics. Similarly, we will separately present the TT, TE, and EE results, while we will not discuss joint results that have already been validated using FFP8.
We adapt the likelihood approximation we used for the data to the E2E specific case. Power spectra are still computed on the simulated halfmission E2E maps using the same masks as used for the data (even though the E2E simulations do not include point sources). The power spectra are beamcorrected using the same window functions used in the data (including the convolution by the scanning strategy), since the E2E simulations are designed to have the same effective beams^{25}. The noise evaluation, which is needed to build the covariance matrices, is performed differently than for the data, since the HR maps are not available in the simulations (see Sect. 3.3.3); we measure the noise directly from the variance of the E2E simulations (since we have the same sky realization in each). Moreover, we simplify the foreground model using the approach we validated for the analysis of the FFP8 simulations in 2015. While for the data analysis, the foreground model is built from analytical calculations and empirical templates, the foreground model used in the simulations is directly measured on the input foreground maps. We use a single amplitude parameter for each frequency crossspectrum (which will be called A^{e2e} in the following figures and tables). As in the data case, we include in the nuisance model a correction for the temperaturetopolarization leakage and we account for the subpixel effects. The simulations do not include any polarization efficiency errors and in all the cases described below, we assume that we know it perfectly and set the polarizationefficiency correction parameters to one. We discussed in Sect. 3.3.4 how when measuring the polarization efficiencies on the E2E simulations we do not reproduce the difference between the EE and TE based estimations observed for the data. As noted above for the beam transfer functions, the way the E2E simulations are produced ensures that we can use the same templates we use when analysing the data. Finally, we need to account for a correlated noise component in the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 EE power spectra. This correlated noise is measured directly in the simulations, and is also corrected for in the data (see Sect. 3.3.3). The covariance matrix is computed from those ingredients in the same way that we compute the data covariance.
3.12.2. Results on parameters from simulations
Figure 84 presents the cosmological results obtained on simulations when varying assumptions are made, as indicated with the following labelling convention:
Fig. 84. Cosmological parameters for the set of endtoend simulations cases discussed in Sect. 3.12.2. In all cases the input for the simulations is the same input CMB (and in some cases foreground) map(s). Error bars correspond to the uncertainty for a single realization (including noise variance, even in cases where the simulations contains no noise). The horizontal lines corresponds to the bestfit values of the refTT case. 

Open with DEXTER 

ref is for the case when parameters are recovered from the input CMB maps without beams and scanning strategy convolution, and without foregrounds, noise, or systematics;

input is for a similar case to ref, but when the CMBplusforegrounds input maps are used;

projfg is for the case when beams and scanning strategy effects are added to the input maps of input;

mean is for when the means of the spectra over the 300 simulations are used in the likelihood.
In each case, the likelihood described above is adapted to take into account the effects included in each case. For example, beamtransfer functions, beamleakage effects, subpixel effects, as well as foregrounds or correlatednoise corrections, are absent from the likelihood used for the ref cases. We, however, keep the same covariance for all cases. In the example of input we run two different tests, one where the foreground parameters are explored along with the cosmological parameters (input) and one where we fix these to the actual level of foregrounds in the simulations (input_fix). We note that in the latter case, the chance correlations between CMB and foregrounds are still in the spectra. Contrary to the data case, where we fix the dust amplitudes in EE, we will let them freely vary in the inputEE exploration.
In this subsection, we only discuss the values of the cosmological parameters, while in Sect. 3.12.3 we will present the statistical significance of parameter value differences over the 300 E2E realizations.
We discuss first the ref group of results. As can be seen in Fig. 84, in the case of the particular sky realization used in the E2E, up to 2 σ shifts can be observed in cosmological parameter constraints between the TT and TE likelihoods, which is to be expected. In the 2015 paper (PPL15) we already checked that such shifts vanish on average when exploring the CMB cosmic variance in a similar setting. Comparing the input explorations with the ref ones, we see small deviations (up to 1 σ) of the cosmological parameters, which are signs of the degeneracy between the cosmological parameters and foregrounds, as also shown by the joint contours in Fig. 85. This is true for EE and in particular for TT, for which the effect is stronger. This is due to the chance correlations between the CMB and the foregrounds, which are not removed even in the case where the foregroundamplitude parameters are fixed (as in the input_fix case). We know from the FFP8 test performed in 2015, that when marginalizing over 300 CMB realizations, the bias due to the chance correlations vanishes, as expected (Sect. 3.6 of PPL15).
Fig. 85. Degeneracy between n_{s}, Ω_{b}h^{2}, and foreground amplitudes in TT for the single CMB and foreground realization used in the E2E simulations. Horizontal and vertical dashed lines indicate the cosmological parameters obtained in the refTT case and the known foreground amplitudes of the simulation, while the red contours indicate the values obtained in the inputTT case. Upward shifts of up to 1.5 σ in foregrounds are associated with downward shifts in cosmological parameters of close to 1 σ and are due to chance correlations in the particular CMB and foreground realization that we are using for the simulations. This accounts for the shifts in foreground amplitudes found in Fig. 88. 

Open with DEXTER 
When additionally considering the scanning strategy and beam effects, the projfg explorations are in good agreement with the input ones. The TT and TE cases, where the beams and leakage effects (especially for TE) are important, are in excellent agreement with the input ones. We observe ≈0.3 σ shifts of n_{s} in EE^{26}. Since we have only a single realization, we have not explored this shift any further.
Finally, we compare those results with the mean cases, which would contain any uncorrected residual systematic captured in the E2E simulations. Here the cosmological parameters are in excellent agreement with the projfg ones and we do not observe any significant residual bias in TT and TE. In EE also, we do not observe a significant bias, but this is expected, since we remind the reader that we correct the EE power spectra at this stage for a bias observed in the simulations for the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 EE spectra. A similar correction is applied to the data, as discussed in Sect. 3.3.3. The effect of the EE bias on cosmological parameters is explored in Fig. 86, where the projfgEE constraints are compared with those of the meanEE (with the correction) and to the case where the correction is ignored (EE no cnoise), or left free to vary in amplitude (EE free cnoise). When ignoring the correction, small systematic shifts are found in the cosmological parameters, in particular a bias of 0.25 σ in the case of ω_{b}, a smaller one on n_{s} and a 1 σ bias is observed in the foreground parameters. The latter is not surprising and we discussed in Sect. 3.3.3 how the bias template was similar in shape to the dust one. When fitting jointly the correlatednoise amplitude and the other cosmological and nuisance parameters, we recover a nonzero amplitude for the correlated noise, with the right order of magnitude, but with a low significance (around 1 σ). Figure 87 shows the same test for the data, where ignoring the correction causes a similar 0.25 σ shift in ω_{b}. When jointly fitting the correlatednoise amplitude and the other cosmological and nuisance parameters in the data, the amplitude of the correlatednoise template prefers values larger than unity. As noted before, the correlatednoise template has a shape similar to that of the dust and we discussed in Sect. 3.3.2 (as shown in Fig. 47) that the 100 × 100 EE spectrum prefers a higher amplitude of dust than the one deduced from correlations with the 353 GHz map. As in the simulations, uncertainties on the amplitude are large and we cannot conclude that there is a preference in the data for the correction. We noted in Sect. 3.3.3 that the correction improves the χ^{2} in the data by Δχ^{2} = 9.
Fig. 86. Marginal means and 68% error bars on the cosmological parameters for PlikEE for the endtoend simulations. We compare here the noisefree case (projfgEE) with the mean of the 300 endtoend simulations (to reduce the effect of the noise scatter), including the empirical correction (meanEE), ignoring it (meanEE_no_cnoise), or fitting for its amplitude but leaving the template constant (meanEE_free_cnoise). We only show here the parameters affected by template. Ignoring the effect results in a 1 σ bias on the recovery of the dust contamination level at 100 and 143 GHz, and smaller shift in ω_{b} and n_{s}. When fitting for the amplitude of the effect, we obtain a marginal detection of the correlated noise. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. 87. Similar to Fig. 86 (but now for the PlikEE likelihood on the data), we explore the impact on the cosmological parameter posteriors of the empirical correlatednoise correction. We compare here the baseline analysis (correction included) with the cases where the correction is ignored or its amplitude is left to vary. 

Open with DEXTER 
Figure 88 is the equivalent of Fig. 84 for the foreground parameters. Recall that, contrary to the data case, here we use a single foreground template, accounting for all sources of astrophysical contaminants, and fit for a single amplitude for each. As discussed above, in TT, the CMBforeground chance correlations have an almost 2 σ impact on the recovered foreground parameters compared to the input values (the black lines in Fig. 88). These input values are obtained by measuring the amplitude of the foreground contamination in the unique foreground realization that is added to the CMB maps to build the reference sky. In TE and EE, we report small shifts in the foreground recovered amplitude when including the beam and scanning effects and possible residual systematics.
Fig. 88. TT (top), TE (middle), and EE (bottom) foreground amplitudes obtained for the different simulation cases discussed Sect. 3.12.2. The horizontal reference lines correspond to the central value of the foreground amplitude prior. 

Open with DEXTER 
Finally, Fig. 89 shows the results when exploring classical ΛCDM extensions (specifically A_{L}, N_{eff}, dlnn_{s}/dlnk, and Σm_{ν}). As before, the extended parameters have a similar level of agreement with the input as in the ΛCDM case.
Fig. 89. Extended parameters for the set of endtoend simulation cases discussed in Sect. 3.12.2. The horizontal reference line corresponds to the expected value for each extended parameter. 

Open with DEXTER 
3.12.3. Statistical quantification of biases from simulations
Table 21 summarizes the shifts and spreads of the individual endtoend realizations with respect to the cosmological parameter values and foreground amplitudes obtained using projfg. The shifts in Table 21 are computed using
where X is a cosmological or foreground parameter. Measuring shifts compared to the projfg parameters nulls the effects of the cosmic variance of the CMB and foregrounds, as well as chance correlations. However, the chance correlations between CMB, foregrounds, and noise and systematic biases are not fully explored, since we are only varying the noise. Using projfg as a reference also ensures that we are only exploring the noise and systematicinduced biases, and not residual beam effects (e.g., residual beam errors, leakage, and subpixel template inaccuracies). The shifts are overall satisfactory, apart from a 2.8 Δ one in n_{s} for TE. This would correspond to a 0.16 σ bias for a single realization, which can actually be seen in Fig. 84 when comparing the projfgTE and meanTE results. Given that we cannot properly explore the CMB cosmic variance, it is difficult to better assess this possible bias. Contrary to EE, where we found correlated noise in the simulations, we do not find a similar effect in TE and have no template to correct for this bias at the spectrum level. For the single E2E CMB sky, we do not reproduce the n_{s} bias on TT that was reported in 2015.
Table 22 displays the shifts for foreground parameters. These are much larger and perhaps less reassuring than the cosmologicalparameter ones, in particular in TT. For 217 GHz, the measured bias reaches almost 5 Δ (corresponding to a systematic 0.3 σ shift for a single realization). It seems clear that there is an important degeneracy between the foreground parameters and the noise realizations. This is not entirely surprising, since the foreground contamination corresponds to a small contribution to the spectra compared to the CMB. We do see variations of the foreground parameters in the data whenever modifying the cosmological model. We note, however, that when exploring the CMB variance (but not the foreground one), as we did with the FFP8 simulations in 2015, and using a foreground model with an extra degree of freedom accounting for the CIB instead of using a single template, we did not find such biases on the foreground parameters (see Sect. 3.6 of PPL15).
To summarize, we report a 0.16 σ potential systematic bias on n_{s} in TE. We observed a 0.3 σ shift for n_{s} for EE, seen when including projection effects in the simulations. Finally, we have potentially introduced a 0.25 σ bias in ω_{b} for EE if the correlated noise that is observed in the simulations and then used to form a correction is not actually present in the data. We remind the reader that the correction improves the data by Δχ^{2} = 9, but is known to be degenerate with the dust correction.
4. Joint likelihood
As in the previous releases, the final joint Planck CMB likelihood is formed using a combination of the different approximations described in the earlier parts of this paper. This hybrid lowℓ/highℓ approach has been advocated in Efstathiou (2004) and Efstathiou (2006) and applied to WMAP data (first in Spergel et al. 2007), as well as being used for previous Planck releases PPL13; PPL15.
Given the numerous different likelihood approximations described in this paper, we can build different hybridization schemes, depending on specific goals, be it obtaining better constraints on cosmological parameters, exploring all of the available modes in the data, or marginalizing over the numerous nuisance parameters introduced in the highℓ likelihood to speed up evaluations. A summary of the low and highmultipole likelihood options is given in Table 23, with a reminder of the multipole range, spectrum coverage, and other specifics of each.
Likelihood approximations summary.
The baseline hybrid likelihood that is used in most of the 2018release parameters paper (PCP18), labelled Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE, consists of a combination of the Commander likelihood, the SimAll likelihood, and the Plik likelihood. This choice yields the best overall constraints on the cosmological parameters (when comparing with the lowℓ LFI based likelihood, bflike), owing to the better S/N of the HFI data in polarization at large scales. Note, however, this scheme ignores correlations between the TT and EE largescale spectra and discards entirely the TE spectra at large scales. We evaluate in Sect. 2.2.6 the effect of this choice in terms of lost constraining power on τ, which is found to be small. Retaining the Plik likelihood at small scales also allows for the joint exploration of cosmological parameters with foreground and nuisance parameters at small scales (instead of marginalizing over them, as in the Plik_lite likelihood). We have particularly focused our efforts on the validation of each of the ingredients of this particular choice. Our best estimate of the TT, TE, and EE power spectra using this hybridization scheme are shown in Figs. 57–59. While we present a TE spectrum estimate at lowℓ from the SimAll approximation, we do not include it in the cosmological results, for the reasons discussed in Sect. 2.2.6.
Replacing in this scheme the Commander and SimAll likelihoods by the bflike one allows us to probe the temperaturepolarization correlations at large scales, at the price of decreasing the constraining power of the polarizationonly data at large scales.
At high multipoles, the Plik likelihood can be replaced by the CamSpec one to explore alternative model choices, e.g., the different masks in polarization and the different approaches to correction of the polarization efficiencies. In the case of the polarizationefficiency corrections, some extra nuisance parameters can be explored in the Plik likelihood, compared to the baseline setting, in particular different overall TTtoEE and TTtoTE calibration (as allowed by CamSpec), as well as switching from the baseline mapbased to the spectrumbased polarizationefficiency correction model.
Finally, the Plik likelihood can also be replaced by the Plik_lite likelihood if one wants to avoid exploration of the highℓ nuisance parameters.
In all cases, and following the choice made in 2013 and 2015, all of our possible hybrid schemes implement a sharp transition between the low and high multipole regimes at ℓ = 30, and ignore correlations between the low and high multipoles. Limitations of this approach in temperature were explored in PPL15, where it was shown that pushing the smallscale approximation down to ℓ_{min} = 30 was potentially biasing the determination of the primordial scalar perturbation slope n_{s}, but only by around 0.1 σ. While this estimate was obtained on simulations, a similar behaviour was observed on the data when changing the hybridization scale in TT. For this reason, a different choice of transition multipole might have been better for temperature. The computational cost of the pixelbased polarization lowℓ likelihood forces us to retain a low transition multipole. The SimAll likelihood could in theory go to a higher multipole, but only for EE, as we discussed in Sect. 2.2.6. We decided to avoid the complexity of having different transition multipoles in temperature and polarization and maintained the transition at ℓ = 30. Being limited to a low transition multipole, we did not reproduce for polarization the hybridization scheme validation that we implemented for temperature. The polarization data have less constraining power than TT and we expect that biases possibly induced by the hybridization scheme will be even lower in polarization. Validation on the FFP8 simulations performed in 2015 showed that the n_{s} bias was reduced when adding polarization data (PPL15). At the level of the precision of our likelihood approximation in polarization, we did not further explore the effect of the sharp ℓ = 30 transition.
5. Summary and conclusions
The Planck 2018 power spectra are displayed in Figs. 57–59. These CMB power spectra, along with the likelihood approximations we described in this paper and the lensing likelihood described in Planck Collaboration VIII (2020), form the basis of the main cosmological results of Planck, as presented in PCP18 and Planck Collaboration X (2020), and summarized in Planck Collaboration I (2020). The tightening and improved robustness of the cosmological constraints thanks to the full use of the Planck polarized data are the main achievements of the 2018 release and the main topic of this paper.
The Planck reference likelihood approximation used in this release is very similar to the approach taken in the previous releases in 2013 (PPL13) and 2015 (PPL15). Different approaches are used for the lowmultipole (ℓ < 30) and highmultipole (ℓ ≥ 30) regimes. These have been improved through numerous ameliorations at all stages of the data processing, both at the timeordered data (for the LFI 30 GHz channel) and mapmaking stages (LFI18; HFI18) as well as at the powerspectrum estimation and likelihood building stages. One of the key ingredients to engender these improvements has been the availability of highfidelity endtoend simulations, explained in different sections of this paper and summarized below.
5.1. Lowℓ summary
At low multipoles, the approximations and data sets have evolved significantly between releases, and the 2018 one is no exception. The 2018 likelihood approximation is a combination of two approximations, one for the largescale temperature data, and another for largescale polarization, ignoring correlations between the two^{27}.
The temperature likelihood is an evolution of the one we presented in 2013. It uses all of the available Planck data and the Commander method to build a BlackwellRao approximation of the posterior distribution of the largescale TT spectrum, marginalized over the largescale foreground contamination; it is described in Sect. 2.1. The polarization likelihood, SimAll, is an evolution of the method proposed in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI (2016), which relies on simulations to approximate the likelihood of the largescale EE crosspower spectrum of two HFI channel maps (100 GHz and 143 GHz); this likelihood is discussed in Sect. 2.2. The new likelihood at large scales provides the tightest cosmological constraint achieved to date on the reionization optical depth parameter, τ.
This 2018 approach at large scales differs from the 2013 approximation (PPL13), which used the same Commander method for temperature and a pixelbased approximation using WMAP data for polarization, along with Planck HFI 353 GHz polarization data to mitigate dust contamination. It is also different from the 2015 method (PPL15), which used a single pixelbased approximation for both temperature and polarization, adopting a combination of the Commander best CMB temperature map and the LFI 70 GHz polarization maps (corrected for dust and synchrotron contamination using, respectively, the HFI 353 GHz and LFI 30 GHz data). The 2015 pixelbased approach allowed us to probe the correlation between temperature and polarization at large scales; this ability is important in order to discriminate between some extended cosmological models involving Bmode correlations, as well as nonrotationally invariant cosmologies, provided that the CMB signalcovariance matrix is appropriately modified. In contrast, a powerspectrumbased likelihood, such as the 2018 baseline, may not be used directly to test isotropyviolating models, since rotational invariance is assumed in its derivation. For this reason, we also improved in this release the 2015 lowℓ method and have described an updated version of it in Sect. 2.3, which includes more data and a more thorough validation than in 2015. Owing to its lower S/N, this lowTEB likelihood is not as constraining as the baseline choice, but its results are entirely consistent with it, providing further validation. We remark that lowTEB is the only data set we provide that accounts for correlations between temperature and polarization at large scales.
In the case of polarization, HFI18 describes the central role of the endtoend simulations for modelling the largescale systematics that previously prevented the use of HFI data in this regime (an approach that was already outlined in Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI 2016). In Sect. 2.2, we have shown how SimAll, the lowℓ EE likelihood approximation used in the reference likelihood, relies heavily on the HFI endtoend part of the FFP10 simulations.
The lowℓ parts of the Planck likelihood have been validated through an extensive suite of tests. We find excellent consistency between the different data selection cuts tested (masks, data splits, etc.). In polarization, we note the pull of the ℓ = 5 multipole of the EE spectrum results, which appears quite high and thereby pushes up the bestfit τ value. However, using simulations, we have shown that the τ constraints with and without the ℓ = 5 multipole only disagree at about the 1.6 σ level.
We have listed in Sect. 2.2.6 the limitations of our lowℓ polarization likelihood approximation. We note that limitations in the systematics corrections (in particular, the analoguetodigital converter nonlinearities) translate into an overestimation of the variance of the lowest multipoles in our simulations, leading us to suspect that refinements in both the analysis and simulations (such as those carried out in Delouis et al. 2019) might translate into further tightening of the τ constraint.
Given their high computational price, the small number of fullscale simulations that can be run has prevented us from correctly taking into account in our approximation the correlations, especially between the TE and EE spectra, and the TT and TE spectra. This already limits our polarization likelihood to using only the EE power spectrum; adding TE and not taking into account correlations would overestimate the constraining power of the low multipoles. We also reported a nulltest failure of the ℓ > 10 part of the lowℓ TE spectrum that might be due to inaccuracies in the foreground model of our simulations, which ignores correlations between the dust contamination in temperature and polarization. Those multipoles have low constraining power on τ. We note, however, the agreement between the EE and TEbased τ constraints, when restricting TE to the multipole region that passes the problematic null test. Given the current TE constraint on τ, even if the nulltest failure and correlation problems were resolved, we would only marginally improve the overall constraining power of the lowℓ polarized data on τ.
5.2. Highℓ summary
The highmultipole likelihood approximation, Plik, was described and extensively investigated in Sect. 3. At these small scales, the large number of modes allows us to assume that the likelihood shape is reasonably well approximated by a Gaussian and the smoothness of the spectra permits the use of a fiducial covariance. The accuracy of the data model is paramount in order to obtain a reliable likelihood approximation, and for this reason the greatest challenge was to build and validate this model, including correction for beam effects, temperaturetopolarization leakage, residual systematics, and foreground contamination. A great deal of care was also needed to construct an accurate analytical approximation for the covariance between the power spectrum modes, taking into account masks and anisotropic noise effects. The 2018 highℓ approximation follows closely the approach developed in 2013 and 2015, but most of its specific ingredients have been improved, in particular for the polarized data.
Temperaturetopolarization leakage. While the highℓ likelihood uses the maps produced from the improved data processing of the HFI data, the main progress at these scales has been obtained thanks to improvements in our systematiceffects residuals model. The conclusion of the 2015 power spectrum and likelihood paper (PPL15) was that unexplained residuals, at the μK^{2} level, were observed in the comparison between individual crossfrequency spectra. Those residuals prevented us from recommending the use of the smallscale TE and EE power spectra for highprecision cosmology, even though we showed that when ignoring the residuals the TE and EEbased cosmological constraints were still in excellent agreement with the more robust TT ones. We showed in 2015 that the temperaturetopolarization leakage was a likely culprit for the source of some of these residuals and was degenerate with cosmological parameters. We have discussed in detail in Sect. 3.3.5 how we built and validated a suitable leakage model for the 2018 release. This model solves most of our residual issues in TE, as we have highlighted in Sect. 3.6.2 and shown in Fig. 61. This leakage model was validated on simulations (Hivon et al. 2017), and we also used them to estimate the residual uncertainty on our model, which depends on the determination of the beam shapes, gain, and polarization efficiencies.
Polarization efficiency correction. The temperaturetopolarization leakage is found to be small in the EE power spectra and cannot improve the interfrequency agreement in this case. For EE the disagreement is caused by small errors on the groundbased polarization efficiency determinations of the HFI polarimeters. The estimated errors of the groundbased measurements of the polarization efficiencies (Rosset et al. 2010) are found to be at least 5 times smaller that the value we have reported here and in HFI18. New direct measurements of polarization efficiencies on regions of the sky dominated by dust emission have led us to revise the groundbased estimates, first for the 353 GHz channels (HFI18), and then for the cosmological channels, as described in Sect. 3.3.4. The corrections improve the agreement between the crossfrequency power spectra in EE and result in a significant χ^{2} reduction (Δχ^{2} = 50). This improvement is shown in Fig. 62, and discussed in Sect. 3.6.2.
There are some limitations to the accuracy of our correction of the polarization efficiencies. The determination relies on a cosmological prior (using TT ΛCDM bestfit cosmology as a reference) and our best robustness test, comparing the polarizationefficiency corrections obtained from the EE and TE power spectra, fails at the 2 σ level, and this failure is not reproduced in our simulations. While this is not a substantial shortcoming, we investigated whether the data would prefer socalled “spectrumbased” polarizationefficiency corrections, where we would allow for different effective polarizationefficiency corrections in the TE and EE spectra^{28}. At the level of the ΛCDM cosmological model, for the joint TT,TE,EE reference likelihood, we found only a minor impact on the cosmological parameters when switching to this spectrumbased model compared with using the reference mapbased one, and we see only a small improvement in χ^{2} (Δχ^{2} = 10). In the case of extended cosmological models, however, the choice of polarizationefficiency correction model does have an impact, modifying by about 0.5 σ some of the cosmological parameters, as we have reported in Sect. 3.7. In order to explore the impact of the polarizationefficiency correction model (along with other variations of the choices made in the reference highℓ likelihood implementation), the CamSpec likelihood (described in Sect. 3.5.1 and summarized below) incorporates the spectrumbased correction, and is used in PCP18 to assess the robustness of the constraints to variations of the likelihoods. In the end, the polarizationefficiency estimation will remain one of the limitations of the Planck results. Comparison of the Planck HFI polarized data with future highprecision CMB experiments could help to mitigate this deficiency, but will be ultimately limited by the Planck noise level.
Robustness tests. At high ℓ, we have reproduced some of the most interesting tests we performed in 2015 and have extended them in polarization, as well as introducing new ones. The outcome of these tests is found to be satisfactory. Small highℓ deviations that were already present in the previous releases, such as the apparent extra smoothing at highℓ (A_{L} enhancement) and the mild disagreement between the ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800 parts of the spectrum, have been shown to still be present in TT, and no new particularly worrying deviations have been found in polarization. We note that despite a very significant improvement compared to 2015, the PTE of the full TE likelihood remains low. The temperaturetopolarization leakage correction has improved this issue significantly, and further data processing improvements have led to a decrease in the TEχ^{2} of about Δχ^{2} = 74. Nevertheless, the agreement between frequencies remains rather poor, with a PTE of 0.9%, and using the spectrumbased polarizationefficiency correction model is not sufficient to solve the issue. We note that the coadded binned TE spectrum has a good χ^{2} with a PTE of 71%. We have investigated the issue in Sect. 3.6 and shown that each crossfrequency spectrum is in excellent agreement with the bestfit joint TTTEEEΛCDM cosmology. The source of the poor PTE lies in disagreement between crossfrequency spectra located around the first and third troughs of the TE power spectrum, as exemplified in the conditional residual (Fig. 67). We estimate that known sources of systematic residuals (such as 4K lines, temperaturetopolarization leakage, or polarizationefficiency errors) cannot explain the small observed features. Apart from this issue, all of our other consistency checks of TE pass, including the comparison of cosmological parameters obtained when removing some of the crossfrequency spectra, the ℓ > 800 versus ℓ < 800 comparisons, or the conditional predictions from TT at the spectrum level (with small outliers within statistical expectation around the first and third troughs) or cosmological parameter level. We have assumed that the low PTE is the result of a possible underestimation of the scatter between frequencies and a consequence of the limitation of the statistical description of our data, rather than any missing correction in our model. At this stage we do prescribe the use of the highℓ TE within a joint TTTEEE likelihood.
FFP10 simulations. We have used the FFP10 simulations at high ℓ to estimate the robustness of our approximations. The highℓ likelihood was already tested, especially in 2015, using specifically designed simulations (to check the covariancematrix analytical computation), as well as through the FFP8 suite of simulations. In both cases, we found that the approximation was in excellent agreement with the simulations. This also allowed us to detect a small systematic bias in n_{s}, of about 0.1 σ, which disappears when changing the starting multipole of the likelihood approximation in TT. A similar behaviour was observed when varying the transition multipole between the highℓ and the lowℓ regimes in the data. We think that this bias is due to the lack of fidelity of the Gaussian approximation when the number of modes becomes smaller. We have now performed further tests using the FFP10 simulations, which contain a better and more accurate reproduction of the instrumental effects. The FFP10 simulations were designed with the goal of driving the lowℓ dataprocessing enhancement and providing a simulation suite for the less stringent lensing and nonGaussianity measurements. We have explained in Sect. 3.12 how those design goals limit what we can achieve with the simulations at high ℓ. With this limitation in mind we have tested how the likelihood approximation performs on the endtoend part of the FFP10 simulations. The behaviour of the approximation appears to be satisfactory. Using the simulations, we have detected a systematic bias in the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 crosshalfmission EE spectra, which for lack of better explanation we call “correlated noise.” Ignoring this correlated noise in the likelihood model causes a systematic 0.25 σ bias in the measured value of ω_{b} when using the EE likelihood alone. Using the FFP10 simulations we have built an empirical correction template that we include in the data model of the likelihood. Looking at the mean of the retrieved cosmological parameters on our 300 simulations, we have found a 2.8 Δ shift^{29} on n_{s} in TE, which corresponds to a possible 0.16 σ systematic shift in a single realization (again when using TE alone). Finally, when comparing the cosmological parameters obtained for the different levels of complexity of our simulations, we have found a 0.3 σ disagreement on n_{s} in EE between two versions of the simulations, where we would not have expected such a shift. Given the limitations of the FFP10 simulation suite, it is not possible to determine whether this is due to the particular single sky and foreground realization used in the endtoend simulations or is an indication of a different problem.
Comparison between likelihoods. Another way to assess the robustness of the highℓ likelihood is to compare it with the results from a different implementation, using variations in the model or approximations. We performed a similar comparison in 2013, where the two adopted likelihood approximations used very different data cuts, models for the foregrounds, and approximations of the statistical properties of the TT power spectrum. The reference implementation then was the CamSpec likelihood, while the Plik one, which had a lower constraining power, was used for validation. In 2015, CamSpec, as well as several other new highℓ likelihood implementations, were tested, and compared to the new reference, the Plik likelihood. In 2018, we compare only the CamSpec likelihood with the baseline Plik one. The specifications of the CamSpec likelihood are highlighted in Sect 3.5.1, with the main differences being: a different choice of masks in polarization, using a smaller sky fraction; a difference in the polarizationefficiency correction model, using the spectrumbased model and individual and possibly different corrections for each crosshalfmission crossspectra; a different choice of multipole selection; a different noise model, based on the oddeven map differences; small variations in the foreground model correction in temperature, using a slightly different dust template in TT, and a slightly different CIB model; and small variations in the foreground model correction in polarization, using a mapcleaning procedure for the lowest multipoles and a powerspectrum template at higher ones, ignoring the dust variance in polarization. Out of those differences, the ones that most affect the cosmological constraints are the mask selection, the polarizationefficiency correction model and possibly the noise model.
The results from the two likelihoods are consistent at the level of cosmological parameters, as discussed extensively in PCP18. We show a comparison of the two likelihood TE and EE power spectra in Appendix A.3, which are found to be in good agreement. The differences in cosmological parameters between the two are below 0.5 σ in the baseΛCDM model, a result that gives confidence in the main cosmological conclusions. Similar differences are observed on extended parameters, and in particular those sensitive to the apparent extra smoothing in the highest multipole range of the TT power spectrum, which is the cause of the A_{L} curiosity. While both CamSpec and PlikTT exhibit the same high A_{L} value, the differences in polarizationefficiency correction models between the two likelihoods shift the value of A_{L} in the joint TTTEEE cosmological constraint, as we have discussed in Sect. 3.7.
Assessment of residual systematics. Estimating the level of residual systematics and uncertainty is in many ways an illposed problem. Whenever a particular systematic effect has been detected and modelled, we correct for it, and we performed a comprehensive series of tests to identify such residual systematics. That process leaves us with some remaining minor failures of our different robustness and coherence tests, which we summarize in this last subsection.
Overall, our validation tests of the highℓ likelihood demonstrate the robustness of the Planck highℓ temperature and polarization data analysis. Our compatibility tests, at the spectrum level (Sect. 3.6.4) or at the parameter level (Sect. 3.6.5), both testify to the excellent agreement between temperature and polarization in the context of the ΛCDM model. Furthermore, we showed in many different ways (at the spectra level or within the ΛCDM model) the interagreement between our individual temperature and polarization crossfrequency spectra. We also established the compatibility at the level of cosmological parameters between the larger and smaller scales of the highℓ data. All of those results, with the duly noted limitations of a list of related > 2 σ curiosities in temperature (including the apparent tension between ℓ > 800 and ℓ < 800 modes and the A_{L} > 1 effect), due to the shape of the scatter of the TT bandpowers, together paint a picture of a solid data set.
Throughout this paper we have striven to challenge this picture in many different ways, and we have highlighted the limitations of the data and their statistical description, as well as the impact of the different modelling choices we made. Our main limitation lies in the PEcorrection model. We have already recalled above how the PE corrections measured at 143 GHz in EE and TE differ by about 2 σ. While this could be the result of statistical fluctuations, it is also possible that it is caused by residual systematics, affecting either the EE or TE spectrum calibration. We investigated whether changing the PEcorrection model from the baseline mapbased one to a spectrumbased one could affect the cosmology. Our findings, described in detail in Sect. 3.7 show that, with the baseline Plik likelihood, the ΛCDM cosmological parameters are immune to the PEcorrection choice and also to the marginalization of the PEcorrection parameters. We nevertheless recommend fixing them, since, when jointly exploring them in the likelihood, the 217 GHz PE correction is pulled towards high values by the smallscale data.
In contrast, when testing for extended cosmological models, we observed systematic shifts in cosmological parameters, associated with the change in the PEcorrection model. Those shifts are more pronounced for the extended parameters that are particularly sensitive to the relative temperaturetopolarization calibration, such as A_{L}. The shifts are exacerbated when fixing the values of the PE correction as we do, and reach at most about 0.5 σ on the extended parameters. Similarly, the alternative highℓ likelihood, CamSpec, which implements the spectrumbased PE correction (but also other variations of some key design choices, and in particular a different mask for polarization) shows some differences in the ΛCDM cosmological parameters at the 0.5 σ level or less. It is for these two reasons that we estimate the robustness of our likelihood validation to be at this level. Note, however, that this does not mean that we are affected by a systematic 0.5 σ residual effect. The differences between the different PEcorrection models can be entirely explained by statistical fluctuations, and in the particular case of CamSpec also by the mask differences. Both likelihood products are available, and the Plik one allows us to test both PEcorrection models and to jointly explore the PE corrections along with cosmology and other nuisance parameters, allowing us to test the sensitivity of any cosmological model constraints to different data modelling choices. We followed this approach in both PCP18 and Planck Collaboration X (2020), and highlighted the cases where some small dependency on the modelling choice was observed.
In some of our robustness tests, and in particular when relaxing priors, we observed shifts in some of our parameters, both in ΛCDM and extended models. We highlighted the largest ones, such as for example, a modification of N_{eff} of about 1.1 σ. In all of those cases, however, we concluded that the observed shifts could all be caused by statistical fluctuations at below the 2 σ level. As such, we do not consider them to be a signature of unknown residuals.
Our tests on simulations revealed some systematic shifts, when using the TT, TE, or EEonly likelihoods. We discussed these in Sect. 3.12, and recalled them above; they correspond to a 0.1 σ shift in n_{s} for TT, a 0.16 σ n_{s} shift for TE, and a 0.3 σ disagreement in n_{s} between two different levels of approximation of the E2E simulations in EE. As we discussed in Sect. 3.12, at this level for each individual likelihood, these possible biases do not translate into worrying issues for the joint likelihood. Indeed, the joint TTTEEE simulation tests performed already in 2015 did not reveal any hint of a bias in n_{s} at the 0.1 σ level.
5.3. Future outlook
Despite the important tightening of the constraints on the cosmological model and its parameters since COBE, the Planck results are still in excellent agreement with the basic 6parameter ΛCDM model. However, we do report some “curiosities,” consisting of apparent deviations of the data from expectations at between the 2 σ and 3 σ level, such as: the lowℓ power deficit in temperature; the A_{L} deviation; and the mild disagreement between the ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800 parts of the TT spectrum. These deviations are not independent from each other, but are tightly correlated, and are different ways of projecting the same powerspectrum fluctuations onto cosmological parameters. Nevertheless, the Planck data by themselves do not give us any compelling reason to extend the cosmological model. Those small anomalies were already reported in papers accompanying previous Planck releases. They are still present in the power spectra we use for this 2018 release and the new effects that we tested here (e.g., aberration or beam residuals) cannot explain them. The TT power spectrum carries the bulk of the cosmological information coming from Planck, and those small deviations have an impact on the joint TT,TE,EE likelihood. The constraining power of the polarization data is not yet sufficient to confirm or disprove any physical model for those deviations. The best current explanation for these curiosities is that they are simply statistical excursions in the TT power spectrum.
There are a few remaining ways of further improving the constraining power of the Planck data. As we noted above, improvements in both the analysis and simulations (such as the ones carried out in Delouis et al. 2019) might translate into further tightening of the τ constraint, mainly by reducing the observed extra variance of the ℓ = 2 and ℓ = 3 multipoles of the EE power spectrum, which is found to be large in the current likelihood implementation. Adding the TE power spectrum to the likelihood will require a significant amount of work in order to correctly take into account the TTtoTE and TEtoEE correlations, and will probably bring only small improvements on the τ constraint (although it might be important for other science objectives).
Regarding LFI data, further lowℓ polarization improvements will likely require a substantial reworking of the calibration methodology at 70 GHz, which has remained basically the same as for the 2015 analysis (LFI18). While 30 and 44 GHz data did improve significantly in the current analysis, the latter is still not sufficiently consistent to be employed for lowℓ cosmology; future improvements at the level of timeline processing and calibration may change this situation.
There is also room for minor refinements to further tighten the cosmological constraints at high ℓ. The power spectra themselves, especially the EE and TE ones, can be improved slightly by using variance maps to estimate the optimal pseudospectrum, as was done in a slightly different setup for CMB lensing in Planck Collaboration VIII (2020). Using correlations between the socalled “detectorset” maps (maps from individual bolometers and combination of polarimeters) one can also increase the S/N of the spectra used in the likelihood. This route was followed in 2013, but in 2015 we showed that, at least in temperature, the noise in detectorset maps was correlated. This is the reason why we decided to use correlations between halfmission maps in 2015 and also for this release. A robust model of the noise correlation in detectorset maps would be needed before we could use them for cosmology. The FFP10 simulations were not produced for this specific case, and we cannot rely on them to estimate the correlated noise. In 2015, a datadriven correlation template was built for TT. We observed differences in the cosmological parameters (at the fraction of a σ level) and in foreground parameters (at the roughly 1 σ level) when comparing to the halfmission results, highlighting a possible degeneracy with the correction templates. It is unclear whether a similar correlated noise effect is present in the detectorset polarized data. In 2015, we observed approximately σlevel shifts between the baseline halfmission and detectorset EEderived parameters. It is unclear whether those differences are due to differences in leakage templates, polarizationefficiency errors, or correlated noise.
Another way to improve the constraining power of the highℓ likelihood would be to increase the fraction of sky usable for cosmology. This could be achieved by replacing the powerspectra template correction we have used here by a dustcleaning approach at the map level, using the higherfrequency maps. We have used a similar method in the lowℓ likelihood. This approach was already implemented in 2015 in the mspec likelihood and demonstrated in the CamSpeccleaned likelihood discussed in PCP18. We are currently retaining about 80% of the sky at 100 GHz (before apodization) and such cleaning might permit us to reach a similar sky fraction for the other frequencies, thus allowing us to ignore the dust variance in the covariance matrix, which somewhat tightens the covariance at large scales. However, this method requires modelling the noise properties of the dust tracer channels (545 GHz, and 353 GHz for polarization) in order to avoid introducing correlations between the power spectra through the cleaning, and important modifications to the temperature foreground model. Further improvements might be achievable by reducing the apodization length of the Galactic masks. All of those steps will require significant work on the covariance estimation and thorough validation.
Planck has shown how much information can be obtained by combining the temperature and polarization anisotropies of the CMB. Despite the limitations of the data and their analysis (and in particular the accuracy of the polarization efficiency of the detectors), both temperature and polarization data have been found to be in excellent agreement and strongly support the ΛCDM model. Just as COBE and WMAP did in their time, the Planck legacy sets a solid foundation for future CMB experiments and other probes of the cosmological model.
Planck (http://www.esa.int/Planck) is a project of the European Space Agency (ESA) with instruments provided by two scientific consortia funded by ESA member states and led by Principal Investigators from France and Italy, telescope reflectors provided through a collaboration between ESA and a scientific consortium led and funded by Denmark, and additional contributions from NASA (USA).
We do not fix A_{s}e^{−2τ}, but leave both A_{s} and τ free to vary. The inflationary consistency relation is assumed for n_{t} (Planck Collaboration X 2020).
For the impact on the highℓ likelihood see Sect. 3.3.4.
In detail, the apodization is computed by applying the apodization kernel to the mask distance map (i.e., the map of the distance of each pixel to the closest mask border), which ensures that the apodized mask indeed goes to zero in the masked region. The mask distance map is easily computed using HEALPix routines. To avoid spiky features of the distance map in the convex regions of the mask, the distance map is first smoothed using a FWHM Gaussian window.
This prior, together with all the others discussed in the rest of the text (and summarized Table 16) are used in all cosmological parameter estimations and tests presented in this paper, in PCP18, or in Planck Collaboration X (2020). These priors are not automatically included in the Plik or CamSpec likelihoods, but are externally enforced when estimating parameters. Furthermore, these priors are used when marginalizing over nuisance parameters to produce the Plik_lite likelihood.
We do not apply colour corrections on the dust amplitudes, consistently with our choice for other foreground parameters, such as the CIB or the pointsource amplitudes, since these corrections have uncertainties linked to the knowledge of the spectral energy distribution of the foregrounds themselves and of the Planck detector bandpasses.
As for Eq. (21), the formula is exact only for the ensemble average over sky spectra.
Performed using the sonamed software from TICRA, www.ticra.com
The input CMBplusforeground maps from which we simulate the TOIs for the E2E realizations are convolved by the effective beams that includes residuals from the timeresponse corrections in the data processing. To avoid applying the timeresponse correction twice in the E2E maps, the processing is only applied to the noise and systematics parts of the TOIs.
In Sect. 3.12, we defined Δ to be the estimate of the bias on our 300 simulations.
Acknowledgments
The Planck Collaboration acknowledges the support of: ESA; CNES and CNRS/INSUIN2P3INP (France); ASI, CNR, and INAF (Italy); NASA and DoE (USA); STFC and UKSA (UK); CSIC, MINECO, JA, and RES (Spain); Tekes, AoF and CSC (Finland); DLR and MPG (Germany); CSA (Canada); DTU Space (Denmark); SER/SSO (Switzerland); RCN (Norway); SFI (Ireland); FCT/MCTES (Portugal); and ERC and PRACE (EU). A description of the Planck Collaboration and a list of its members, indicating which technical or scientific activities they have been involved in, can be found at http://www.cosmos.esa.int/web/planck/planckcollaboration. This research used resources of the IN2P3 Computer Center (http://cc.in2p3.fr) as well as of the PlanckHFI DPC infrastructure hosted at the Institut d’Astrophysique de Paris (France) and financially supported by CNES.
References
 Addison, G. E., Dunkley, J., & Spergel, D. N. 2012, MNRAS, 427, 1741 [Google Scholar]
 Addison, G. E., Huang, Y., Watts, D. J., et al. 2016, ApJ, 818, 132 [Google Scholar]
 Audren, B., Lesgourgues, J., Benabed, K., & Prunet, S. 2013, J. Cosmol. Astropart., 2, 1 [Google Scholar]
 Benabed, K., Cardoso, J. F., Prunet, S., & Hivon, E. 2009, MNRAS, 400, 219 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Bennett, C. L., Larson, D., Weiland, J. L., et al. 2013, ApJS, 208, 20 [Google Scholar]
 Bond, J. R., Jaffe, A. H., & Knox, L. 1998, Phys. Rev. D, 57, 2117 [Google Scholar]
 Calabrese, E., Hlozek, R. A., Battaglia, N., et al. 2013, Phys. Rev. D, 87, 103012 [Google Scholar]
 Chon, G., Challinor, A., Prunet, S., Hivon, E., & Szapudi, I. 2004, MNRAS, 350, 914 [Google Scholar]
 Chu, M., Eriksen, H. K., Knox, L., et al. 2005, Phys. Rev. D, 71, 103002 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Delouis, J.M., Pagano, L., Mottet, S., Puget, J.L., & Vibert, L. 2019, A&A, 629, A38 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Dunkley, J., Calabrese, E., Sievers, J., et al. 2013, J. Cosmol. Astropart., 7, 025 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Efstathiou, G. 2004, MNRAS, 349, 603 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Efstathiou, G. 2006, MNRAS, 370, 343 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Efstathiou, G., & Gratton, S. 2019, ArXiv eprints [arXiv:1910.00483] [Google Scholar]
 Efstathiou, G., & Migliaccio, M. 2012, MNRAS, 423, 2492 [Google Scholar]
 Elsner, F., & Wandelt, B. D. 2012, A&A, 542, A60 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Eriksen, H. K., Jewell, J. B., Dickinson, C., et al. 2008, ApJ, 676, 10 [Google Scholar]
 Fendt, W. A., & Wandelt, B. D. 2006, ApJ, 654, 2 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Galli, S., Benabed, K., Bouchet, F., et al. 2014, Phys. Rev. D, 90, 063504 [Google Scholar]
 Górski, K. M., Hivon, E., Banday, A. J., et al. 2005, ApJ, 622, 759 [Google Scholar]
 Gratton, S. 2017, ArXiv eprints [arXiv:1708.08479] [Google Scholar]
 Gratton, S., & Challinor, A. 2019, ArXiv eprints [arXiv:1911.07754] [Google Scholar]
 Grin, D., Dore, O., & Kamionkowski, M. 2011a, Phys. Rev. D, 84, 123003 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Grin, D., Dore, O., & Kamionkowski, M. 2011b, Phys. Rev. Lett., 107, 261301 [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Gruppuso, A., de Rosa, A., Cabella, P., et al. 2009, MNRAS, 400, 463 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Gruppuso, A., Natoli, P., Mandolesi, N., et al. 2012, J. Cosmol. Astropart., 2, 023 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Hamimeche, S., & Lewis, A. 2008, Phys. Rev. D, 77, 103013 [Google Scholar]
 Haslam, C. G. T., Salter, C. J., Stoffel, H., & Wilson, W. E. 1982, A&AS, 47, 1 [NASA ADS] [Google Scholar]
 Henning, J. W., Sayre, J. T., Reichardt, C. L., et al. 2018, ApJ, 852, 97 [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Hivon, E., Górski, K. M., Netterfield, C. B., et al. 2002, ApJ, 567, 2 [Google Scholar]
 Hivon, E., Mottet, S., & Ponthieu, N. 2017, A&A, 598, A25 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Hu, W., & White, M. 1997, New A, 2, 323 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Jeong, D., Chluba, J., Dai, L., Kamionkowski, M., & Wang, X. 2014, Phys. Rev. D, 89, 023003 [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Kamionkowski, M., Kosowsky, A., & Stebbins, A. 1997, Phys. Rev. D, 55, 7368 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Keskitalo, R., Ashdown, M. A. J., Cabella, P., et al. 2010, A&A, 522, A94 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Kilbinger, M., Benabed, K., Cappe, O., et al. 2011, ArXiv eprints [arXiv:1101.0950] [Google Scholar]
 Lesgourgues, J. 2011, ArXiv eprints [arXiv:1104.2932] [Google Scholar]
 Lewis, A., & Bridle, S. 2002, Phys. Rev. D, 66, 103511 [Google Scholar]
 Lewis, A., Challinor, A., & Lasenby, A. 2000, ApJ, 538, 473 [Google Scholar]
 Louis, T., Grace, E., Hasselfield, M., et al. 2017, J. Cosmol. Astropart., 6, 031 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Maffei, B., Noviello, F., Murphy, J. A., et al. 2010, A&A, 520, A12 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Mak, D. S. Y., Challinor, A., Efstathiou, G., & Lagache, G. 2017, MNRAS, 466, 286 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Moss, A., Scott, D., Zibin, J. P., & Battye, R. 2011, Phys. Rev. D, 84, 023014 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Muciaccia, P. F., Natoli, P., & Vittorio, N. 1997, ApJ, 488, L63 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Obied, G., Dvorkin, C., Heinrich, C., Hu, W., & Miranda, V. 2017, Phys. Rev. D, 96, 083526 [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Pagano, L., Delouis, J.M., Mottet, S., Puget, J.L., & Vibert, L. 2020, A&A, 635, A99 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Page, L., Hinshaw, G., Komatsu, E., et al. 2007, ApJS, 170, 335 [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration 2018, The Legacy Explanatory Supplement, https://www.cosmos.esa.int/web/planck/pla (ESA) [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration VI. 2014, A&A, 571, A6 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration VII. 2014, A&A, 571, A7 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XI. 2014, A&A, 571, A11 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XV. 2014, A&A, 571, A15 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XVI. 2014, A&A, 571, A16 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XXVII. 2014, A&A, 571, A27 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XXX. 2014, A&A, 571, A30 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration VIII. 2016, A&A, 594, A8 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration IX. 2016, A&A, 594, A9 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration X. 2016, A&A, 594, A10 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XI. 2016, A&A, 594, A11 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XII. 2016, A&A, 594, A12 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XIII. 2016, A&A, 594, A13 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XV. 2016, A&A, 594, A15 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration I. 2020, A&A, 641, A1 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration II. 2020, A&A, 641, A2 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration III. 2020, A&A, 641, A3 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration IV. 2020, A&A, 641, A4 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration V. 2020, A&A, 641, A5 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration VI. 2020, A&A, 641, A6 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration VII. 2020, A&A, 641, A7 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration VIII. 2020, A&A, 641, A8 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration IX. 2020, A&A, 641, A9 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration X. 2020, A&A, 641, A10 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XI. 2020, A&A, 641, A11 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration XII. 2020, A&A, 641, A12 [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration Int. XXII. 2015, A&A, 576, A107 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration Int. XLI. 2016, A&A, 596, A102 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration Int. XLVI. 2016, A&A, 596, A107 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Planck Collaboration Int. LI. 2017, A&A, 607, A95 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Polenta, G., Marinucci, D., Balbi, A., et al. 2005, J. Cosmol. Astropart., 11, 001 [Google Scholar]
 Reichardt, C. L., Shaw, L., Zahn, O., et al. 2012, ApJ, 755, 70 [Google Scholar]
 Rosset, C., Tristram, M., Ponthieu, N., et al. 2010, A&A, 520, A13 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [EDP Sciences] [Google Scholar]
 Rudjord, Ø., Groeneboom, N. E., Eriksen, H. K., et al. 2009, ApJ, 692, 1669 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Spergel, D. N., Bean, R., Doré, O., et al. 2007, ApJS, 170, 377 [Google Scholar]
 Tegmark, M. 1996, MNRAS, 280, 299 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Tegmark, M., & de OliveiraCosta, A. 2001, Phys. Rev. D, 64, 063001 [NASA ADS] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Trac, H., Bode, P., & Ostriker, J. P. 2011, ApJ, 727, 94 [Google Scholar]
 Tristram, M., MacíasPérez, J. F., Renault, C., & Santos, D. 2005, MNRAS, 358, 833 [Google Scholar]
 Valiviita, J. 2017, JCAP, 1704, 014 [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
 Zaldarriaga, M., & Seljak, U. 1997, Phys. Rev. D, 55, 1830 [Google Scholar]
Appendix A: Highmultipole supplemental material
A.1. Oddeven map correlations
To evaluate possible noise correlations between odd and even half maps, and to further check the halfmission map, we split the data in four ways, building the odd and even maps of each half mission. For example, we will call the map produced using the odd rings from the first half of the mission. The two crossspectra formed between the maps from different half missions and different ring parities ( and ) will avoid scanningrelated correlations and Δt > 1yr ones. We will call these double crossspectra “superconservative” (SC) power spectra. We can identify in the OE and HM power spectra the contribution of each of the maps and note that in both cases, the power spectra are the combination of the two SC power spectra, and in each case, two specific extra terms:
We use the differences between the specific OE and HM crossspectra and the SC ones to assess the amount of possible spurious correlation. Figure A.2, presents this test for the TT and EE 143 × 143 spectra. While the HM specific spectra do not seem to exhibit any particular trend between themselves and with the SC, there is a clear residual correlation at ℓ > 1600 in the OE for TT, coming specifically from the second half mission. This nulltest failure cannot be explained by the subpixel effects. A similar failure, with a lower significance, can be observed in the second halfmission contribution of the OE for 143 × 217 (not shown). There are also some sign of correlated noise in the 100 × 100 TT spectrum, both in the HM and OE specific terms at ℓ > 1200. We are not using this part of the data for cosmology.
There is also a marginally significant (when looking at the data mode by mode) systematic slope in the difference between the OE specific terms and the SC or HM specific terms. The 143 × 143 spectrum gives a large contribution to the cosmological constraints^{30}, so that when building a EE likelihood with OE spectra, this slope translates into a systematic n_{s} shift of about 1 σ (towards a better agreement with TT).
Overall, the other spectra, including TE, display much better agreement between the SC, OE, and HM specific terms. On this basis, we should at the very least exclude the 143 × 143 TT, 143 × 217 TT, and 143 × 143 EE OE spectra from any cosmological exploration. Since the OE differences also show sign of correlations (see Sect. 3.3.3), we exclude them from the highℓ likelihood.
A.2. Relative amplitudes of the TE and EE leakage templates
The estimation of the temperaturetopolarization leakage effect produces qualitatively very different results for the TE and EE spectra. Indeed, as shown Fig. 51, and discussed in Sect. 3.3.5, the leakage effect is predicted to be almost negligible for EE, while it is an important bias in TE. In fact, such a different behaviour is to be expected and can be confirmed by evaluating the ratio of the amplitude of the leakage effects in TE and EE in both the signal and the noisedominated regimes.
Inspection of Fig. 50 suggests that the leakage contributions to the TE and EE spectra will be dominated respectively by^{31}
while the ratio of the beam windowmatrix elements responsible of the leakage is
Noting that the ratio between the EE and TE spectra is always smaller than 0.1 (see Fig. A.1), we can estimate, in absolute terms, the ratio between the EE and TE leakage corrections
Fig. A.1. Ratios of CMB spectra entering Eqs. (A.6b), (A.7b), and (A.10b), in red, green, and blue, respectively. All ratios are calculated for the Planck 2015 ΛCDM bestfit model. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. A.2. Differences between the SC, OE, and HM specific terms entering the 143 × 143 TT power spectrum (see text). The top right triangle shows the various power spectra differences in terms of statistical deviations, while the bottom left shows the spectral difference. Blue, purple, and grey are the null tests for HM, OE, and SC, respectively, obtained by computing the difference between the two terms specific to each case, while orange, red, and pink are HMspecific terms minus SC, OE specific terms minus SC, and HM minus OE, respectively. Error bars are obtained from a simple covariancematrix approximation, using the empirical spectrum and the sky fractions, and ignoring the mask corrections. 

Open with DEXTER 
Fig. A.2. Continued (here, considering the 143 × 143 EE power spectrum). 

Open with DEXTER 
Similarly, we can show that the amplitude of the leakage in TE and EE relative to and is always smaller in the EE case by evaluating
where the second term is shown in Fig. A.1 to be below 0.5 for all ℓ.
Finally, one can also compare the leakage power spectra to approximations of the scatter of the XY spectra . These are given by
where Δℓ is the bin width, and are the noise power spectra in each of the two polarized maps used to compute EE, while N^{T} and N^{E} are the noise spectra of the temperature and polarization maps used to compute TE. One may then consider the ratio
In the cosmicvariancedominated regime, where noise can be neglected, one finds
where the term in square brakets is shown in Fig. A.1 to be smaller than 0.5 at ℓ > 300.
In the noisedominated regime
This is expected to be less than unity, since for PlanckHFI all detectors contribute to the measurement of T, while only a subset of them measure E and therefore ϵ_{ℓ} < 1.
Hence in all situations we expect beam leakage to have a lower impact on the EE spectra than on the TE ones.
A.3. PlikCamSpec polarization power spectrum comparison
Appendix A of PCP18 gives an overview of the main cosmological parameter differences between the Plik and CamSpec likelihoods, we present here a different way to illustrate the level at which the two likelihoods agree; Fig. A.3 shows the comparison between the EE and TE coadded power spectra obtained in the two likelihoods. In both case, we only display the residuals of the coadded power spectra compared to the joint Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing bestfit model obtained using Plik. The figure also shows the differences between the two sets of residuals, as well as the bestfit models when replacing Plik by CamSpec, highlighting the good agreement on cosmological parameters. The CamSpec points are plotted shifted in ℓ to improve legibility. Rescaled TE and EE power spectra are also plotted, to provide a reference for assessing whether the small differences between Plik and CamSpec are correlated with the shape of the power spectrum. We remind the reader that the two likelihoods uses very different masks (shown in Fig. 30), and we do expect some scatter between the two power spectra. Differences are small, peaking at about 2 μK^{2}. There is no clear trend or correlation with the model power spectra. The small scatter between the power spectra of the two likelihoods is the at level at which we estimate that we validate our likelihoods and corresponds to the slight changes in the cosmological parameters discussed in PCP18.
Fig. A.3. Comparison between the TE (top) and EE (bottom) coadded spectra from Plik (red points) and CamSpec (blue points). We show here the residuals compared to the bestfit Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing ΛCDM model: Plik as the red points; CamSpec as the blue points; and the difference between the two likelihoods shown as the orange line. To improve legibility, the CamSpec data points have been shifted slightly compared to the Plik ones. The difference between the bestfit models when replacing Plik by CamSpec in the Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing case is shown in green. To give the locations of the peaks in TE and EE as a reference, rescaled CMB spectra are displayed in light grey. 

Open with DEXTER 
A.4. CIB model exploration
In Fig. A.4, we display the variation of cosmological parameters in ΛCDM and ΛCDM+A_{L} models under modification of the CIB model and removal of the SZ prior. We find that the cosmological parameters are robust to variations of the foreground model, and recover the n_{s} sensitivity to the SZ prior discussed in Sect. 3.3.1, which is due to the correlation with the kSZ amplitude. The baseline model corresponds to the oneplustwo halo model (1h2h) described in Planck Collaboration XXX (2014) and Sect. 3.3.1, which further predicts the CIB emission law. Note that the alternative CamSpec likelihood uses the same template but independently fits the emission at different frequencies. When using a powerlaw model for the CIB with Plik, we obtain a value of n_{CIB} = γ_{CIB} − 2 = −1.47, in perfect agreement with Mak et al. (2017). The baseline model fixes the CIB SED. When opening it up and independently fitting the CIB contribution for each of the TT crossspectra, we find variations of the CIB and PS contributions that compensate each other. However, the cosmological parameters are left essentially unchanged, both in the ΛCDM and ΛCDM+A_{L} cases.
Fig. A.4. Exploration of different CIB models and impact of the SZ prior. Left panel: we present the joint exploration of the ΛCDM and different foreground parameters and in the right panel, the same when also opening up the A_{L} parameter. In those tests we only use the Planck TT+lowE likelihoods. The baseline model correspond to the oneplustwo halo model (1h2h) described in Planck Collaboration XXX (2014), which further predicts the CIB emission law. We explore cases where the model template is replaced by a power law and where the SED is freely fitted. We further test the impact of relaxing the SZ prior. In all cases, the cosmological parameters are found to be robust to variations of the foreground model, including when opening up the A_{L} parameter. 

Open with DEXTER 
All Tables
Marginalized A_{s} and τ parameters extracted using the LFI 2015 pixelbased likelihood considering different lowℓ temperature maps.
Percentage of simulations that have absolute difference between 𝒟_{ℓ} and the mean of the empirical distribution larger than the data.
PTEs for all the 100 GHz and 143 GHz crossspectra computed between splits for ℓ_{max} = 10 and (shown in parentheses) for ℓ_{max} = 29.
PTEs for halfmission (HM), detectorset (DS), and oddeven (OE) null tests. The spectra are obtained by crossing the difference maps.
Constraints on ln(10^{10}A_{s}), τ, and r from the TT+EE likelihood (central column) and TT+EE+BB likelihood (right column).
Empirical probability of observing a value of greater than that calculated from the data.
Consistency of the parameters τ and ln(10^{10}A_{s}) estimated on different masks.
Scaling coefficients for synchrotron (α) and dust (β) obtained for the WMAP data set described in the text, using WMAP K band and Planck 353 GHz maps as templates.
DustplusCIB contamination level (in μK^{2}) at each frequency, for different Galactic masks.
Parameters and priors used for astrophysical foregrounds and instrumental modelling for the baseline likelihood.
Cleaning coefficients applied in the construction of the polarization segment of the CamSpec likelihood, specifying the amount of 353 GHz subtraction required at each frequency.
Spectral calibration factors applied in the construction of the CamSpec likelihood.
Goodnessoffit tests for the 2018 Planck temperature and polarization spectra.
All Figures
Fig. 1. Top: Commander 2018 lowℓ temperature map masked with the Commander 2018 mask. Middle and bottom: differences between the Commander 2018 map and the Commander 2015 map (middle) and the SMICAdedicated lowℓ map (bottom). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 2. TT angular power spectra (D_{ℓ} ≡ ℓ(ℓ + 1)C_{ℓ}/2π) of the available lowℓ componentseparated maps: Commander 2018 (blue points); Commander 2015 (red points); SMICA 2018 (cyan points); and Commander 2015 and SMICA 2018 masked with the 2018 Commander mask (purple and green points, respectively). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 3. Differences normalized to the sampling variance in the angular power spectrum with respect to the Commander 2015 one. The grey band is the ±3 σ dispersion of 10 000 MC angular power spectra differences calculated using either the Commander 2015 mask or the Commander 2018 mask. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 4. Angular power spectrum of the lowℓ Commander maps compared to those of the other componentseparated maps. Top: comparison performed with the componentseparated maps of the 2018 release. Black points show the power spectrum of the 2018 lowℓ Commander map with the 2018 common mask from component separation. Bottom: comparison performed with the 2015 componentseparated maps. Black points show the power spectrum of the 2015 lowℓ Commander map with the 2015 common mask from component separation. Blue and red points are, respectively, the power spectrum of the lowℓ Commander maps with the 2018 or 2015 native mask. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 5. Average of the angular power spectrum differences between ℓ = 2 and ℓ_{max} as a function of ℓ_{max}, expressed as a percentage. The differences are taken with respect to Commander 2015 results with its native mask. The dashed lines omit ℓ = 5. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 6. Posteriors of the τ (upper panel) and A_{s} (lower panel) parameters obtained from the LFI pixelbased likelihood using the same 2015 polarized maps and considering different lowℓ temperature maps. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 7. Different masks used for the lowℓ HFI likelihood. Top panels: Commander temperature confidence mask, and polarization masks obtained thresholding the 5°smoothed 353 GHz polarization intensity map. Middle panels: masks produced with the alternative algorithm described in Sect. 2.2.5. Bottom panels: masks used for the LFI × HFI likelihood estimation (Sect. 2.2.5). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 8. QML power spectra for 100 × 143. The green points represent data, while the blue bars show the averages and 1 σ dispersions of 300 FFP10 signal + noise simulations. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 9. Empirical correlation matrix (as percentages) for EE and BB power spectra estimated from 300 signal + noise + systematics simulations. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 10. Difference, Δ𝒟_{ℓ}, between spectra for different data splits (vertical line), compared with the distribution of the difference in FFP10 simulations (histograms). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 11. Whisker plot, showing comparison of the bestfit values, together with the 68% (red) and 95% (yellow) confidence levels for τ, obtained using either the complete set of 300 FFP10 simulations or the first half or the second half of them. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from the default analysis, i.e., using 300 simulations. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 12. Values of τ measured on data using different sky masks. The red points show the median values of the τ distributions measured on the masks shown in Fig. 7. The blue point represents the value of τ obtained using the 50% alternative mask shown in the middle part of Fig. 7. Intense and fainter bars show 68% and 95% confidence levels, respectively. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from the default analysis, i.e., the 50% mask. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 13. Shifts in τ values between different masks (red vertical lines) compared with histograms of the same quantities measured in simulations. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 14. Values of τ obtained when removing one multipole at a time. We show bestfit values (red points), together with 68% (red lines) and 95% (yellow lines) confidence levels. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from the full analysis. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 15. Shifts in τ values between different data splits (red vertical lines) compared with histograms of the corresponding differences measured on simulations. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 16. Posteriors on τ obtained from crossspectra between the 100 and 143 GHz channels; only the polarized synchrotrontracer handling is changed among the three cases. From top to bottom we use: 30 GHz to clean 100 GHz only; 30 GHz to clean both 100 and 143 GHz; and WMAP K band to clean 100 GHz only. Intense and fainter bars show 68% and 95% confidence levels, respectively. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from the default analysis. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 17. EE crossspectra for 100 × 143, 70 × 100, and 70 × 143, together with the EE 70 GHz autospectrum. The error bars are based on MC simulations for the crossspectra and on the Fisher matrix for the autospectrum. The sky fractions are 50% for 100 × 143, 47% for 70 × 100 and 70 × 143, and 62% for 70 GHz. The black line shows a theoretical power spectrum with τ = 0.05. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 18. Whisker plot showing bestfit values and 68% and 95% confidence levels for τ when combining various Planck and WMAP channels. The vertical line shows the bestfit value from 100 × 143. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 19. EE crossspectra for WMAP × 70, WMAP × 100, and WMAP × 143. The error bars shown are based on MC simulations. The sky fractions used are 57% for WMAP × 70 and 48% for both WMAP × 100 and WMAP × 143. For reference we also plot the 100 × 143 crossspectrum. The black line shows a theoretical power spectrum for a model with τ = 0.05. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 20. Shifts in τ values obtained from different crossspectra (red vertical lines), compared with histograms of the corresponding quantities measured on simulations. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 21. For illustration purposes, polarization masks R0.6, R0.8, R1.0, R1.2, R1.8x, and R2.2x; see text for the definition of the R parameter. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 22. Scaling coefficients for synchrotron (α), dust (β), and the amplitude of the gain template (γ) estimated on several masks. Dotted lines mark the values of the coefficients for mask R2.2x, which are the ones we use to build the cleaned data set for the pixelbased likelihood. Bottom panel: χ^{2} excess of the fit, defined as . 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 23. Foregroundcleaned 70 GHz maps of the Stokes parameters Q (top) and U (bottom) on 62.4% of the sky (mask R1.8x). In order to highlight the largest angular scales relevant for the lowℓ likelihood, these maps have been smoothed with a Gaussian filter of FWHM = 10°. As a reference, for τ ≈ 0.06 the expected range for the signal is ±0.4 μK. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 24. Polarization power spectra of the cleaned LFI 70 GHz maps, estimated on the Commander mask in temperature and the cosmological analysis mask R1.8x (f_{sky} = 62.4%) in polarization. Blue dashed lines represent the model with τ = 0.05. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 25. Optical depth to reionization, τ, and 68% CL uncertainties estimated with the LFI polarization pixelbased likelihood on several masks, with sky fractions ranging from about 20% to 70%. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 26. Histogram of the the most discrepant shift for Δτ measured on 1000 simulations compared with the data (vertical line), as explained in Sect. 2.3.5. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 27. Angular power spectra, computed using the QML approach, of the noiseweighted sum of the WMAP and LFI data sets (see text for details), compared to spectra from their halfdifference. The model predictions shown with the dashed lines are the same as shown in Fig. 24, with τ = 0.05. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 28. Posterior distributions for τ estimated from: the LFI baseline likelihood (τ = 0.063 ± 0.020); the WMAP data set smoothed with a cosine window, cleaned as given in Table 12, and masked with the analysis mask P06 (τ = 0.062 ± 0.012); and the difference between these two data sets, WMAP − LFI, to which we apply a mask given by the intersection of the R1.8x and P06 masks (τ ≤ 0.033 at 95% CL). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 29. Masks used in the Plik likelihood in temperature (top) and polarization (bottom). Left to right: masks for 100 GHz (T66 top, P70 bottom), 143 GHz (T57 top, P50 bottom), and 217 GHz (T47 top, P41 bottom). Blue correspond to the Galactic (dust) mask, green is CO, and orange is the pointsource and extendedsource mask. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 30. Blue is the C50 mask, while the outline of the P70, P50, and P41 masks are shown in red, purple, and green, respectively. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 31. Relative weights of each frequency crossspectrum in the TT (top), TE (middle), and EE (bottom) coadded spectra (see Sect. 3.6 for definitions). Weighting is obtained using the optimal mixing matrix for each spectrum individually. For each multipole ℓ, the elements of the matrix are rescaled so as to sum to unity, ignoring the ℓℓ′ contributions. Each colour corresponds to the weighting of a given crossspectrum. Sharp jumps in the plots are due to the multipole selection. The figure is very similar to the 2015 one, with small differences being the result of refinements in the foreground and systematics models. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 32. Bestfit (Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing) crossspectra used for the temperature highℓ likelihood. Black circles represent the data, binned at Δℓ = 50, while thin grey points show each multipole to give a sense of the scatter. Blue points and dashed lines correspond to negative values. The thick dark blue lines show the full model at each multipole (sum of all components), and the dark green one is the sum of foreground and nuisance contributions. Grey shaded areas are not used for cosmology. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 33. Bestfit foreground and nuisance models for all of the crossspectra used in the TT highℓ likelihood. The data, with the bestfit theoretical CMB C_{ℓ} spectrum subtracted, are shown in black with a binning of Δℓ = 50. The TT CMB spectra divided by 20 are shown in the top parts of each panel. The bottom parts of each panel show the residual after foreground and nuisance correction. Grey shaded areas indicate regions of multipole space not used for cosmology. Nuisance contributions (i.e., beam leakage and subpixel effects) are always much smaller than astrophysical foregrounds in the ℓ ranges we keep. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 34. Bestfit model crossspectra used for the TE highℓ likelihood. Black circles represent the data, binned at Δℓ = 50, while thin grey points show each multipole, to give a sense of the scatter. Blue points and dashed lines correspond to negative values. The thick dark blue lines show the full model (sum of all components), while the dark green one is the sum of foreground and nuisance signals. Grey shaded area are not used for cosmology. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 35. Bestfit foreground and nuisance models for all of the crossspectra used in the TE highℓ likelihood. The data, with the bestfit theoretical CMB C_{ℓ} spectrum subtracted, are shown in black with a binning of Δℓ = 50. The TE CMB spectra divided by 10 are shown in the top parts of each panel. The bottom parts of each panel show the residual after foreground and nuisance correction. Grey shaded areas indicate regions of multipole space not used for cosmology. Except at 217 × 217, beam leakage largely dominates the dust contributions in the ℓ ranges we keep. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 36. Bestfit model crossspectra used for the EE highℓ likelihood. Black circles represent the data, binned at Δℓ = 50, while pale grey points show each multipole to give a sense of the scatter. Blue points and dashed lines correspond to negative values. The thick dark blue lines show the full model (sum of all components), and the dark green one is the sum of foreground and nuisance parts. Grey shaded areas are not used for cosmology. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 37. Bestfit foreground and nuisance models for all of the crossspectra used in the EE highℓ likelihood. The data, with the bestfit theoretical CMB C_{ℓ} spectrum subtracted, are shown in black with a binning of Δℓ = 50. The EE CMB spectra divided by 10 are shown in the top parts of each panel. The bottom parts of each panel show the residual after foreground and nuisance correction. Grey shaded areas indicate regions of multipole space not used for cosmology. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 38. Dust TT templates. Top panel: the black data points are the 545 GHz, maskdifferenced, halfmission spectra, calculated using the same masks as the ones used for the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, 217 × 217, and 143 × 217 power spectra (from top to bottom, respectively) in the likelihood. The solid lines show the dust templates estimated by fitting the data to the model of Eq. (25). The grey dashed line shows the dust template used in 2015, while the black dotted line shows the templates used in the 2018 CamSpec likelihood, both normalized at ℓ = 500 to the same amplitude as the baseline template. The other (smaller) panels show the ratio between the data and the baseline dust templates (the solid lines of the first panel). Features that are not well modelled by our smooth template are at the level of 15%. We also show that the baseline templates differ from the CamSpec ones at the level of approximately 10%. Finally, the 2015 template (which was the same at all frequencies) differs from the ones used in 2018 by up to 25%, due to a different fit of the bump at ℓ ≈ 300, the highℓ slope remaining essentially the same. This difference is compensated by a change in extragalactic foregrounds such as point sources and the CIB amplitude, as shown in Fig. 39. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 39. Onedimensional posterior distributions for cosmological and nuisance parameters using the TT highℓ likelihood with a τprior of 0.055 ± 0.09 (we used the PICO code for this test, Fendt & Wandelt 2006). We show the results using the dust templates and priors from the 2018 release (black solid line), 2018 templates with the 2015 priors (black dashed), and the 2015 dust templates with the 2015 priors (red solid), assuming a ΛCDM model. The dotdashed grey lines show the Gaussian priors applied in 2018, while the dotted grey lines show the ones applied in 2015. We only show the most significantly affected parameters, with n_{s} being the cosmological parameter most altered, at the level of about 0.1 σ. On the other hand, the change in the shape of the template has a large impact on foreground parameters. This is due to the fact that the 2015 templates had a more pronounced bump at ℓ ≈ 300, but similar highℓ slopes and similar amplitude priors at ℓ ≈ 200, which induced a correlated shift in the pointsource and CIB amplitudes at 217 GHz. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 40. Onedimensional posterior distributions for cosmological and nuisance parameters using TT+SimAll. The black line shows the baseline set of results, which adopts priors on the dust amplitudes. The red lines show the case when we leave the amplitudes free to vary; these are in good agreement with the priors set in the baseline, which are indicated with grey dotted lines. As a consequence, leaving the dust amplitudes free to vary without priors has small to negligible impact on other parameters. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 41. DustplusCIB contamination estimates in temperature. The 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 halfmission crossspectra with the 2018 Planck CMB bestfit subtracted are shown from top to bottom. The green line shows , with the a_{ν} rescaling factor estimated from Eq. (29), the black line shows , while the dotted coloured line shows the dust contribution as estimated from the cleaning procedure in Eq. (32). The grey dotted line shows the TT CMB bestfit. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 42. Dust EE templates. Upper panel: black data points are the 353 GHz, maskdifferenced, halfmission spectra, calculated using the same masks as the ones used for the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 power spectra (from top to bottom, respectively) in the likelihood. The solid lines show the dust templates estimated fitting the data with a power law. The black dotted line shows templates with fixed slope C_{ℓ} ∝ ℓ^{ − 2.4}, fit to the data. The fits with free slopes are in good agreement with the ones obtained with slope fixed at −2.4. The dust templates used in the likelihood thus assume the same slope of −2.4 at all frequencies. Lower panels: ratio between the data and the dust templates. The templates with fixed slope, whose ratios with the ones with free slopes are shown by the black dotted lines, differ from the ones with free slopes by less than 10%. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 43. Same as for Fig. 42, except now for TE. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 44. Comparison between the dust contribution to the EE power spectra, as estimated from the “dust cleaning” procedure in Eq. (32) (dashed lines), and the smooth powerlaw model used in the likelihood (solid lines). The data points are the 100 × 100, 143 × 143, and 217 × 217 spectra (from top to bottom) minus the bestfit Planck baseline 2018 results (shown in dotdashed grey). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 45. Same as Fig. 44, but for the TE power spectra. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 46. Onedimensional posterior distributions of cosmological parameters and dust amplitudes for TE+SimAll. The black line shows the baseline results, which have priors on the dust amplitude, while the red one shows results when letting the dust amplitudes be completely free to vary. The grey dotted line shows the priors we set on the parameters. There is good agreement between the recovered dust amplitudes and the priors. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 47. Posterior distributions in one and two dimensions for the dust amplitudes and n_{s} for EE+SimAll. The grey lines and contours show results when letting the dust amplitudes be completely free to vary, the red line and contours show results when letting only the dust amplitude of the 100 × 143 spectrum be free to vary, while the blue line shows the baseline results, fixing the amplitudes to the values in Table 15. The grey dashed lines show the baseline values of the dust amplitudes. When the dust amplitudes are allowed to be free to vary, the amplitude of the 100 × 143 crossspectrum increases to values that are incompatible with those obtained using the 353 GHz map. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 48. Correction () for the noise estimates based on HRDs (solid lines) and OEDs (dashed lines), as described in Eqs. (35) and (36). Blue and green lines shows the two contribution to the bias estimates (i.e., for HM1 and HM2), showing that the bias is similar enough in each so that we can use the mean for the correction (orange line). The model fit (red) is obtained by restraining the fit to the nonshaded region (ℓ > 200). As we found in PPL15, HRD noise estimates are found to be biased low (due to correlations between halfring maps, as explained in Planck Collaboration VI 2014). OED noise estimates, on the other hand, are biased high (in particular in polarization). Once the corresponding correction is applied to either case (HRD or OED), the overall noise models are similar. We only present here the 100 GHz channel results where the effect is the most striking. OEDs have very low anticorrelation for TT at 143 GHz and a slight correlation at 217 GHz, while the QQ and UU equivalents are still anticorrelated at all frequencies. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 49. Difference between the mean EE spectra of the 300 endtoend simulations and the noisefree simulation; both share the same input CMB and foreground maps. The difference between the two spectra, shown in blue, is smoothed in Δℓ = 20 flat bins. The blue shaded area gives the variance between the 300 simulations. The green line is the beamleakage correction model shown for scale; it is cancelled in the difference between the mean endtoend simulation and the noisefree spectra. For scale as well, the grey line presents 5% of the input simulation power (e.g., CMB plus foreground from the Planck Sky Model). From top to bottom the panels are the 100 × 100,143 × 143, 100 × 143, and 217 × 217 spectra. Apart from the lowest bin (ℓ = 20, which is not used for the likelihood analysis), the 100 × 143 spectra do not show any significant residual, while all of the others show signs of possible correlated noise. We do not show the other crossspectra that behave similarly. In the autofrequency spectra plot, we show (with a red line) the empirical endtoend EE correlated noise model, produced by fitting smoothing splines to the blue lines, after removing strongly varying trends at low ℓ and high ℓ. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 50. Elements of the beam matrices (left panels), (middle panels), and (right panels), for the crossanalysis of 143 HM1 and 143 HM2 (upper panels) and of 143 HM1 and 217 HM2 (lower panels). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 51. Models of the beam leakage for TE and EE in 2015 and 2018. Differences are striking in EE, where the 2015 model was overfitting, affected by PE errors. Bottom panel: the 2015 and 2018 EE models are presented with different vertical scales. The TE leakage models are similar, except for the 500 < ℓ < 1000 multipole range, where the correction changes sign, pushing the TE best cosmology further away from the TT one. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 52. Contribution of various sources of uncertainties to the crossspectra leakage, for 143 HM1 × 143 HM2 (upper panels) and 143 HM1 × 217 HM2 (lower panels). The beam errors are based on Monte Carlo simulations of planet observations, mimicking the actual beam measurements. The gain calibration error assumes an independent relative uncertainty of 0.1% for each detector. The PE (between 0 and 1 by definition) is assumed to be known with an absolute error of a few tenths of a percent, as determined on preflight measurements (Rosset et al. 2010), while the polarization angles are assumed to be known with a precision of 1° for PSBs and 5° for SWBs. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 53. Impact of corrections of systematic effects on cosmological parameters. The figure show 1dimensional posterior distributions for the ΛCDM models. We show results for the baseline 2018 Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE(solid black line) likelihood (which includes the 2018 PlikTT,EE,TE and the 2018 lowlTT likelihoods), as well as the results obtained with the old 2015 TT, TE, EE (solid red line) likelihood (which includes the 2015 PlikTT,EE,TE the 2015 lowlTT likelihoods). In both cases we also used the 2018 lowE likelihood at large scales in polarization, in order to compare the 2015 versus 2018 results using the same constraint on the optical depth to reionization. All the other lines show the impact of neglecting various systematic effects, whose corrections have been introduced after the second, 2015, data release. In particular, we show the impact on the 2018 results of neglecting the beam leakage (dashed orange), the correlated noise and subpixel effects (dotted cyan), the PE corrections (dotdashed pink), and all of the above (solid blue). Most of the changes in parameters between 2015 and 2018 can be attributed to these systematic effects (mostly the beamleakage correction in TE). Other remaining modifications, such as those in the mapmaking or dust modelling, have a smaller impact. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 54. Comparison of the uncertainties, i.e., the square root of the diagonals of the covariance matrices, of the Plik coadded power spectrum (calculated as described in Appendix C.4 of PPL15) and of the Plik_lite CMB bandpowers in TT. The plot shows the ratio between the Plik_lite and the Plik errors. As expected, the nuisance parameter marginalization (in particular over the pointsource amplitudes), which is performed to produce the Plik_lite bandpowers, increases the errors on the CMBonly power spectrum by up to a factor of 2. We do not show the same results for EE and TE, since in those cases the errors are the same to within fractions of a percent. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 55. Comparison of the nuisance parameters estimated simultaneously with the CMB bandpowers (red lines) and the results from the Plik likelihood (blue lines). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 56. Comparison of extensions to the ΛCDM model from the CMBonly likelihood Plik_lite (red) and the baseline likelihood Plik (blue). The curves almost completely overlap. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 57. Planck 2018 temperature power spectrum. At multipoles ℓ ≥ 30 we show the frequencycoadded temperature spectrum computed from the Plik crosshalfmission likelihood, with foreground and other nuisance parameters fixed to a best fit assuming the baseΛCDM cosmology. In the multipole range 2 ≤ ℓ ≤ 29, we plot the powerspectrum estimates from the Commander componentseparation algorithm, computed over 86% of the sky (see Sect. 2.1.1). The baseΛCDM theoretical spectrum best fit to the likelihoods is plotted in light blue in the upper panel. Residuals with respect to this model are shown in the middle panel. The vertical scale changes at ℓ = 30, where the horizontal axis switches from logarithmic to linear. The error bars show ±1 σ diagonal uncertainties, including cosmic variance (approximated as Gaussian) and not including uncertainties in the foreground model at ℓ ≥ 30. The 1 σ region in the middle panel corresponds to the errors of the unbinned data points (which are in grey). Bottom panel: difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded highmultipole spectra (green points). The 1 σ region corresponds to the binned data errors. The vertical scale differs from the one of the middle panel. The trend seen for ℓ < 300 corresponds to the change in the dust correction model described in Sect. 3.3.2. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 58. Planck 2018 TE power spectrum. Figure conventions are similar to those of Fig. 57. In the multipole range 2 ≤ ℓ ≤ 29, we plot the power spectrum estimates from the SimAll likelihood (although this is not used in the baseline parameter analysis for ℓ ≤ 29; see the discussion of Sect. 2.2.6). Bottom panels: difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded highmultipole spectra (green points). The red and orange lines correspond to the effect of the beamleakage correction and the addition of the beamleakage and the polarizationefficiency corrections, respectively. Both corrections were absent in the 2015 data. The light green points show the difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded spectrum, after correction of the 2015 data by these two effects. The difference here is dominated by the leakage correction. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 59. Planck 2018 EE power spectrum. Figure conventions are similar to those of Fig. 57. In the multipole range 2 ≤ ℓ ≤ 29, we plot the power spectra estimates from the SimAll likelihood. Bottom panels: difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded highmultipole spectra (green points). The red and orange lines correspond to the effect of the beamleakage correction and the addition of the beamleakage and the polarizationefficiency corrections, respectively. Both corrections were absent in the 2015 data. The light green points show the difference between the 2015 and 2018 coadded spectra, after correction of the 2015 data by the two effects. The difference in EE is dominated by the polarizationefficiency correction. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 60. Interfrequency foregroundcleaned TT powerspectra statistical deviations (in units of standard deviations). Each subpanel shows differences between the foregroundcleaned crossspectra, indicated by the row and column labels (row minus column). We show here each spectral comparison over the full multipole range, even though the likelihood discards certain portions of the data. The two lines correspond to the 2015 data and nuisance model (purple) and the 2018 one (orange). In each case, foreground and nuisance cleaning is performed at the spectrum level, as is done in the likelihood, and using the bestfit nuisance parameters from the baseline likelihood for each release (i.e., Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE for 2018). The PTE value quoted in each subpanel corresponds to the 2018 data (and model) for the full range presented in the plot and with the same Δℓ = 100 flat binning that is used for the figure. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 61. Same as for Fig. 60, but now for TE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 62. Same as for Fig. 60, but now for EE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 63. Residuals for each crossspectrum entering into the TT highℓ likelihood. The blue points show the residuals compared to the baseline ΛCDM model for the 2018 release, while the grey points show the 2015 residuals (compared to their own bestfit model). The green lines show the foregroundcorrected coadded CMB spectra, computed using the multipole cuts described in Table 13, i.e., excluding the shaded regions in each panel, while the pink lines are the conditional prediction, obtained from all of the other spectra that enter the likelihood. The blue lines show the ±1 σ and ±2 σ contours corresponding to the diagonals of the blocks of the 2018 covariance matrix appropriate to the crossspectrum shown. Orange and red points correspond to 2 and 3 σ outliers. PTEs are computed for the nonshaded regions. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 64. Same as for Fig. 63 but for TE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 65. Same as for Fig. 63 but for EE instead place of TT. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 66. Conditional residuals for each crossspectrum entering into the TT highℓ likelihood. The blue points show the difference between the data of the displayed crossspectrum and the conditional prediction for it based on the other crossspectra (within the ΛCDM baseline model) for the 2018 release, while the grey ones correspond to the 2015 analysis (with its own bestfit model). The conditional predictions are computed taking into account the multipole cuts described in Table 13, i.e., excluding the shaded regions in each panel. The blue lines shows the ±1 σ and ±2 σ contours corresponding to the diagonal of the block of the conditional covariance based on the 2018 data and covariance matrix corresponding to the crossspectrum shown. Orange and red points correspond to 2 and 3 σ outliers. PTEs are computed for the nonshaded regions, using the Δℓ = 30 binning scale as used in the plots. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 67. Same as for Fig. 66 but now for TE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 68. Same as for Fig. 66 but now for EE instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 69. Conditional residuals for the coadded CMB spectrum in the TT likelihood. The blue points show the difference between the coadded TT spectrum and the 2018 ΛCDM baseline results, while the black lines show the differences between conditional predictions of the spectrum and the baseline model. Predictions are made either conditional on both the TE and EE data together (top), the EE data only (middle), or the TE data only (bottom). The blue lines show the ±1 σ and ±2 σ contours (around the black line) corresponding to the diagonals of the blocks of the conditional covariances computed from the 2018 covariance matrix and data. Orange and red points correspond to 2 and 3 σ outliers. For each panel the PTE is computed for the difference between the data and its conditional prediction using the conditional covariance. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 70. Same as for Fig. 69 but now for TE (conditioned on TT and/or EE) instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 71. Same as for Fig. 69 but now for EE (conditioned on TT and/or TE) instead of TT. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 72. Bestfit cosmological parameters from 100 simulations (grey circles) of the PlikTE (left) and PlikEE (right) powerspectra, conditioned on the PlikTT power spectrum, assuming as a fiducial cosmology the bestfit of the ΛCDM TT+SimAllresults (green circle). The blue lines show the means of the simulations, while the blue bands show the standard deviations of the simulations, centred on the means. The points are ordered from lowest to highest values of 𝒫 parameter, defined in Eq. (61), and shown in the bottomright panels. The best fits from the real data combinations PlikEE+τ and PlikTE+τ are shown with red circles and lines and yellow circles, respectively. Both data and simulations are run in combination with a Gaussian prior on τ centred on the fiducial value from the TT bestfit and with an uncertainty comparable to the one provided when using SimAll, i.e., with τ = 0.052 ± 0.009. The best fits for the fiducial EE or TE power spectra, without added scatter, are shown with dark grey circles. All of the results shown here were obtained using the camb code (Lewis et al. 2000) and are maximumlikelihood best fits. These plots demonstrate that the bestfit cosmology from either TE or EE is consistent with that obtained from TT. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 73. Impact of different choices for the PE corrections on 1dimensional posterior distributions of cosmological parameters from Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE. The red lines show results when leaving the PE parameters free to vary independently for EE and TE, while the grey lines assume coupled parameters for the EE and TE spectra. The green lines show results obtained when fixing the polarization efficiencies in the spectrumbased approach to the values given by Eq. (47). Finally the black lines show results obtained when fixing the polar efficiencies in the mapbased, baseline case (Eq. (45)). The solid lines show results for the ΛCDM case, while the dotted ones show results for the ΛCDM+A_{L} model. This plot demonstrates that the cosmological parameters in the ΛCDM case are robust to changes in the PEcorrection model. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 74. Impact of different choices for the PE corrections on 1dimensional posterior distributions of cosmological parameters and PE amplitudes from Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE. The red lines show results when leaving the PE parameters free to vary independently for EE and TE, while the grey lines assume coupled parameters for the EE and TE spectra. The green lines show results obtained when fixing the polarization efficiencies in the spectrumbased approach to the values indicated by the vertical green dotteddashed lines. Finally the black lines show results obtained when fixing the polar efficiencies in the mapbased, baseline case, to the values indicated by the vertical black dashed lines. The solid lines show results for the ΛCDM case, while the dotted ones show results for the ΛCDM+A_{L} model. This plot shows that the recovered values for PE change according to the cosmological model. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 75. Degeneracy between the A_{L} parameter and the PE corrections. We show results for Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE, leaving PE corrections free to vary independently for EE and TE (red contours). For the cosmological parameters shown, i.e., ln(10^{10}A_{s}) and A_{L}, we also plot the cases already described in Fig. 74, with the same colours as used there. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 76. Impact of lifting priors on ΛCDM cosmological parameters. We show results obtained when lifting the TT interfrequency parameters and described in Sect. 3.3.4 (dashed red), when lifting the SZ amplitude priors described in Sect. 3.3.1 (dashed blue), and when lifting the dust amplitude priors in TT and TE, while allowing the dustamplitude values in EE to vary freely (dashed green). We also show the impact of letting all of the nuisance parameters vary freely (keeping only a prior on the overall calibration y_{P}, as given in Eq. (39), solid magenta). The baseline TTTEEE+SimAll case is in solid black. In all these cases, shifts with respect to the baseline are smaller than 0.5 σ. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 77. Impact of lifting priors on the ΛCDM+N_{eff} and ΛCDM+A_{L} cosmological parameters (of which we only show a subset). The combinations of priors lifted are as in Fig. 76. The largest shift seen is on N_{eff}, by 1.1 σ, when lifting all of the priors, due to large degeneracies with n_{s}, dust amplitudes, and interfrequency calibration parameters. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 78. Marginal means and 68% error bars on the cosmological parameters for PlikTT combined with SimAll, when removing either a single crossspectrum, or all crossspectra that include a given frequency channel. Shifts in cosmological parameters are in agreement with expectations. Grey bands represent the expected deviation with respect to the fullfrequency case, computed from Eq. (61). For comparison, we also show the case PlikTT,EE,TE+SimAll. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 79. Same as Fig. 78, but for PlikTE. Shifts in cosmological parameters are in agreement with expectations. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 80. Same as Fig. 78, but for PlikEE. Shifts in cosmological parameters are in agreement with expectations within 2.6 σ_{exp}, and showing some mild disagreement between frequencies. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 81. Marginal means and 68% error bars on the cosmological parameters for PlikTT, TE, TEEE, and TTTEEE, combined with SimAlland in some cases lowlTT (as indicated in the labels), in the full multipole range and for two different multipole cuts, namely ℓ < 800 and ℓ > 800. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 82. Comparison of the residuals of the coadded TT spectrum with the difference between the ΛCDM and ΛCDM+A_{L} bestfit models. The green points show the coadded TT data when using the foreground parameters obtained with a ΛCDM best fit, while the orange points are obtained using the foreground parameters from a ΛCDM+A_{L} one. In both cases, we display the residual to the bestfit ΛCDM cosmology (using the PlanckTT+lowE likelihood) in bins of size Δℓ = 50 and we shift the bin locations slightly to improve legibility. The blue line is the difference between the A_{L} and ΛCDM bestfit models obtained using the PlanckTT+lowE likelihood, while the black dashed line is obtained with the Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE likelihood. The thin grey line gives a sense of the scale of the residuals by displaying the TT power spectrum divided by 100. The residuals display an approximately oscillatory behaviour, which does not seem to be statistically anomalous, but which appears to roughly match the particular oscillatory feature of the A_{L} effect. The difference between the two residuals shows the degeneracy between A_{L} and the foreground parameters. We discuss in the text how fixing the foreground parameters to their ΛCDM values decreases the A_{L} deviation from unity by about 1 σ. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 83. Marginal means and 68% error bars for the A_{L} consistency parameter for PlikTT combined with Commander and SimAllEE, when removing either a single crossspectrum, or all crossspectra within a given frequency channel from the highℓ part of the likelihood (i.e., Plik). Grey bars represent the variance with respect to the fullfrequency case, computed using Eq. (61). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 84. Cosmological parameters for the set of endtoend simulations cases discussed in Sect. 3.12.2. In all cases the input for the simulations is the same input CMB (and in some cases foreground) map(s). Error bars correspond to the uncertainty for a single realization (including noise variance, even in cases where the simulations contains no noise). The horizontal lines corresponds to the bestfit values of the refTT case. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 85. Degeneracy between n_{s}, Ω_{b}h^{2}, and foreground amplitudes in TT for the single CMB and foreground realization used in the E2E simulations. Horizontal and vertical dashed lines indicate the cosmological parameters obtained in the refTT case and the known foreground amplitudes of the simulation, while the red contours indicate the values obtained in the inputTT case. Upward shifts of up to 1.5 σ in foregrounds are associated with downward shifts in cosmological parameters of close to 1 σ and are due to chance correlations in the particular CMB and foreground realization that we are using for the simulations. This accounts for the shifts in foreground amplitudes found in Fig. 88. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 86. Marginal means and 68% error bars on the cosmological parameters for PlikEE for the endtoend simulations. We compare here the noisefree case (projfgEE) with the mean of the 300 endtoend simulations (to reduce the effect of the noise scatter), including the empirical correction (meanEE), ignoring it (meanEE_no_cnoise), or fitting for its amplitude but leaving the template constant (meanEE_free_cnoise). We only show here the parameters affected by template. Ignoring the effect results in a 1 σ bias on the recovery of the dust contamination level at 100 and 143 GHz, and smaller shift in ω_{b} and n_{s}. When fitting for the amplitude of the effect, we obtain a marginal detection of the correlated noise. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 87. Similar to Fig. 86 (but now for the PlikEE likelihood on the data), we explore the impact on the cosmological parameter posteriors of the empirical correlatednoise correction. We compare here the baseline analysis (correction included) with the cases where the correction is ignored or its amplitude is left to vary. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 88. TT (top), TE (middle), and EE (bottom) foreground amplitudes obtained for the different simulation cases discussed Sect. 3.12.2. The horizontal reference lines correspond to the central value of the foreground amplitude prior. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. 89. Extended parameters for the set of endtoend simulation cases discussed in Sect. 3.12.2. The horizontal reference line corresponds to the expected value for each extended parameter. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. A.1. Ratios of CMB spectra entering Eqs. (A.6b), (A.7b), and (A.10b), in red, green, and blue, respectively. All ratios are calculated for the Planck 2015 ΛCDM bestfit model. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. A.2. Differences between the SC, OE, and HM specific terms entering the 143 × 143 TT power spectrum (see text). The top right triangle shows the various power spectra differences in terms of statistical deviations, while the bottom left shows the spectral difference. Blue, purple, and grey are the null tests for HM, OE, and SC, respectively, obtained by computing the difference between the two terms specific to each case, while orange, red, and pink are HMspecific terms minus SC, OE specific terms minus SC, and HM minus OE, respectively. Error bars are obtained from a simple covariancematrix approximation, using the empirical spectrum and the sky fractions, and ignoring the mask corrections. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. A.2. Continued (here, considering the 143 × 143 EE power spectrum). 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. A.3. Comparison between the TE (top) and EE (bottom) coadded spectra from Plik (red points) and CamSpec (blue points). We show here the residuals compared to the bestfit Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing ΛCDM model: Plik as the red points; CamSpec as the blue points; and the difference between the two likelihoods shown as the orange line. To improve legibility, the CamSpec data points have been shifted slightly compared to the Plik ones. The difference between the bestfit models when replacing Plik by CamSpec in the Planck TT,TE,EE+lowE+lensing case is shown in green. To give the locations of the peaks in TE and EE as a reference, rescaled CMB spectra are displayed in light grey. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Fig. A.4. Exploration of different CIB models and impact of the SZ prior. Left panel: we present the joint exploration of the ΛCDM and different foreground parameters and in the right panel, the same when also opening up the A_{L} parameter. In those tests we only use the Planck TT+lowE likelihoods. The baseline model correspond to the oneplustwo halo model (1h2h) described in Planck Collaboration XXX (2014), which further predicts the CIB emission law. We explore cases where the model template is replaced by a power law and where the SED is freely fitted. We further test the impact of relaxing the SZ prior. In all cases, the cosmological parameters are found to be robust to variations of the foreground model, including when opening up the A_{L} parameter. 

Open with DEXTER  
In the text 
Current usage metrics show cumulative count of Article Views (fulltext article views including HTML views, PDF and ePub downloads, according to the available data) and Abstracts Views on Vision4Press platform.
Data correspond to usage on the plateform after 2015. The current usage metrics is available 4896 hours after online publication and is updated daily on week days.
Initial download of the metrics may take a while.